Agenda packet — Palo Alto City Council, December 15, 2025 (part 3 of 4)

CITY OF PALO ALTO CONTRACT NO. C25190778A

AGREEMENT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AND TURBO DATA SYSTEMS, INC.

This Agreement for Professional Services (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 15th day of December, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation (“CITY”), and TURBO DATA SYSTEMS, INC., a California corporation, located at 1551 N. Tustin Avenue, Suite 950, Santa Ana, CA 92780 (“CONSULTANT”).

The following recitals are a substantive portion of this Agreement and are fully incorporated herein by this reference:

RECITALS
A. CITY intends to implement a new Parking Citation and Permit Management system (the “Project”) and desires to engage a consultant to provide the hardware, software and all related services described in the scope of work in connection with the Project (the “Services”, as detailed more fully in Exhibit A).

B. CONSULTANT represents that it, its employees and subconsultants, if any, possess the necessary professional expertise, qualifications, and capability, and all required licenses and/or certifications to provide the Services.

C. CITY, in reliance on these representations, desires to engage CONSULTANT to provide the Services as more fully described in Exhibit A, entitled “SCOPE OF SERVICES”.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals, covenants, terms, and conditions, in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

SECTION 1. SCOPE OF SERVICES. CONSULTANT shall perform the Services described in Exhibit A in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. The performance of all Services shall be to the reasonable satisfaction of CITY.

Optional On-Call Provision (This provision only applies if checked and only applies to on-call agreements.)
CITY may elect to, but is not required to, authorize on-call Services up to the maximum compensation amount set forth in Section 4 (Not to Exceed Compensation).

CONSULTANT shall provide on-call Services only by advanced, written authorization from CITY as detailed in this Section. On-call Services, if any, shall be authorized by CITY, as needed, with a Task Order assigned and approved by CITY’s Project Manager, as identified in Section 13 (Project Management). Each Task Order shall be in substantially the same form as Exhibit A-1 entitled “PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER”.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 295 of 637

Professional Services
Rev. Oct 16,2024

Page 2 of 54 ends

Each Task Order shall contain a specific scope of services, schedule of performance and maximum compensation amount, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Compensation for on-call Services shall be specified by CITY in the Task Order, based on whichever is lowest: the compensation structure set forth in Exhibit C, the hourly rates set forth in Exhibit C-1, or a negotiated lump sum.

To accept a Task Order, CONSULTANT shall sign the Task Order and return it to CITY’s Project Manager within the time specified by the Project Manager, and upon authorization by CITY (defined as counter-signature by the CITY Project Manager), the fully executed Task Order shall become part of this Agreement. The cumulative total compensation due to CONSULTANT for all Task Orders issued under this Agreement shall not exceed the amount of compensation set forth in Section 4. CONSULTANT shall only be compensated for on-call Services performed under an authorized Task Order and only up to the maximum compensation amount set forth in Section 4. Performance of and payment for any on-call Services are subject to all requirements and restrictions in this Agreement.

SECTION 2. TERM.

The term of this Agreement shall be from December 15, 2025 through December 14, 2030 unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 19 (Termination) of this Agreement.

SECTION 3. SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE. Time is of the essence in the performance of Services under this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall complete the Services within the term of this Agreement and in accordance with the schedule set forth in Exhibit B, entitled “SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE”. Any Services for which times for performance are not specified in this Agreement shall be commenced and completed by CONSULTANT in a reasonably prompt and timely manner based upon the circumstances and direction communicated to the CONSULTANT.

CITY’s agreement to extend the term or the schedule for performance shall not preclude recovery of damages for delay if the extension is required due to the fault of CONSULTANT.

SECTION 4. NOT TO EXCEED COMPENSATION. The compensation to be paid to CONSULTANT for performance of the Services shall be based on the compensation structure detailed in Exhibit C, entitled “COMPENSATION,” including any reimbursable expenses specified therein, and the maximum total compensation shall not exceed Nine Hundred Ninety Thousand Dollars ($990,000). The hourly schedule of rates, if applicable, is set out in Exhibit C-1, entitled “SCHEDULE OF RATES.” Any work performed or expenses incurred for which payment would result in a total exceeding the maximum compensation set forth in this Section 4 shall be at no cost to the CITY.

Optional Additional Services Provision (This provision applies only if checked and a not-to-exceed compensation amount for Additional Services is allocated below under this Section 4.)
In addition to the not-to-exceed compensation specified above, CITY has set aside the not- to-exceed compensation amount of Forty-Nine Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($49,500) for the performance of Additional Services (as defined below). The total compensation for performance of the Services, Additional Services and any reimbursable expenses specified in Exhibit C, shall not exceed One Million Thirty-Nine Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,039,500), as detailed in Exhibit C.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 296 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 3 of 54
“Additional Services” means any work that is determined by CITY to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which is not included within the Scope of Services described at Exhibit A. CITY may elect to, but is not required to, authorize Additional Services up to the maximum amount of compensation set forth for Additional Services in this Section 4. CONSULTANT shall provide Additional Services only by advanced, written authorization from CITY as detailed in this Section. Additional Services, if any, shall be authorized by CITY with a Task Order assigned and authorized by CITY’s Project Manager, as identified in Section 13 (Project Management). Each Task Order shall be in substantially the same form as Exhibit A-1, entitled “PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER”. Each Task Order shall contain a specific scope of services, schedule of performance and maximum compensation amount, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Compensation for Additional Services shall be specified by CITY in the Task Order, based on whichever is lowest: the compensation structure set forth in Exhibit C, the hourly rates set forth in Exhibit C-1, or a negotiated lump sum. To accept a Task Order, CONSULTANT shall sign the Task Order and return it to CITY’s Project Manager within the time specified by the Project Manager, and upon authorization by CITY (defined as counter-signature by the CITY Project Manager), the fully executed Task Order shall become part of this Agreement. The cumulative total compensation to CONSULTANT for all Task Orders authorized under this Agreement shall not exceed the amount of compensation set forth for Additional Services in this Section 4. CONSULTANT shall only be compensated for Additional Services performed under an authorized Task Order and only up to the maximum amount of compensation set forth for Additional Services in this Section 4. Performance of and payment for any Additional Services are subject to all requirements and restrictions in this Agreement.SECTION 5. INVOICES. In order to request payment, CONSULTANT shall submit monthly invoices to the CITY describing the Services performed and the applicable charges (including, if applicable, an identification of personnel who performed the Services, hours worked, hourly rates, and reimbursable expenses), based upon Exhibit C or, as applicable, CONSULTANT’s schedule of rates set forth in Exhibit C-1. If applicable, the invoice shall also describe the percentage of completion of each task. The information in CONSULTANT’s invoices shall be subject to verification by CITY. CONSULTANT shall send all invoices to CITY’s Project Manager at the address specified in Section 13 (Project Management) below. CITY will generally process and pay invoices within thirty (30) days of receipt of an acceptable invoice. SECTION 6. QUALIFICATIONS/STANDARD OF CARE.All Services shall be performed by CONSULTANT or under CONSULTANT’s supervision. CONSULTANT represents that it, its employees and subcontractors, if any, possess the professional and technical personnel necessary to perform the Services required by this Agreement and that the personnel have sufficient skill and experience to perform the Services assigned to them. CONSULTANT represents that it, its employees and subcontractors, if any, have and shall maintain during the term of this Agreement all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatever nature that are legally required to perform the Services. All Services to be furnished by CONSULTANT under this Agreement shall meet the professional standard and quality that prevail among professionals in the same discipline and of similar knowledge and skill engaged in related work throughout California under the same or similar circumstances.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 297 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 4 of 54
SECTION 7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. CONSULTANT shall keep itself informed of and in compliance with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, and orders that may affect in any manner the Project or the performance of the Services or those engaged to perform Services under this Agreement, as amended from time to time. CONSULTANT shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices required by law in the performance of the Services. SECTION 8. ERRORS/OMISSIONS. CONSULTANT is solely responsible for costs, including, but not limited to, increases in the cost of Services, arising from or caused by CONSULTANT’s errors and omissions, including, but not limited to, the costs of corrections such errors and omissions, any change order markup costs, or costs arising from delay caused by the errors and omissions or unreasonable delay in correcting the errors and omissions. SECTION 9. COST ESTIMATES.If this Agreement pertains to the design of a public works project, CONSULTANT shall submit estimates of probable construction costs at each phase of design submittal. If the total estimated construction cost at any submittal exceeds the CITY’s stated construction budget by ten percent (10%) or more, CONSULTANT shall make recommendations to CITY for aligning the Project design with the budget, incorporate CITY approved recommendations, and revise the design to meet the Project budget, at no additional cost to CITY. SECTION 10. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONSULTANT acknowledges and agrees that CONSULTANT and any agent or employee of CONSULTANT will act as and shall be deemed at all times to be an independent contractor and shall be wholly responsible for the manner in which CONSULTANT performs the Services requested by CITY under this Agreement. CONSULTANT and any agent or employee of CONSULTANT will not have employee status with CITY, nor be entitled to participate in any plans, arrangements, or distributions by CITYpertaining to or in connection with any retirement, health or other benefits that CITY may offer its employees. CONSULTANT will be responsible for all obligations and payments, whether imposed by federal, state or local law, including, but not limited to, FICA, income tax withholdings, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, insurance, and other similar responsibilities related to CONSULTANT’s performance of the Services, or any agent or employee of CONSULTANT providing same. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an employment or agency relationship between CITY and CONSULTANT or any agent or employee of CONSULTANT. Any terms in this Agreement referring to direction from CITYshall be construed as providing for direction as to policy and the result of CONSULTANT’s provision of the Services only, and not as to the means by which such a result is obtained. SECTION 11. ASSIGNMENT. The parties agree that the expertise and experience of CONSULTANT are material considerations for this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall not assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement nor the performance of any of CONSULTANT’s obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the City Manager. Any purported assignment made without the prior written approval of the City Manager will be void and without effect. Subject to the foregoing, the covenants, terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement will apply to, and will bind, the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assignees of the parties.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 298 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 5 of 54
SECTION 12. SUBCONTRACTING. Option A: No Subcontractor:CONSULTANT shall not subcontract any portion of the Services to be performed under this Agreement without the prior written authorization of the City Manager or designee. In the event CONSULTANT does subcontract any portion of the work to be performed under this Agreement, CONSULTANT shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of subcontractors. Option B: Subcontracts Authorized: Notwithstanding Section 11 (Assignment) above, CITY agrees that subcontractors may be used to complete the Services. The subcontractors authorized by CITY to perform work on this Project are: CONSULTANT shall be responsible for directing the work of any subcontractors and for any compensation due to subcontractors. CITY assumes no responsibility whatsoever concerning compensation of subcontractors. CONSULTANT shall be fully responsible to CITY for all acts and omissions of subcontractors. CONSULTANT shall change or add subcontractors only with the prior written approval of the City Manager or designee.SECTION 13. PROJECT MANAGEMENT. CONSULTANT will assign Elie Sleiman, Telephone: (714) 368-4888, E-Mail: [email protected], as the CONSULTANT’s Project Manager to have supervisory responsibility for the performance, progress, and execution of the Services and represent CONSULTANT during the day-to-day performance of the Services. If circumstances cause the substitution of the CONSULTANT’s Project Manager or any other of CONSULTANT’s key personnel for any reason, the appointment of a substitute Project Manager and the assignment of any key new or replacement personnel will be subject to the prior written approval of the CITY’s Project Manager. CONSULTANT, at CITY’s request, shall promptly remove CONSULTANT personnel who CITY finds do not perform the Services in an acceptable manner, are uncooperative, or present a threat to the adequate or timely completion of the Services or a threat to the safety of persons or property. CITY’s Project Manager is Nathan Baird, Office of Transportation, 250 Hamilton Street, PaloAlto, CA, 94301, Telephone: (650) 329-2340. CITY’s Project Manager will be CONSULTANT’s point of contact with respect to performance, progress and execution of the Services. CITY may designate an alternate Project Manager from time to time. SECTION 14. OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS. All work product, including without limitation, all writings, drawings, studies, sketches, photographs, plans, reports, specifications, computations, models, recordings, data, documents, and other materials and copyright interestsdeveloped under this Agreement, in any form or media, shall be and remain the exclusive property of CITY without restriction or limitation upon their use. CONSULTANT agrees that all copyrights which arise from creation of the work product pursuant to this Agreement are vested in CITY, and CONSULTANT hereby waives and relinquishes all claims to copyright or other intellectual property rights in favor of CITY. Neither CONSULTANT nor its subcontractors, if any, shall make any of such work product available to any individual or organization without the prior written approval of the City Manager or designee. CONSULTANT makes no representation of the suitability of the work product for use in or application to circumstances not contemplated by the Scope of Services.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 299 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 6 of 54
SECTION 15. AUDITS. CONSULTANT agrees to permit CITY and its authorized representatives to audit, at any reasonable time during the term of this Agreement and for four (4) years from the date of final payment, CONSULTANT’s records pertaining to matters covered by this Agreement, including without limitation records demonstrating compliance with the requirements of Section 10 (Independent Contractor). CONSULTANT further agrees to maintain and retain accurate books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for at least four (4) years after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement or the completion of any audit hereunder, whichever is later. SECTION 16. INDEMNITY. [Option A applies to the following design professionals pursuant to Civil Code Section 2782.8: architects; landscape architects; registered professional engineers and licensed professional land surveyors.] 16.1. To the fullest extent permitted by law, CONSULTANT shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless CITY, its Council members, officers, employees and agents (each an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all third party demands, claims, or liability of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage or any other loss, including all costs and expenses of whatever nature including attorney’s fees, experts fees, court costs and disbursements (“Claims”) to the extent that such Claims arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the negligence, recklessness, or willful misconduct of CONSULTANT, its officers, employees, agents or contractors under this Agreement, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by an Indemnified Party. CITY will reimburse CONSULTANT for the proportionate percentage of defense costs exceeding CONSULTANT’s proportionate percentage of fault as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. [Option B applies to any consultant who does not qualify as a design professional as defined in Civil Code Section 2782.8.] 16.1. To the fullest extent permitted by law, CONSULTANT shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless CITY, its Council members, officers, employees and agents (each an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all demands, claims, or liability of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage or any other loss, including all costs and expenses of whatever nature including attorney’s fees, experts fees, court costs and disbursements (“Claims”) resulting from, arising out of or in any manner related to performance or nonperformance by CONSULTANT, its officers, employees, agents or contractors under this Agreement, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by an Indemnified Party. 16.2. Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this Section 16 shall be construed to require CONSULTANT to indemnify an Indemnified Party from a Claim arising from the active negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnified Party that is not contributed to by any act of, or by any omission to perform a duty imposed by law or agreement by, CONSULTANT, its officers, employees, agents or contractors under this Agreement. 16.3. The acceptance of CONSULTANT’s Services and duties by CITY shall not operate as a waiver of the right of indemnification. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Agreement. SECTION 17. WAIVERS. No waiver of a condition or nonperformance of an obligation under Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 300 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 7 of 54
this Agreement is effective unless it is in writing in accordance with Section 29.4 of this Agreement. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. Any waiver granted shall apply solely to the specific instance expressly stated. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy will preclude any other or further exercise of any right or remedy. SECTION 18. INSURANCE. 18.1. CONSULTANT, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, the insurance coverage described in Exhibit D, entitled “INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS”. CONSULTANT and its contractors, if any, shall obtain a policy endorsement naming CITY as an additional insured under any general liability or automobile policy or policies. 18.2. All insurance coverage required hereunder shall be provided through carriers with AM Best’s Key Rating Guide ratings of A-:VII or higher which are licensed or authorized to transact insurance business in the State of California. Any and all contractors of CONSULTANT retained to perform Services under this Agreement will obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, identical insurance coverage, naming CITY as an additional insured under such policies as required above. 18.3. Certificates evidencing such insurance shall be filed with CITY concurrently with the execution of this Agreement. The certificates will be subject to the approval of CITY’s Risk Manager and will contain an endorsement stating that the insurance is primarycoverage and will not be canceled, or materially reduced in coverage or limits, by the insurer except after filing with the Purchasing Manager thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the cancellation or modification. If the insurer cancels or modifies the insurance and provides less than thirty (30) days’ notice to CONSULTANT, CONSULTANT shall provide the Purchasing Manager written notice of the cancellation or modification within two (2) business days of the CONSULTANT’s receipt of such notice. CONSULTANT shall be responsible for ensuring that current certificates evidencing the insurance are provided to CITY’s Chief Procurement Officer during the entire term of this Agreement. 18.4. The procuring of such required policy or policies of insurance will not be construed to limit CONSULTANT’s liability hereunder nor to fulfill the indemnification provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the policy or policies of insurance, CONSULTANT will be obligated for the full and total amount of any damage, injury, or loss caused by or directly arising as a result of the Services performed under this Agreement, including such damage, injury, or loss arising after the Agreement is terminated or the term has expired. SECTION 19. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF AGREEMENT OR SERVICES. 19.1. The City Manager may suspend the performance of the Services, in whole or in part, or terminate this Agreement, with or without cause, by giving ten (10) days prior written notice thereof to CONSULTANT. If CONSULTANT fails to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement, in addition to all other remedies provided under this Agreement or at law, the City Manager may terminate this Agreement sooner upon written notice of termination. Upon receipt of any notice of suspension or termination, CONSULTANT will Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 301 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 8 of 54
discontinue its performance of the Services on the effective date in the notice of suspension or termination. 19.2. In event of suspension or termination, CONSULTANT will deliver to the City Manager on or before the effective date in the notice of suspension or termination, any and all work product, as detailed in Section 14 (Ownership of Materials), whether or not completed, prepared by CONSULTANT or its contractors, if any, in the performance of this Agreement. Such work product is the property of CITY, as detailed in Section 14 (Ownership of Materials). 19.3. In event of suspension or termination, CONSULTANT will be paid for the Services rendered and work products delivered to CITY in accordance with the Scope of Services up to the effective date in the notice of suspension or termination; provided, however, if this Agreement is suspended or terminated on account of a default by CONSULTANT, CITY will be obligated to compensate CONSULTANT only for that portion of CONSULTANT’s Services provided in material conformity with this Agreement as such determination is made by the City Manager acting in the reasonable exercise of his/her discretion. The following Sections will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement: 14, 15, 16, 17, 19.2, 19.3, 19.4, 20, 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30. 19.4. No payment, partial payment, acceptance, or partial acceptance by CITY will operate as a waiver on the part of CITY of any of its rights under this Agreement, unless made in accordance with Section 17 (Waivers). SECTION 20. NOTICES. All notices hereunder will be given in writing and mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, addressed as follows: To CITY: Office of the City ClerkCity of Palo Alto Post Office Box 10250 Palo Alto, CA 94303 With a copy to the Purchasing Manager To CONSULTANT: Attention of the Project Manager at the address of CONSULTANT recited on the first page of this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall provide written notice to CITY of any change of address. SECTION 21. CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 21.1. In executing this Agreement, CONSULTANT covenants that it presently has no interest, and will not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, financial or otherwise, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of the Services. 21.2. CONSULTANT further covenants that, in the performance of this Agreement, it will not employ subcontractors or other persons or parties having such an interest.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
16 Packet Pg. 302 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 9 of 54
CONSULTANT certifies that no person who has or will have any financial interest under this Agreement is an officer or employee of CITY; this provision will be interpreted in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Palo Alto Municipal Code and the Government Code of the State of California, as amended from time to time. CONSULTANT agrees to notify CITY if any conflict arises.21.3. If the CONSULTANT meets the definition of a “Consultant” as defined by the Regulations of the Fair Political Practices Commission, CONSULTANT will file the appropriate financial disclosure documents required by the Palo Alto Municipal Code and the Political Reform Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. SECTION 22. NONDISCRIMINATION; COMPLIANCE WITH ADA. 22.1. As set forth in Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 2.30.510, as amended from time to time, CONSULTANT certifies that in the performance of this Agreement, it shall not discriminate in the employment of any person due to that person’s race, skin color, gender, gender identity, age, religion, disability, national origin, ancestry, sexual orientation, pregnancy, genetic information or condition, housing status, marital status, familial status, weight or height of such person. CONSULTANT acknowledges that it has read and understands the provisions of Section 2.30.510 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code relating to Nondiscrimination Requirements and the penalties for violation thereof, and agrees to meet all requirements of Section 2.30.510 pertaining to nondiscrimination in employment. 22.2. CONSULTANT understands and agrees that pursuant to the Americans Disabilities Act (“ADA”), programs, services and other activities provided by a public entity to the public, whether directly or through a contractor or subcontractor, are required to be accessible to the disabled public. CONSULTANT will provide the Services specified in this Agreement in a manner that complies with the ADA and any other applicable federal, state and local disability rights laws and regulations, as amended from time to time. CONSULTANT will not discriminate against persons with disabilities in the provision of services, benefits or activities provided under this Agreement. SECTION 23. ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERRED PURCHASING AND ZERO WASTE REQUIREMENTS. CONSULTANT shall comply with the CITY’s Environmentally Preferred Purchasing policies which are available at CITY’s Purchasing Department, hereby incorporated by reference and as amended from time to time. CONSULTANT shall comply with waste reduction, reuse, recycling and disposal requirements of CITY’s Zero Waste Program. Zero Waste best practices include, first, minimizing and reducing waste; second, reusing waste; and, third, recycling or composting waste. In particular, CONSULTANT shall comply with the following Zero Waste requirements: (a) All printed materials provided by CONSULTANT to CITY generated from a personal computer and printer including but not limited to, proposals, quotes, invoices, reports, and public education materials, shall be double-sided and printed on a minimum of 30% or greater post-consumer content paper, unless otherwise approved by CITY’s Project Manager. Any submitted materials printed by a professional printing company shall be a minimum of 30% or greater post-consumer material and printed with vegetable-based inks. (b) Goods purchased by CONSULTANT on behalf of CITY shall be purchased in accordance with CITY’s Environmental Purchasing Policy including but not limited to Extended Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
17 Packet Pg. 303 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 10 of 54
Producer Responsibility requirements for products and packaging. A copy of this policy is on file at the Purchasing Department’s office.(c) Reusable/returnable pallets shall be taken back by CONSULTANT, at no additional cost to CITY, for reuse or recycling. CONSULTANT shall provide documentation from the facility accepting the pallets to verify that pallets are not being disposed. SECTION 24. COMPLIANCE WITH PALO ALTO MINIMUM WAGE ORDINANCE. CONSULTANT shall comply with all requirements of the Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 4.62 (Citywide Minimum Wage), as amended from time to time. In particular, for any employee otherwise entitled to the State minimum wage, who performs at least two (2) hours of work in a calendar week within the geographic boundaries of the City, CONSULTANT shall pay such employees no less than the minimum wage set forth in Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 4.62.030 for each hour worked within the geographic boundaries of the City of Palo Alto. In addition, CONSULTANT shall post notices regarding the Palo Alto Minimum Wage Ordinance in accordance with Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 4.62.060. SECTION 25. NON-APPROPRIATION. This Agreement is subject to the fiscal provisions of the Charter of the City of Palo Alto and the Palo Alto Municipal Code, as amended from time to time. This Agreement will terminate without any penalty (a) at the end of any fiscal year in the event that funds are not appropriated for the following fiscal year, or (b) at any time within a fiscal year in the event that funds are only appropriated for a portion of the fiscal year and funds for this Agreement are no longer available. This Section shall take precedence in the event of a conflict with any other covenant, term, condition, or provision of this Agreement. SECTION 26. PREVAILING WAGES AND DIR REGISTRATION FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS. 26.1. This Project is not subject to prevailing wages and related requirements. CONSULTANT is not required to pay prevailing wages and meet related requirements under the California Labor Code and California Code of Regulations in the performance and implementation of the Project if the contract: (1) is not a public works contract; (2) is for a public works construction project of $25,000 or less, per California Labor Code Sections 1782(d)(1), 1725.5(f) and 1773.3(j); or (3) is for a public works alteration, demolition, repair, or maintenance project of $15,000 or less, per California Labor Code Sections 1782(d)(1), 1725.5(f) and 1773.3(j). SECTION 27. CLAIMS PROCEDURE FOR “9204 PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS”.For purposes of this Section 27, a “9204 Public Works Project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (Cal. Pub. Cont. Code § 9204.) Per California Public Contract Code Section 9204, for Public Works Projects, certain claims procedures shall apply, as set forth in Exhibit F, entitled “Claims for Public Contract Code Section 9204 Public Works Projects”. This Project is not a 9204 Public Works Project.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
18 Packet Pg. 304 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 11 of 54
SECTION 28. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. 28.1. In the performance of this Agreement, CONSULTANT may have access to CITY’s Confidential Information (defined below). CONSULTANT will hold Confidential Information in strict confidence, not disclose it to any third party, and will use it only for the performance of its obligations to CITY under this Agreement and for no other purpose. CONSULTANT will maintain reasonable and appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the security, confidentiality and integrity of the Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CONSULTANT may disclose Confidential Information to its employees, agents and subcontractors, if any, to the extent they have a need to know in order to perform CONSULTANT’s obligations to CITY under this Agreement and for no other purpose, provided that the CONSULTANT informs them of, and requires them to follow, the confidentiality and security obligations of this Agreement. 28.2. “Confidential Information” means all data, information (including without limitation “Personal Information” about a California resident as defined in Civil Code Section 1798 et seq., as amended from time to time) and materials, in any form or media, tangible or intangible, provided or otherwise made available to CONSULTANT by CITY, directly or indirectly, pursuant to this Agreement. Confidential Information excludes information that CONSULTANT can show by appropriate documentation: (i) was publicly known at the time it was provided or has subsequently become publicly known other than by a breach of this Agreement; (ii) was rightfully in CONSULTANT’s possession free of any obligation of confidence prior to receipt of Confidential Information; (iii) is rightfully obtained by CONSULTANT from a third party without breach of any confidentiality obligation; (iv) is independently developed by employees of CONSULTANT without any use of or access to the Confidential Information; or (v) CONSULTANT has written consent to disclose signed by an authorized representative of CITY. 28.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CONSULTANT may disclose Confidential Information to the extent required by order of a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental body, provided that CONSULTANT will notify CITY in writing of such order immediately upon receipt and prior to any such disclosure (unless CONSULTANT is prohibited by law from doing so), to give CITY an opportunity to oppose or otherwise respond to such order. 28.4. CONSULTANT will notify City promptly upon learning of any breach in the security of its systems or unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, Confidential Information in its possession or control, and if such Confidential Information consists of Personal Information, CONSULTANT will provide information to CITY sufficient to meet the notice requirements of Civil Code Section 1798 et seq., as applicable, as amended from time to time. 28.5. Prior to or upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, CONSULTANT will honor any request from the CITY to return or securely destroy all copies of Confidential Information. All Confidential Information is and will remain the property of the CITY and nothing contained in this Agreement grants or confers any rights to such Confidential Information on CONSULTANT. 28.6. If selected in Section 30 (Exhibits), this Agreement is also subject to the Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
19 Packet Pg. 305 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 12 of 54
terms and conditions of the Information Privacy Policy and Cybersecurity Terms and Conditions. SECTION 29. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. 29.1. This Agreement will be governed by California law, without regard to its conflict of law provisions. 29.2. In the event that an action is brought, the parties agree that trial of such action will be vested exclusively in the state courts of California in the County of Santa Clara, State of California.29.3. The prevailing party in any action brought to enforce the provisions of this Agreement may recover its reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees expended in connection with that action. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover an amount equal to the fair market value of legal services provided by attorneys employed by it as well as any attorneys’ fees paid to third parties.29.4. This Agreement, including all exhibits, constitutes the entire and integrated agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, representations, statements and undertakings, either oral or written. This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument, which is signed by the authorized representatives of the parties and approved as required under Palo Alto Municipal Code, as amended from time to time. 29.5. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds or rules that any provision of this Agreement is void or unenforceable, the unaffected provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. 29.6. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto (per Section 30) or CONSULTANT’s proposal (if any), the Agreement shall control. In the event of a conflict between the exhibits hereto and CONSULTANT’s proposal (if any), the exhibits shall control. 29.7. The provisions of all checked boxes in this Agreement shall apply to this Agreement; the provisions of any unchecked boxes shall not apply to this Agreement. 29.8. All section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and are not intended to define or limit the scope of any provision of this Agreement. 29.9. This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, which, when executed by the authorized representatives of the parties, shall together constitute a single binding agreement. SECTION 30. EXHIBITS. Each of the following exhibits, if the check box for such exhibit is selected below, is hereby attached and incorporated into this Agreement by reference as though fully set forth herein:

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
20 Packet Pg. 306 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 13 of 54
EXHIBIT A: SCOPE OF SERVICESEXHIBIT A-1 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER EXHIBIT B: SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE EXHIBIT C: COMPENSATIONEXHIBIT C-1: SCHEDULE OF RATESEXHIBIT D: INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS THIS AGREEMENT IS NOT COMPLETE UNLESS ALL SELECTED EXHIBITS ARE ATTACHED.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
21 Packet Pg. 307 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 14 of 54
CONTRACT No. C25190778A SIGNATURE PAGEIN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have by their duly authorized representatives executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.CITY OF PALO ALTO ____________________________ City ManagerAPPROVED AS TO FORM: __________________________ City Attorney or designee TURBO DATA SYSTEMS, INC. Officer 1By: ________________________________ Name: ______________________________ Title: _______________________________ Officer 2By: ________________________________ Name: ______________________________ Title: _______________________________ Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
22 Packet Pg. 308 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 15 of 54
EXHIBIT A SCOPE OF SERVICESCONSULTANT shall provide the Services detailed in this Exhibit A, entitled “SCOPE OF SERVICES”. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, CONSULTANT’s duties and services described in this Scope of Services shall not include preparing or assisting CITY with any portion of CITY’s preparation of a request for proposals, request for qualifications, or any other solicitation regarding a subsequent or additional contract with CITY. CITY shall at all times retain responsibility for public contracting, including with respect to any subsequent phase of this project. CONSULTANT’s participation in the planning, discussions, or drawing of project plans or specifications shall be limited to conceptual, preliminary, or initial plans or specifications. CONSULTANT shall cooperate with CITY to ensure that all bidders for a subsequent contract on any subsequent phase of this project have access to the same information, including all conceptual, preliminary, or initial plans or specifications prepared by CONSULTANT pursuant to this Scope of Services.Section 1. Project Description and OverviewThe CONSULTANT will be responsible for providing the development, implementation, support, and maintenance of a comprehensive Citation and Permit Management System (CPMS) and related services in support of the CITY’s parking permitting and enforcement programs. CONSULTANT is responsible for ensuring that the CPMS and proposed support services are compliant with State of California regulations, including, but not limited to, California Vehicle Code sections associated with citation processing, noticing, appeal and adjudication processes, and payment plans. The CPMS must be capable of integrating with several current and future CITYand third-party vendor programs that will also support the parking operation. CONSULTANTshall provide the capability for integration using open architecture industry standards with external integration capabilities. All cloud-based systems — including but not limited to the CPMS and the customer portal shall be assumed to have unlimited cloud storage to support unlimited data storage and create/read/update transactions.CONSULTANT shall provide a full-time Project Manager and key personnel responsible for project oversight and delivery of the CPMS. The CONSULTANT Project Manager shall be the single point of contact for the CITY, responsible for the CPMS's management, implementation, and ongoing troubleshooting during its installation and continuous operation. The CONSULTANTProject Manager shall coordinate efforts with the CITY Project Manager or designee and any Subcontractors. The CONSULTANT Project Manager shall always be available to the CITY by telephone or video access during the project and on-site within 72 hours of notification, if necessary and requested, to respond to CITY needs, questions, and issues. In consultation with the CITY, the CONSULTANT Project Manager will develop a detailed implementation and project plan for CPMS implementation. Turbo Data Scope of Work Details for Parking Citations and Parking Permits TDS shall perform the following services in processing all Parking Citations: A. Basic Processing – TDS will enter manual citations and citation dispositions into Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
23 Packet Pg. 309 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 16 of 54
Customer’s database within 2 business days. The basic service includes database maintenance, daily system backups, toll-free phone number for the public, Interactive Voice Response System (IVRS) with customized recorded information and citation lookup capability, pticket.com web-based Inquiry System for the public with customized content, Customer Service Representatives (8:00 am – 5:00 pm, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays) to speak with the public regarding parking citation issues, ongoing Client support, and documentation and training for use of the TDS-provided online system. B. Handheld Ticket writer Interface - TDS will provide for automated import of electronic citations into Customers database within 1 business day. TDS will maintain and update the hot sheet or scofflaw files on a daily basis for Customer to upload into their handheld ticket writers. TDS will work with Customer to implement any changes required for handheld ticket writer equipment. C. System and Document Storage - Citations paid or dismissed will be retained on the computer system for 3 years and then removed. Unpaid citations will be retained on the computer system for 5 years and then removed. Citation documents will be stored for 2 years from date of issue and then returned to Customer or shredded. Payment documents will be stored for 2 years from the date of payment and then returned to Customer or shredded. D. Online Reporting - Provide monthly reports online indicating the status of all citations, such reports to be available for Customer access no later than the thirtieth (30th) day of the following month. E. DMV Interface for Registered Owner Name Retrieval - Attempt to obtain names and addresses of registered owners of cited vehicles for those citations that have not been cleared prior to their notice generation date. F. Notice Processing - Print the required Notice and mail to each registered owner whose name has been retrieved within 10 to 21 days after the citation has been issued. Includes second notices mailed for bounced checks, partial payments, and name or address changes. The notice date shall be extended whenever there is an unusual delay in delivery of information or citations to TDS. All postage, notice forms and envelopes will be provided by TDS. G. DMV Interface for Placing Registration Holds - Transmit a Notice of Delinquency to the California DMV for vehicles with California license plates after a Notice of Violation has been mailed to the registered owner and TDS has not received notification that the citation has been cleared. This Notice of Delinquency will be transmitted to the California DMV within 2 business days after the date specified by the Customer to be the DMV Date. H. DMV Interface for Releasing Registration Holds - Transmit a Notice to the California DMV that a Notice of Delinquency has been cleared within 2 business days after TDS has received notification of clearance. I. DMV Interface for Monthly Payment File – Receive payment file from DMV as available (currently monthly) and update DMV transactions into Customers database, providing Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
24 Packet Pg. 310 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 17 of 54
reporting for reconciliation purposes. J. Delivery Service – Manual citations will be mailed or scanned to TDS by Customer attheir own expense. TDS reports will be provided online. TDS will return any requireddocuments via UPS and/or US Mail.K. Collection and Payment Processing - TDS will provide the following collection andpayment processing services for Customer:• Provide P. O. Box where payments are mailed• Courier pickup from P. O. Box daily• Open all mail• Verify payment amounts and record on computer system within 2 business days(48 hours)• Respond to reasonable non-judicial public inquiries by phone and mail• Return questionable mail to Customer for decision• Make bank deposits to Customer bank account using check scanning• Verify amounts deposited, by citation number• Provide toll-free number for citizen inquiries• Provide reports for bank statement reconciliation• Provide monthly Paid Citation Distribution Report for surcharge payments to theCounty• Scan checks and deposit parking funds into Customer bank account.L. Out of State Citations - TDS shall process citations for non-California license plates byentering the citation information into the system database and reporting them along withall other citations on the database with the standard reports. If they become delinquent,requests for registered owner information will be sent to the appropriate out-of-state DMV.The Notice of Intent will be generated to the registered owner and the fine amountrequested. TDS will incur all costs for out of state name retrieval, including out-of-stateDMV fees and charges. TDS will receive payment from Customer based on the amount ofrevenues collected from out-ofstate citations after the Notice of Intent has been issued. Thisamount will be billed monthly for the prior months' receipts (as determined from ourdatabase and/or reports). Payments collected via credit card will also incur credit card fees.M.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
25 Packet Pg. 311 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 18 of 54
N. Administrative Adjudication Processing - TDS will provide for the processing of requests for contesting citations, allowing for Customer processing of administrative reviews, tracking and monitoring all relevant dates on an automated system, mailing timely notification to respondents regarding the status of their claims, and scheduling of administrative hearings. All Administrative Adjudication information entered into the system is done in real time and is linked to existing database information to ensure proper tracking of relevant dates, mailing names and addresses and other pertinent information. Administrative Review requests will be entered within 2 business days of receipt. Adjudication documents will be stored for 2 years from their activity date and then shredded. O. Paperless Appeals (eAppealsPRO & Scanning) – TDS will provide online appeal capability for the public to appeal their citations online. TDS will provide the scanning of all mailed-in appeal documents and electronic storage of those documents. TDS will provide an online application to access the appeals, which will be searchable and sortable. TDS will keep an electronic history of processed appeals for at least two years. P. Online Inquiry Access for Customers’ Staff - Access includes online access 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for Agency personnel to inquire on Customer’s database. This access includes citation inquiry (includes citation status, history status, administrative adjudication status, notes, etc.), the ability to enter and view notes, post dismissals/payments, view daily deposits made at TDS’ facility and view daily file transfers sent from the handheld ticket writer software and received at TDS’ facility. TDS’ technical staff will provide support. TDS will provide a real-time secured high-speed connection to the citation database through the Customers' Internet connection. Q. Additional Notices– TDS will mail Other Correspondence as required for processing. R. ICS Collection Service – Special Collections - Outstanding citations (DMV No-Holds or DMV Transfer of Ownership Releases or Non-California plates) and any other citations deemed as delinquent citations by Customer are transferred into the ICS system on a weekly basis. Up to two collection letters will be mailed for each ICS account requesting payment. Payments are processed daily and deposited to the Customer’s regular citation processing bank account. The TDS Customer Service Center will handle all ICS related calls through a special toll-free number dedicated to ICS accounts. Monthly reporting shows all accounts moved to the ICS system and all payments received due to ICS efforts. S. Franchise Tax Board Offset Program – TDS will combine citations by license number for total amount due, eliminate corporate names, retrieve SSN’s by name from a 3rd party, combine accounts by SSN, mail required FTB letters in advance of placing accounts at FTB, process payments generated by the FTB process, receive phone calls generated by the FTB process, provide all systems and operational procedures required for the FTB process, and provide complete reporting and reconciliation for the FTB process. Customer will be required to complete required FTB paperwork and forms (with TDS’ assistance), establish a SWIFT account with the FTB, and provide whatever assistance may be required to work with the FTB regarding the FTB process.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
26 Packet Pg. 312 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 19 of 54
T. Payment Plans - The Contractor will have a payment plan system in place to comply with all legislation. The plan will allow for waivers, when necessary, for indigent and non-indigent individuals. Plan requests will be submitted to the Customer for review/approval/denial. The Contractor will mail correspondence to let the applicant know the status of their payment plan application and other details. Payment Plans allow the agency to waive fees for indigent persons, adjust the length of the plan and set minimum payments due. If a plan defaults prior to full payment, the system automatically resumes the citation process (DMV, Collections, etc.). The Contractor will provide customized agency specific information for indigent payment plans on pticket.com. U. Handheld Ticketwriters – ticketPRO Magic TDS will provide ticketPRO Magic Units (phones and printers) and citations and envelopes as required at the pricing then in effect. TDS will provide maintenance and support for the Automated Citation Issuance System and the Field Units. RemoteConnect Support for devices while in the field. TDS will provide a data plan with unlimited voice/text messaging for field units. Software upgrades as newer versions become available. Support via email for support requests and for reporting software/hardware issues. TDS shall perform the following services in processing all Parking Permits: The Turbo Data Systems, Inc. (TDS) Parking Permit program is designed to allow residents to apply for and purchase parking permits, and to allow the Customer to track their parking permit program online using the Permit Manager. The system allows for annual permit renewals; either by letter generation and mailing, and/or electronic notification. The system is cloud-based based with a “self-service” ability for residents to purchase their permits. The applicant can register for an account and upload the required documents which can then be verified by the Customer or TDS. Upon approval, the applicant will be notified to submit a permit request for the district/zone that they live in. The permit management system is scalable and designed to handle multiple permit types: Virtual Permits – Use Vehicle plate Multiple physical permits and multiple combinations (stick-on, hangtag) Guest Permits RV permits Overnight Permits Residential Zones/Districts Annual residential permits Permit pricing can be tier-structured, prorated or allow for special exceptions, discounts, pickup, delivery, etc. The system will allow both TDS and designated Customer staff to issue and administer permits as needed. The process includes services for both online and manual over-the-counter permit processing. Online processing includes: New account registration online Review of account application and required documents Electronic notification of account approval or rejection to resident Permit application Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
27 Packet Pg. 313 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 20 of 54
Review of permit application and required documents Electronic notification of permit approval or rejection to resident Online payment processing – via secure website Fulfillment If desired, TDS will perform the verification of required documents (proof of residence verification, vehicle license information, etc.), data entry, maintenance functions, permit fulfillment and all required mailings. TDS will provide Online Support to Agency personnel via email 8am-5pm Monday-Friday (excluding Holidays). Data Entry - All uploaded documents will be available for viewing by Customer staff. TDS will manually enter all data as it appears on the application. Applicant will be notified if there is a discrepancy or error on the application. Renewal Notification - Annual renewals will be mailed and/or emailed to each account as specified by the Customer. The notice will provide permit account information and payment options, with instructions for payment online and by mail. Other correspondence will be mailed and/or emailed as necessary (denial letters, requests for more information, etc.). Customer Online Access - TDS will provide the Customer with cloud-based access to the Permit application. This access will allow Customer staff to search for specific information. The Customer will designate individuals who can have access to the system. Resident Online “Self-Service” Access - TDS will provide a cloud-based “self-service” website that residents can use to complete a permit application, upload required documents and pay for their permits. The website will accept payments made with Visa, MasterCard or Discover. The website can display descriptions/FAQ related to the permit program, as well as provide forms and instructions for a manual permit application. A Link to the Customer website can also be provided. Residents have the option of saving the application prior to completion and returning to where they left off. Real-Time Enforcement - The TDS permit management system was designed to interface directly with our ticketPRO magic mobile solution to provide real-time information on parking permits. Officers in the field will be able to check on permit status and receive pertinent information regarding annual, monthly and daily permits even on the same day, including virtual permits. ticketPRO magic can search by Permit number as well as by Plate for virtual permits. Permit Manager can integrate with License Plate Recognition (LPR) systems by providing current permit information such as type, status, lost, stolen, temporary, etc. TDS will work with the Customer’s LPR vendor to ensure smooth integration. Reporting - TDS will provide daily reporting showing the dollar amounts collected and deposited on a daily basis. Detail and management summary reporting will be provided online. Monthly reporting will be provided showing the number of permits applied for, the number of permits pending, and the number of permits issued. Financial and statistical reports will be customized as needed. Management reports will identify all activity. Visual Mapping/Reporting is also available and provides management with an easy view of pertinent permit data and allocations.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
28 Packet Pg. 314 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 21 of 54
Website Branding - Our permit solution supports branding features to provide assurance to the visitor that they have reached the correct web site. URL link will be set as paloalto.getapermit.net and a customized graphics can be used as a site banner. Multi-lingual Support - The website supports a multi-lingual translator to help non-English speaking citizens or visitors. Vehicle Changes/Permit Replacements - getaPERMIT allows for permits to be replaced at a cost or to have the fee waived in the event the permit is lost or stolen. Permits can also be replaced or transferred to a different vehicle. Unpaid Citation Notification (checkCITATION) - getaPERMIT supports the option to interface with the citation database and reports on outstanding citations. This can be used to prevent purchase/renewal of a permit until the outstanding citations are paid. Visitors will be redirected to the payment website and then return to the permit page to continue their purchase Section 2. Citation Management System The Citation Management System (CMS) is the turnkey software solution and support provided by the CONSULTANT to support the CITY with all parking citation processing functions and service features, as an integrated component of the overall CPMS. At a high level, the core functionality shall include citation inquiry, citation entry, customer service support, payment processing, noticing, adjudication and hold processing, enforcement analytics and reporting, access to documentation and images/photos, and citation history. Users shall have specific functionality access assigned by a designated software administrator. Software must support real-time access for multiple parties and be a web-based application requiring no software installation on personal computers (PCs). The CONSULTANT shall provide handheld citation issuance software to include all relevant fields, including citation issuance, parking status verification (paid session/valid permit), image/photo capture, tire marking, global positioning system (GPS) capture, vehicle notice history, and citation printing. The CONSULTANT shall support the software at no additional cost to the CITY for the entirety of the contract. All software should be customizable to CITY specifications, including violations, fines and penalties, locations, custom notes, badge numbers, etc. Included with the CMS is a requirement for the CONSULTANT to provide registered owner (RO) information for all violators, including California and out-of-state motor vehicle registration inquiries. CONSULTANT shall be responsible for sending notice of citation to registered owners based upon the CITY’s direction regarding the frequency of notices and timeframes. The CITYreserves the right to change its noticing frequency and timeframes with five (5) days’ notice to the CONSULTANT at no additional cost to the CITY. CMS Key Requirements The following is a list of key requirements for the citation management system: 1. Custom software training manuals and user guides for staff based on the CITY’s specific systems and customizations, to be created and managed by the CONSULTANT using the CITY’s system specification.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
29 Packet Pg. 315 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 22 of 54

2. Real-time access to California DMV for registered owner information and DMV registration holds and releases. 3. Access to out-of-state registered owner names and addresses.4. Responsibility for any fees associated with obtaining registered owner information. 5. Validate DMV vehicle makes upon return of registered owner information from DMV to ensure proper make of vehicle issued citation. 6. Continuously attempt to retrieve registered owner information for all unpaid parking citations without registered owner information on the CMS. 7. Reminder notices for unpaid citations by mail, including out-of-state owners.8. Delinquent notification to the lessee and/or secondary owner when delinquent and following the lien process under California state law. 9. Review the DMV “No Hit” list to ensure the license plate and state have been entered correctly.10. Store and track car rental agency reports of responsible billing parties from parking citations. 11. Mail notices to lessees or renters of cited vehicles, including loaner vehicles, when provided with proof of written lease or rental agreement as required by the CVC. 12. Store and track previous and current owner information when a transfer of vehicle ownership has occurred by clearly notating in the account with changes, not limited to the source, old address, new address, date of owner transfer, etc. 13. Process and mail “Drive Away” notices to registered owners of vehicles that drive away before the issuing officer attaches the citation to the vehicle. The notice must be mailed out to the registered owner within fifteen (15) calendar days of the citation issuance as required by the CVC. 14. Process citation correction notices where the issuing officer determines that there is incorrect data in the parking citation. A copy of the correction shall be mailed to the registered owner within a timeframe specified by the CITY. 15. Communicate with individuals outside the United States to whom the CITY issued a parking citation. 16. Maintain the system database and physical system security in such a way as to provide complete confidentiality and protection from unwanted access. 17. File and store citations in an easily retrievable format for a minimum of five (5) years and Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
30 Packet Pg. 316 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 23 of 54
then dispose of records in accordance with CITY direction. 18. Allow for uploading electronic citations in real-time, allowing customers to pay for citations immediately once uploaded. 19. Send and receive electronic data files using a scheduler function.20. Allow authorized account users to correct dates, duplicate citations, violation codes, and fine amounts and to suspend citations. 21. Allow for various timelines for invoicing. 22. Allow invoicing, late fees, appeals, and collections automation with a scheduler function. 23. Provide online confirmation showing the number of citations transferred and received by the CONSULTANT. 24. Immediate/real-time batching of files upon transfer of citation records. 25. Identify duplicate citations and correct dates, duplicated citations, violation codes, and fine amounts. 26. Maintain and update the confidential vehicle database for exemptions authorized by the CITY that are linked to the parking enforcement handled units. 27. Maintain online communication during primary work hours when the CMS, including all sub-systems, is available to the CITY and the public for its intended use. 28. Allow for updates to customer records and the ability to enter comments with an audit trail. 29. Prepare a report at the end of each Fiscal Year, per CVC Section 40200.3(b), setting forth the number of cases processed, all financial and/or citation payments received and distributed, and any other information the issuing agency may require. This report is public record and shall be delivered to each issuing agency at the end of each fiscal year. If the CITY requests, the CONSULTANT shall hire an independent auditor to prepare a report. The CITY shall pay the costs of the audit report upon the CITY’s written approval of the auditor’s cost. 30. Report templates developed to the CITY’s specification that may be exported to Excel or PDF. 31. Real-time reporting tool for ad-hoc reports. 32. Live customer service for CITY staff between 8:00 AM and 5:30 PM, PDT/PST, Monday through Friday, excluding CITY holidays, with emergency after-hours support 24/7. 33. Interactive Voice Response (IVR) system that allows for citation inquiry and payment, pre-recorded prompts to answer frequently asked questions, and routing of calls to live Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
31 Packet Pg. 317 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 24 of 54
operators. 34. Technical support for the CONSULTANT’s customer portal website and IVR in English and Spanish. 35. Email support for technical issues with the CONSULTANT’s website and IVR (response within two (2) business days). 36. Multiple languages on the customer portal website (at least English and Spanish). 37. Ability to process and incorporate into reporting mail-in citation payments sent directly to the City of Palo Alto’s mailing address (CONSULTANT-coordinated). 38. Secondary collection efforts, to include skip-tracing, mailings (including postage), DMV holds, and FTB processing. 39. An open-source API that allows for current and future integration with third parties such as financial software, Parking Access and Revenue Control Systems (PARCS), LPR, permit management systems, as well as pay stations and mobile payment (to support future paid parking programs). 40. Initial in-person training for CITY staff with bi-annual refresher training (no additional cost).41. Quarterly in-person meetings with CITY staff.42. Sandbox/test environment available before award and ongoing for pre-release testing.43. Data entry of citations. 44. Appeal preparation to include initial processing for initial hearing reviews. 45. The CMS must be able to accommodate parking citation payment plans. The software shall allow users to perform the following functions: 46. Entry form for manually issued citations. 47. Query for citation data by any input field, including, but not limited to, date, citation number, license plate number, name, location, and VIN. 48. Ability to query by partial information such as a partial plate.49. Pay or dismiss citations on one or multiple plates in one transaction. 50. Add notes to citations and plates. 51. Attach documents to citation records.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
32 Packet Pg. 318 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 25 of 54

52. Place citations on hold to suspend penalty and notice activity. 53. Print and email correspondence letters.54. Void citations with custom CITY void codes. 55. Support for multiple vehicle owners. 56. View a copy of a citation and images/photos taken during citation issuance. 57. Assign permissions to access certain features based on user ID. 58. Provide a complete audit trail of all history in the citation record, including, but not limited to, escalations, payment history, adjudication history, copies of letters and correspondence, notes, and payment plan details. 59. Identify the user that performed each change or update in the audit trail. 60. Run ad-hoc real-time reports on all data fields. Adjudication61. The CONSULTANT shall coordinate the citation adjudication process following prescribed timelines and processes for persons contesting parking citations per the laws of the State of California. 62. Suspend action while appeals are under investigation. 63. Record data and comments for historical background and attach them to the citation record.64. Manage supporting evidence submitted by customers in support of their appeals. 65. Sort citations by type of violation and/or defense. 66. Record case decisions. 67. Generate decision letters and use customizable liability reason codes. Secondary Collections CONSULTANT shall provide collection efforts to include citations specified by the CITY and currently delinquent citations over sixty (60) days old to maximize collections and ensure compliance. Collection efforts should consist of, at a minimum: 68. Two (2) collection notices for all citations. 69. DMV holds for California registered owners.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
33 Packet Pg. 319 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 26 of 54

70. Franchise Tax Board (FTB) collections for California residents. 71. Skip-tracing.72. Outbound phone calls. Citations in collection status may be billed as an additional percentage of revenue collected during this process. DMV Registration Holds / Releases73. Modify and correct DMV-originated files if the amount of the penalty on hold at DMV has changed without additional charges to the CITY. 74. Notify DMV of any change in the bail amount of citations on hold. 75. Provide additional grace periods, as authorized by the CITY, which will automatically allow for additional payment processing time. 76. Accept electronic files from DMV VPN (registered owner information) and DMV payment files.77. Release registration holds daily upon CITY’s request. FTB Intercept Program 78. Generate mail notifications prior to file submission, adhering to the FTB guidelines. 79. Process FTB annual intercept program.80. Provide timely modification/notification to the intercept program if the amount to be intercepted has changed.81. Properly and thoroughly identify the individuals to be intercepted via the FTB program. 82. Process timely refunds in the event of overpayment or misidentification. Section 3. Citation Issuance Devices and Related Software The CONSULTANT will provide at least fifteen (15) handheld devices and fifteen (15) printers for citation issuance. The CONSULTANT shall be required to support all software, communication plans, and hardware for the agreement term. All equipment must include the protective infrastructure to ruggedize and protect equipment from working conditions and outdoor elements. 83. The following fields, at a minimum, must be captured during citation issuance by the CONSULTANT’s enforcement software:

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
34 Packet Pg. 320 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 27 of 54
Citation number. License plate. State. VIN or last four digits of VIN. Violation code and description (up to three). Location of violation, including program zone. Issue date. Issue time. Officer ID. Officer signature.Notes to print on citation. Officer notes, not visible to the public. Fine and penalty schedules. Appeal and payment instructions. Electronic marking. Photos, videos, and audio. Ability to support pay-by-plate, pay-by-space, permit status, and mobile payment. The handheld citation issuance device software shall: 84. Provide a user-friendly interface for ease of use and durability. 85. Require a password/security sign to prevent unauthorized use. 86. Allow the user to view and void any citation written by the user since the last data upload to the host. A valid void code must be entered to void any completed citation. 87. Support the reprinting of an issued citation; this reprinted citation must contain the same time as the original citation, not simply the time it was reprinted.88. Produce a voided ticket audit trail. 89. Automatically transfer and upload citations issued by the handheld computer. 90. CMS to promptly notify the CITY regarding citations unable to be entered for any reason (no violation code, unreadable license, etc.). 91. Upon entering a license plate during citation entry, automatically search the customer name, vehicle, and scofflaw request file for a match. If a match is found, automatically enter data into the proper fields. If a match is located in the scofflaw request file, the CMS should display the number of citations in the last 90 days. 92. Support monitoring of vehicles in a fixed time limit zone. 93. Timestamp transactions by the CMS’s internal clock.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
35 Packet Pg. 321 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 28 of 54

94. Support the issuance and tracking of warnings and actual citations, including issuance history by license plate. 95. Support standard location codes and descriptions, location comments, and block numbers. Locations shall also be manually generated when necessary.96. Able to report issues in the field in real-time reporting of malfunctioning. Section 4. Permit Management SystemThe Permit Management System (PMS) is the software and support solution that shall supply the CITY with access to all parking permit processing functions. Such functions are outlined below. The core functionality must include the option to inquire by permit number, license plate number, account number, permit holder name, permit type, and location, at a minimum.Additional functionality shall include the support of waitlists by permit type and location, and the ability to process payments and manage all permit types, amounts, and locations, including all-day parking permits in the CITY’s parking lots and garages. Users should have specific functionality access assigned by a designated software administrator. Software shall support real-time access for multiple parties and shall be a web-based application requiring no software installation on personal computers (PCs). Software shall limit permit eligibility by the user-type and/or address. The PMS must validate documents to establish that a customer is eligible to purchase a permit. Documentation verification varies depending on the permit type and may include a driver’s license or ID, paystub from the last 30 days, letter from employer, vehicle registration, utility bill, rental agreement, and multiple acceptable types of proof of residency. CONSULTANTs shall fully support both physical and virtual parking permit programs. The PMS must be integrated with the entire CPMS. Integration means that, when CITY/CONSULTANT software users search for a citation, they should have access to permit information for the same license plate or name. Likewise, when a customer logs into their account, they can search for a permit and should have access to citations issued to the same license plate and/or name. The PMS shall support the ability to prevent permit processing/issuance when a customer has citation amounts due to the CITY. The CONSULTANT Project Manager will develop, in consultation with the CITY, a detailed implementation and project plan for the Permit Management System. PMS Key Requirements The following is a list of key requirements for the permit management system: 97. Custom software training manuals and user guides for staff based on the CITY’s specific systems and customizations, to be created and managed by the CONSULTANT using the CITY’s system specification. 98. Ability to support different permit types with differing permit business rules (example:

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
36 Packet Pg. 322 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 29 of 54
residential parking permits, employee parking permits, guest parking permits, employer parking permits, all-day parking permits in CITY lots and garages). 99. Automatically email permit notifications based on a CITY-specified timeline.100. Generate permit renewal notices by batch or individually. 101. Generate unique parking permit numbers. 102. Support the assignment of both physical and virtual permits. 103. Support rolling expiration dates (e.g., daily, weekly, monthly, annually) in addition to fixed expiration dates based on permit type. 104. Provide access to review permit applications and attached documents. 105. Restrict or allow multiple permit purchases for the same plate number depending on CITY rules. 106. Restrict or allow multiple permits issued by address.107. Ability to allow for multiple account holders at a single household while still restricting the total number of permits per household. 108. Restrict or allow multiple permits to be issued to an individual.109. Issue temporary permits. 110. Issue guest permits with custom date ranges and custom addresses. 111. Ability to have multiple vehicles on a single permit based on CITY policy. 112. Complete audit trail of all history in permit record; including, but not limited to date and time stamp, payment history, copy of letters and correspondence, administrative changes to the account, and notes. 113. Retain inactivated permit and account information. 114. Ability to upload multiple file types in support of permit applications including CSV, DOC, JPEG, PDF, etc.115. Alert CITY too and prevent account holders with open/unpaid citations from purchasing permits.116. Allow for administrative override.117. Allow editing of any permit field (based upon user-assigned privileges).

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
37 Packet Pg. 323 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 30 of 54
118. Ability to create/modify/delete permit zones. 119. Display all permits issued geographically on a map. 120. Entry of new permits and approve requests. 121. Processing of payment for permits. 122. Add notes to permit accounts. 123. Correct, autofill, and standardize address entries. 124. Validate permit program eligibility based on customer-entered address and supporting documentation. 125. Ability to cancel a permit. 126. Ability to refund a permit. 127. Ability to prorate or issue a discount on a permit. 128. Process multiple permit purchases in one transaction. 129. Query by customer name, business name, account number, permit type, permit number, license plate number, VIN, address, phone number, citation number, last 4 of credit card, and partial information. 130. Create, modify, and edit blacklists and whitelists.Section 5. Customer Portal / Website The CITY desires a customer-friendly, easily updated parking web/mobile portal (customer portal) to provide access to parking permit information, parking citation information, adjudication, and permit processes. The customer portal shall be “private label,” designed to meet the CITY’s branding and marketing standards and built to be consistent with the look and feel of the CITY’s existing website.131. All content for the customer portal, including, but not limited to, text, graphics, images, and maps, will be the responsibility of the CONSULTANT to develop. CITY staff will review and approve all proposed data content prior to public release. 132. The CONSULTANT must develop the customer portal, allowing customers to create an account that will supply access to all relevant citation, adjudication, and permit requests. The customer portal shall be fully integrated with the CPMS. 133. The CONSULTANT will manage the customer portal. The CITY expects the customer portal to be updated with new information as required, such as changes to parking rules or citation fees. The CITY will forward website traffic to the CONSULTANT-hosted Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
38 Packet Pg. 324 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 31 of 54
customer portal using forward URL links on the CITY’s website, and the CONSULTANT’s customer portal shall include links to send users back to the CITY of Palo Alto’s website. 134. The CONSULTANT must create a custom guide, specific to Palo Alto’s business rules and permit types on how to apply and pay for a parking permit, pay a citation, request a payment plan, or contest a citation, which must be available on the customer portal. The CONSULTANT must provide a call center for technical support for the customer portal. The calls must be accepted between 8:00 AM and 5:30 PM, PDT/PST, Monday through Friday, excluding CITY holidays. 135. The CONSULTANT shall also provide customer email support for technical issues regarding the customer portal. Emails shall be answered within one (1) business day. Customer complaints regarding service received by the CONSULTANT must be logged and reported to the CITY weekly.136. The customer portal must be accessible on multiple browser platforms, including MS Edge, Google Chrome, Safari, and Firefox. The portal experience for the user shall provide device detection and display content according to device type, including desktop computers, laptops, mobile devices, and tablets. The CONSULTANT must be PCI compliant.In support of the CPMS, the portal shall be a comprehensive management tool for customers and shall allow users to perform, at a minimum, the following functions: 137. Account creation tying together permit, citation, adjudication, and payment data. 138. Inquiry by license plate, permit number, citation number, and account number. 139. Hide the customer’s name and address when an inquiry is performed. Only verified account holders shall have access to name and address information. 140. Request a new permit with supporting documentation. 141. Allow for custom documentation requirements based on permit type. 142. View the status of permit requests, including the position on a waitlist. 143. Allow customer to update permit application when denied or a correction is needed without needing to reapply for the permit. 144. Allow customer to update permit information (i.e., license plate, make, model, color, and address for certain permit types as defined by the CITY). 145. Allow management of multiple permits under a single account. 146. Restrict individual permit issuance to addresses/users within CITY-defined group management accounts.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
39 Packet Pg. 325 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 32 of 54
147. Prevent account holders with open citations from purchasing permits. 148. Individual dwelling units within the same address number shall be able to have different eligibility statuses.149. Allow partially completed online permit applications to be saved and completed at another time by the applicant or CITY staff.150. Provide customers with email or text messages regarding the approval or status of their permit.151. Email receipts for payments.152. Renew an existing permit. 153. Request placement on a permit waitlist.154. Auto-generate notice to the next person on the waitlist to notify them a permit is available. If no response is received within a CITY-designated timeframe, the system should automatically move on to the next person on the waitlist. 155. Removal from a waitlist. 156. Process payment for a waitlist position with the proper prorated amount, if applicable. 157. Process payment of a permit or citation by credit card and debit card. The CITY shall determine whether any convenience fee will be charged to customers. 158. View a copy of the citation, related photos, and citation notes. 159. Request an online, in-person, or by-mail administrative review of a citation. (CVC 40215) 160. Request an online, in-person, or by mail administrative hearing of a citation. (CVC 40215) 161. Request a payment plan and upload supporting documentation. (CVC 40220) Section 6. Customer Service Center (Phone/IVR) The duties and tasks of the Customer Service Call Center will include all parking permit and citation-related support shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following actions: 162. Provide year-round customer and staff online access (except planned CPMS maintenance or upgrades). 163. Provide a customer service support center for the CITY’s parking permit and citation Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
40 Packet Pg. 326 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 33 of 54
program, at a minimum, from 8:00 AM and 5:30 PM, PDT/PST, Monday through Friday, excluding CITY holidays, subject to modification. 164. Staff must be well-trained, professional, and courteous customer service personnel equipped to handle clerical, customer service, supervisory, and managerial tasks in compliance with the approved operations and quality assurance plan. 165. Callers seeking a live Customer Service Representative (CSR) must not be placed on hold for longer than two (2) minutes. 166. The CONSULTANT will provide a toll-free number to be used exclusively for permit and citation support with live operators to assist customers. 167. Staff and reroute calls if the connection to the computer network is disrupted. 168. Collaborate with the CITY in establishing business processing rules. 169. Provide staff to respond to telephone inquiries regarding how to contest a violation, determine outstanding penalty amounts or delinquent fees, process payment, establish payment plans, identify time frames, and any other pertinent information to contest acitation by mail or in-person. 170. Operate a customized Interactive Voice Response (IVR) System in English and Spanish to accept payments and provide information. The interactive system must provide real-time information on each citation, including the issue date, delinquent date, the amount owed, and open citations by license plate number. The IVR system shall offer the caller the option of transferring directly to a live customer service representative during regular business hours. 171. Provide the CITY with a toll-free telephone line that accepts global payments by IVR 24 hours a day, seven days a week; must be Payment Card Industry (PCI) compliant, and the payment processor must be able to produce an Attestation of Compliance certificate initially upon contract execution and annually thereafter.172. The IVR system must recognize user inputs by touch tones and speech and include language support options to accept payments and provide information. 173. The IVR system shall offer the caller the option of a live CSR during operating hours, and the CSR option must be provided early in the phone script and not at the end. 174. Respond to correspondence via paper or electronic email and calls in all other languages, as agreed to, through a language interpretation service as needed. 175. Provide live interpreters for Spanish telephone calls and guarantee a turnaround time of no less than one (1) business day from initial contact for correspondence. 176. Monitor and record calls for quality assurance for a term designated by the CITY subject to the same terms for English or Spanish-speaking customers.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
41 Packet Pg. 327 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 34 of 54
177. Monitor the call acceptance rate, call completion rate, and longest and shortest call wait time. An incomplete telephone call is defined as a call terminated after 30 seconds have elapsed from the time an individual’s call is received in the CONSULTANT’s system. 178. Run ad-hoc reports on all data fields. 179. The CONSULTANT shall be expected to provide a call center for technical support of the CONSULTANT’s customer web portal. The calls must be accepted between 8:00 AM and 5:30 PM, PDT/PST, Monday through Friday, excluding CITY holidays. The CONSULTANT shall also provide customer email support for technical issues regarding the CONSULTANT’s web portal. Emails shall be answered within one (1) business day. 180. Complaints made by end customers regarding service received by the CONSULTANTmust be logged and reported to the CITY within 24 hours. Section 7. Processing Services181. CONSULTANT shall provide turnkey permit support services including, but not limited to, customer support, permit fulfillment, permit application review within 48 hours of submission. For physical permit fulfillment, permits must be mailed within 48 hours of purchase using First-class mail. The following is a list of key requirements: 182. Processing and fulfillment of permits. 183. Payment processing and coordinated reporting of payments processed by the City of Palo Alto directly, including the ability to process mail-in permit and citation payments sent directly to the City of Palo Alto mailing address (CONSULTANT-coordinated). 184. CONSULTANT review of permit application and supporting documentation within 48 hours of application. 185. Physical permits mailed within 48 hours of purchase. 186. Enter appeal documents for Administrative Reviews and Hearings. 187. Print and mail permit renewal notices, citation notices and adjudication decisions. Section 8. Payment Processing 188. The CITY requires the CPMS to adhere to payment handling standards including, but not limited to, receiving payments, tracking payments, issuing refunds, providing detailed receipts, and entering back-dated payments. Section 9. CITY Staff Support189. The CONSULTANT shall be required to offer live customer support for CITY staff, at a minimum, between 8:00 AM and 5:30 PM, PDT/PST, Monday through Friday, excluding Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
42 Packet Pg. 328 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 35 of 54
CITY holidays. This live customer support must include CPMS Software issues, CPMS Hardware issues, feature-related questions, and reporting. An after-hours emergency support line must be available 24/7. Section 10. System Audit ReportingCONSULTANT shall provide standard and custom audit reports specified by the CITY, including at a minimum: The number of citations paid and related citation revenue by parking program or district and type of revenue. The number of unpaid citations and total citations issued by parking program or district. The number of permits sold within a parking program or district by permit cycle, permit type and length of permit. Total permit revenue by parking program or district and type of revenue. Section 11. Liquidated Damages Both parties will agree that the annual liquidated damages shall be limited to the amount paid or due to the Contractor by the City during a one-year period except in the initial 12-month period of this Agreement, where liquidated damages shall be limited to 30% of the amount paid or due to the Contractor by the City during the initial 12-month period of this Agreement. The CONSULTANT agrees to pay (or provide invoice credit) these amounts to the CITY as set forth: System Failure: The system shall not be unavailable during peak hours (8:00 AM and 5:30 PM, PDT/PST, Monday through Friday, excluding CITY holidays) for more than thirty (30) minutes and/or for two (2) or more incidents during these hours totaling more than sixty (60) minutes within one (1) business day. During non-peak hours, the system shall not be unavailable for more than four (4) hours. Exceptions will be made if requested and approved in writing by the CITY. The CONSULTANT shall not be responsible for unavailability caused by third-party providers. Any system unavailability that prevents the processing of bank cards and the collection of related revenue shall result in damages of $500 per incident, not to exceed $1,000 within a twenty-four (24) hour period. Bank Card Processing Failure: Any failure of the bank card processing solution provided by the CONSULTANT that prevents the processing of bank cards and the collection of related revenue shall result in damages of $500 per twenty-four (24) hour period. The CITYshall provide the CONSULTANT with twelve (12) hours notice to respond to and repair the failure prior to being entitled to this liquidated damage. PCI Data Security Failure: Failure of the CONSULTANT to maintain Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standard Certification shall result in damages of $10,000 on the twenty-eight (28th) calendar day following non-compliance (“first assessment”). The twenty-eighth (28th) calendar day following the first assessment and every twenty-eight (28) calendar day thereafter shall constitute a “subsequent assessment.” On each additional Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
43 Packet Pg. 329 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 36 of 54
twenty-eighth (28th) calendar day following the first assessment and any subsequent assessments, the CITY shall be entitled to liquidated damages of $25,000 until the failure is cured. Damages during subsequent assessments shall be prorated by day. Response Times: The CONSULTANT shall meet or exceed the response times as described in Table 1. Any delay longer than the following response times shall result in damages of $150 per incident. Table 1. Description of Response TimesThe CONSULTANT Project Manager shall always be available to the CITY by telephone or video access during the project and on-site within three (3) business days of notification, if necessary and requested, to respond to CITY needs, questions, and issues.CONSULTANT shall be required to offer live customer support for CITY staff, at a minimum, between 8:00 AM and 5:30 PM, PDT/PST, Monday through Friday, excluding CITY holidays. This live customer support must include the entire CPMS solution and related services, including the web portal, software, hardware, feature-related questions, and reporting. An after-hours emergency support line must be available 24/7. CONSULTANT shall also provide email support for technical issues regarding the entire CPMS solution and related services. Emails shall be answered within one (1) business day. CONSULTANT shall be expected to provide a call center for technical support of the CONSULTANT’s customer web portal. The calls must be accepted between 8:00 AM and 5:30 PM, PDT/PST, Monday through Friday, excluding CITY holidays. The CONSULTANT shall also provide customer email support for technical issues regarding the CONSULTANT’s web portal. Emails shall be answered within one (1) business day. Callers seeking a live Customer Service Representative (CSR) must not be placed on hold for longer than two (2) minutes.CONSULTANT shall provide live interpreters for Spanish telephone calls and guarantee a turnaround time of no less than one (1) business day from initial contact for correspondence. Complaints made by end customers regarding service received by the CONSULTANT must be logged and reported to the CITY within one (1) business day. CONSULTANT shall process and mail “Drive Away” notices to registered owners of vehicles that drive away before the issuing officer attaches the citation to the vehicle. The notice must be mailed out to the registered owner within fifteen (15) calendar days of the citation issuance as required by the CVC. CONSULTANT shall provide turnkey permit support services including, but not limited to, customer support, permit fulfillment, permit application review within two (2) business days of submission. For physical permit fulfillment, permits must be mailed within two (2) business days of purchase using First-class mail. Section 12. Data, System, & Integration Requirements A comprehensive CPMS requires a significant focus on data, integration, and system design and security. The CITY desires to partner with CONSULTANTs who focus on flexible and industry leading solutions while providing secure and compliant technology. The system provided by Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
44 Packet Pg. 330 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 37 of 54
CONSULTANT shall meet the following additional data, system, and integration requirements. System and Security Requirements: 1. CONSULTANT shall provide secure hosting and support for all functions, ensuring availability through the Internet for all devices, including desktop and mobile computers, phones, tablets, and other wireless devices. The CITY shall not be required to install or maintain software on servers owned or managed by the CITY. 2. Computers that access the system shall not require special software packages or “client” software to access the system. Any computer shall be able to access the system through a standard web browser without plug-ins or other components. 3. CONSULTANT shall be responsible for taking every precaution to ensure that all systems, files, data, equipment, communications, and facilities are reliable.4. CONSULTANT shall be responsible for virus detection, prevention, control, and eradication for all system servers and connected devices.5. CONSULTANT shall have security features that are designed to maintain the security of all information contained in the system database and maintain the confidentiality of information. CONSULTANT’s security for the system and all connections thereto shall conform to current industry best practices. 6. CONSULTANT is expressly forbidden from selling, leasing, distributing, publishing, or otherwise sharing any personal information collected from Customers, including, but not limited to, transaction history, address, email address, phone number, and credit card information, Notwithstanding the preceding restrictions, CONSULTANT shall be permitted to use such information to enable Customers with Service accounts for CITY-managed parking spaces to use their accounts to pay for services provided by CONSULTANT to other entities, and vice versa. 7. All information security incidents shall be reported immediately to the CITY. Security incidents include theft, loss, damage or compromise to information systems and data, known vulnerabilities and exploits, website defacement or compromise, successful malware attacks, denial of services, and other security events as defined by the CITY’s Information Security Officer.8. CONSULTANT shall establish and maintain data storage, retention, and archive procedures to maintain system performance.9. The system shall provide full system backup and recovery capabilities. CONSULTANTshall be responsible for the maintenance of the database, which will include back-up and recovery procedures. CONSULTANT shall make sufficient backups to ensure that no data is lost in any circumstances. 10. System uptime is critical. The CONSULTANT will maintain a 99% or greater uptime for the system as whole, including any subsystems critical to solution operation.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
45 Packet Pg. 331 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 38 of 54
a. Uptime will exclude scheduled maintenance. The CONSULTANT will notify the CITY of any scheduled downtime at least seven (7) days in advance. Scheduled maintenance shall be coordinated to have the least impact on CITY operations. PCI Compliance: 1. As required, the CONSULTANT solution shall be compliant with Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard Level 1 latest version at the time of contract execution. 2. As the PCI Data Security Standard evolves, CONSULTANT shall be responsible for maintaining compliance with that standard at CONSULTANT's sole expense. 3. CONSULTANT shall provide an Attestation of Compliance (AoC) as a declaration of compliance status with PCI DSS at the request of the CITY. Data Requirements: 1. The CITY shall be the exclusive owner of all data and rights to the data generated from the systems, regardless of whether the data is direct or derived, calculated, or modeled.2. CONSULTANT shall store or archive (with the CITY’s approval) all transaction data generated during the term of the Agreement and retain it for at least five (5) years after its termination. 3. CONSULTANT shall deliver copies of all system data upon request of CITY, or its designee, and upon the termination of the Agreement in a format mutually agreed upon by both parties. 4. CONSULTANT shall be responsible for providing transaction data in a format that is readable by CITY using commonly available commercial off-the-shelf software. 5. At termination of the contract, for any reason, if the successor contract is awarded to another firm, CONSULTANT must develop and implement a Data Conversion Plan between CONSULTANT and the CITY or its designee. Integration Requirements: CONSULTANT’s hardware, software and services, which may include one or more systems and/or third-party systems, will be integrated by the time of contract execution as would be necessary to meet the requirements for their specific service. General Requirements: 1. CONSULTANT shall utilize open-source API’s that allow for current and future integration with third parties.2. CONSULTANT shall provide real-time integration with the CITY’s current, new, and Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
46 Packet Pg. 332 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 39 of 54
future parking technology and data management CONSULTANTs, including, but not limited to, parking equipment, license plate recognition (LPR), and mobile payment. These types of integrations are considered standard in the industry. 3. The CITY recognizes that standard integrations have a certain amount of latency between systems. However, timely data exchanges are required for efficient and accurate parking operations. Latency between any two systems shall not exceed an average of ninety (90) seconds for every 100 consecutive transactions. The latency measurement shall be defined as the moment a data request is made, or data is sent to the moment the data is delivered and is viewable to any end user. a. Should latency be observed in excess of ninety (90) seconds, CONSULTANT will work with the CITY to measure the latency, identify the point of default, and correct the default. 4. Custom integration, being nonstandard and not identified in this Agreement, may be considered in the future by the CITY. CONSULTANT agrees to provide the necessary development to achieve a custom integration for a mutually agreed cost and schedule to be memorialized in amendment to the Agreement. 5. Batch data transfer may be considered for certain integrations, at the sole discretion of the CITY. 6. CONSULTANT shall provide all necessary parking-related data in a format compatible with standard industry integrations. In the event that data formats between CITYCONSULTANTs do not match, the CITY may require either CONSULTANT to make reasonable changes to their format at no additional cost to the CITY. 7. CONSULTANT shall operate in good faith with the CITY and the CITY’s designated CONSULTANTs to implement, troubleshoot and complete necessary integration as defined by the CITY. 8. In the event that two or more CONSULTANTs cannot agree on the methodology used for any integration, the CITY with select the methodology most advantageous for the CITY. Standard Integration Examples: 1. Citation Issuance, Processing and Enforcement Systems shall integrate with: a. Parking Meter or Pay Station System b. Parking Access Revenue Control System c. Licenses Plate Recognition System d. Mobile or Text to Pay Payment System Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
47 Packet Pg. 333 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 40 of 54
e. Permit Management System f. Department of Motor Vehicles for the CITY’s state g. Out of State motor vehicle registries h. Department of Justice or Police Depart for the CITY’s state (for wanted vehicle hotlists)i. California Franchise Tax Board (CA only) j. Delinquent collections agency (if applicable)2. Permit Management Systems shall integrate with:a. Parking Access Revenue Control System b. Citation Issuance, Processing and Enforcement System c. Licenses Plate Recognition Systemd. Any local databases necessary for permit processing Integration with CITY Systems: Integration with CITY systems shall be considered a standard integration. Section 13. Additional Services The CITY has identified the following additional services for consideration and potential future implementation under this Agreement. Costs related to development and implementation are to be determined via Task Order, pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement. 1. New/Additional Permit Types: The CITY may work with the CONSULTANT to explore opportunities to expand parking permit programs and services, utilizing CONSULTANT’s CMPS services for permit processing and fulfillment, as well as consider transitioning support for permit types from other CITY permit programs, including wide load permits. The current wide load permit program requires substantial staff time to manage, and the CITY anticipates that transitioning wide load permit processing and fulfillment under theCPMS would improve program efficiency and reduce administrative burdens on staff. 2. Automated Enforcement of Bus and Bike Lanes: The CITY may work with the CONSULTANT to develop a pilot program for transit-only and dedicated bike lane enforcement programs, in accordance with all applicable legal requirements. Such programs have been successful in other California cities, and the CITY may benefit from utilizing CONSULTANT’S CMS services to conduct a pilot enforcement program for bus- and bike-lane enforcement, if authorized by the CITY.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
48 Packet Pg. 334 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 41 of 54

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
49 Packet Pg. 335 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 42 of 54
EXHIBIT A-1 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER CONSULTANT shall perform the Services detailed below in accordance with all the terms and conditions of the Agreement referenced in Item 1A below. All exhibits referenced in Item 8 are incorporated into this Task Order by this reference. CONSULTANT shall furnish the necessary facilities, professional, technical and supporting personnel required by this Task Order as described below. CONTRACT NO. OR PURCHASE ORDER REQUISITION NO. (AS APPLICABLE) 1A. MASTER AGREEMENT NO. (MAY BE SAME AS CONTRACT / P.O. NO. ABOVE): 1B. TASK ORDER NO.: 2. CONSULTANT NAME: 3. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE: START: COMPLETION: 4 TOTAL TASK ORDER PRICE: $__________________ BALANCE REMAINING IN MASTER AGREEMENT/CONTRACT $_______________5. BUDGET CODE_______________ COST CENTER________________ COST ELEMENT______________ WBS/CIP__________ PHASE__________ 6. CITY PROJECT MANAGER’S NAME & DEPARTMENT:_____________________________________ 7. DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE OF SERVICES (Attachment A) MUST INCLUDE: SERVICES AND DELIVERABLES TO BE PROVIDED SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE MAXIMUM COMPENSATION AMOUNT AND RATE SCHEDULE (as applicable) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES, if any (with “not to exceed” amount) 8. ATTACHMENTS: A: Task Order Scope of Services B (if any): _____________________________ I hereby authorize the performance of the work described in this Task Order. APPROVED: CITY OF PALO ALTO BY:____________________________________ Name __________________________________ Title___________________________________ Date ___________________________________ I hereby acknowledge receipt and acceptance of this Task Order and warrant that I have authority to sign on behalf of Consultant. APPROVED: TURBO DATA SYSTEMS: ______________________ BY:____________________________________ Name __________________________________ Title___________________________________ Date ___________________________________ Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
50 Packet Pg. 336 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 43 of 54
EXHIBIT B SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE CONSULTANT shall perform the Services as specified in Exhibit A, “SCOPE OF SERVICES,” as to be determined by CITY Project Manager so as to complete each of the requested services within 90-180 days from the date the contract is executed and the project plan has been approved. The time to complete each of the tasks identified in the project plan may be increased or decreased by mutual written agreement of the Project Managers for CONSULTANT and CITY so long as all work is completed within the term of the Agreement. CONSULTANT shall provide a detailed schedule of work within 2 weeks of receipt of the notice to proceed (“NTP”) from the CITY. Optional Schedule of Performance Provision for On-Call or Additional Services Agreements. (This provision only applies if checked and only applies to on-call agreements per Section 1 or agreements with Additional Services per Section 4.) The schedule of performance shall be as provided in the approved Task Order, as detailed in Section 1 (Scope of Services) in the case of on-call Services, or as detailed in Section 4 in the case of Additional Services, provided in all cases that the schedule of performance shall fall within the term as provided in Section 2 (Term) of this Agreement.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
51 Packet Pg. 337 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 44 of 54
EXHIBIT C COMPENSATION CITY agrees to compensate CONSULTANT for Services performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and as set forth in the budget schedule below. Compensation shall be calculated based on the rate schedule attached as Exhibit C-1. CONSULTANT agrees to complete all Services, any specified reimbursable expenses, and Additional Services (if any, per Section 4), within the terms of the rate schedule attached as Exhibit C-1. BUDGET SCHEDULE (ESTIMATED)PERIOD ESTIMATED ANNUAL EXPENSE* Year 1$218,000.00Year 2 $193,000.00 Year 3 $193,000.00 Year 4 $193,000.00 Year 5 $193,000.00 Sub-total for Services $990,000.00 Reimbursable Expenses (if any)$0.00 Total for Services and Reimbursable Expenses $990,000.00 Additional Services (if any, per Section 4)$49,500.00 Maximum Total Compensation$1,039,000.000 * Estimated annual amounts are based on calculated averages for FY2024 citations and permits issued, processing totals and the per unit costs described in the schedule of rates provided in Exhibit C-1. These are estimates only, and values for Years 1-5 are rounded to the nearest $1,000. REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES CONSULTANT’S ordinary business expenses, such as administrative, overhead, administrative support time/overtime, information systems, software and hardware, photocopying, telecommunications (telephone, internet), in-house printing, insurance and other ordinary business expenses, are included within the scope of payment for Services and are not reimbursable expenses hereunder. Reimbursable expenses, if any are specified as reimbursable under this section, will be reimbursed at actual cost. The expenses (by type, e.g. travel) for which CONSULTANT will be reimbursed are: NONE up to the not-to-exceed amount of: $0.00.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
52 Packet Pg. 338 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 45 of 54
A. Travel outside the San Francisco Bay Area, including transportation and meals, if specified as reimbursable, will be reimbursed at actual cost subject to the City of Palo Alto’s policy for reimbursement of travel and meal expenses. All travel and related expenses must be approved by the City before costs are incurred. B. Long distance telephone service charges, cellular phone service charges, facsimile transmission and postage charges, if specified as reimbursable, will be reimbursed at actual cost.All requests for reimbursement of expenses, if any are specified as reimbursable under this section, shall be accompanied by appropriate backup documentation and information.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
53 Packet Pg. 339 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 46 of 54
EXHIBIT C-1 SCHEDULE OF RATESCONSULTANT shall be paid per unit for operating, and maintaining a comprehensive citation and permit management system and providing related processing services. Per unit payment rates and estimated Year 1 and 5-Year costs, based on calculated averages from FY2024, are describedbelow in Table 1. These costs are estimates only.CONSULTANT’s schedule of rates shall remain fixed for term of the Agreement and are as follows: Table 1. Schedule of RatesCITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSYSTEMITEM ESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COSTTAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTAL ESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALPer handheld citation issued15,700 $0.45No $7,065.00 $35,325.00 Per manual citation issued700$0.55No $385.00 $1,925.00 Per in-state (California) DMV look up 15,800 $0.00No $0.00 $0.00 Per out-of-state DMV look up70025% of amt paidNo 25% of amt paid 25% of amt paidDELINQUENT COLLECTIONS ITEM APPROXIMATE TOTAL ANNUALLYPERCENTAGETAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTAL ESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALDelinquent Collections - fee paid by end-user$394,000.00 25%No $98,500.00 $492,500.00 INTEGRATIONS ITEMDESCRIPTIONCOSTTAX ELIGIBLEExplain integration strategy, pricing, and itemized costs associated with implementation Out-of-State Collections25% of amt collected NoFTB Collection Letter $2.55 per Letter NoFTB Collections 15% of amt collected NoPostal increases will be applied to all mailings when required NoProfessional Services/Development $80 per hour NoAdjudication Processing (Mail and Online) $1.25 per appeal NoPayment Plan processing $5.00 per plan NoDelinquent Collections pass through to Agency20% billed to AgencyNo Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
54 Packet Pg. 340 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 47 of 54
CITATION ISSUANCE DEVICESSOFTWAREITEMESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COSTTAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTALESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALPer monthly software license 15$80.00No $14,400.00 $72,000.00HARDWAREITEM ESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COST TAX ELIGIBLE ESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTAL Handheld 15$800.00Yes $12,000.00 Printer 15$850.00Yes $12,750.00 CITATION STOCKITEMESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COSTTAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTALESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALPer handheld citation stock (for proposed printer) 16,400 $0.10No $1,640.00 $8,200.00 INTEGRATIONS ITEM DESCRIPTION COST TAX ELIGIBLE Explain integration strategy, pricing, and itemized costs associated with implementation Envelopes for CitationsPrice varies w/ quantityYesMonthly software license includes data plan, IncludedNoremote support, software maintenance/upgradesIncludedNoCitation Stock quoted is generic formatShown above YesCustom Citation Stock will increase estimate Varies by size/quantity YesCitation Stock-may purchase bulk as neededBulk price/total orderedYesPERMIT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSYSTEMITEM ESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COSTTAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTAL ESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALPer annual permit issued 12,300 $2.00No $24,600.00 $123,000.00 Per daily permit issued 32,000 $0.75No $24,000.00 $120,000.00 CONSUMABLES ITEM ESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COSTTAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTAL ESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALPer permit (stock provided by Contractor)12,300 Cost + 20% Yes Cost + 20% Cost + 20% INTEGRATIONS ITEM DESCRIPTION COST TAX ELIGIBLE Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
55 Packet Pg. 341 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 48 of 54
Explain integration strategy, pricing, and itemized costs associated with implementation Monthly Hosting Maintenance & Support $1200.00 NoCustom Bulk Group Email (Per Group)$85.00NoPermit Stock at Purchase Cost +20% Cost + 20% Yes Postal increases will be applied to all mailings as requiredPostal IncreaseNoPer Monthly Permit Issued$2.00 each NoNo per user software license CUSTOMER PORTAL AND WEBSITECUSTOMER FEES*ITEMESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COSTTAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTALESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALPer citation payment convenience fee9,600$3.95No $37,920.00 $189,600.00 Per permit payment convenience fee11,000 $2.00No $22,000.00 $110,000.00 CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER (PHONE AND IVR)PHONE SUPPORT / IVRITEM ESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COSTTAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTAL ESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALIVR system - monthlyMonthly $0.00No $0.00 $0.00 Per IVR payment convenience fee 250$3.95No $987.50 $4,937.50 Per call center call received by Contractor 6,000$0.00No $0.00 $0.00 PROCESING SERVICESCMS ITEM ESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COSTTAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTAL ESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALPer manual citation entered by Contractor 700$0.00No $0.00 $0.00 Per citation notice mailed by Contractor (include postage)1,500$1.00No $1,500.00 $7,500.00 Per citation payment received and processed by Contractor 1,700$0.00No $0.00 $0.00 PMSITEM ESTIMATED # OF UNITS ANNUALLYPER UNIT COSTTAX ELIGIBLEESTIMATED YEAR 1 TOTAL ESTIMATED 5 YEAR TOTALPer permit notice mailed by Contractor (include postage)4,500$1.60No $7,200.00 $36,000.00 Per virtual permit fulfilled; application processed, permit issued, payment processed by Contractor 5,400$2.00No $10,800.00 $54,000.00 Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
56 Packet Pg. 342 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 49 of 54
Per physical permit fulfillment; application processed, permit mailed, payment processed by Contractor 600$3.50No $2,100.00 $10,500.00 OPTIONAL, ENHANCED, OR VALUE-ADD SERVICESCITATION ISSUANCE DEVICESDESCRIPTIONQTY/UNIT OF MEASURE (ex. monthly, annual, per transaction… etc.)UNIT PRICECURRENTLY AVAILABLE OR DATE OF AVAILABILITYTAX ELIGIBLEnFORCER-II PRINT with ticketPRO parking software 60-Month Lease (One-piece)Per month$150.00Available YesnFORCER-II PRINT Quad unit charging dock (up to 4 units and 4 spare batteries) Each $1,140.00 Available YesnFORCER-II Spare Battery Each $138.00 Available YesnFORCER-II Top Strap or Shoulder Strap Each $24.00 Available YesnFORCER-II Soft Case Each $48.00 Available YesnFORCER-II Car ChargerEach $48.00 Available YesiOS ticketPRO software hosting fee (required with options below); Up to 50/100/150 usersPer month$300/$500/$750 AvailableNoticketPRO parking software for City owned iOS hardware (Zebra ZQ printer req'd); 1-50 usersPer user/mo.$25.00 Available NoticketPRO parking software for City owned iOS hardware (Zebra ZQ printer req,d); 51-100 users Per user/mo.$22.00 Available NoticketPRO parking software for City owned iOS hardware (Zebra ZQ printer req'd); 101-150 usersPer user/mo.$19.00Available No* Customer fees are not included in the calculation of total compensation, as these fees are paid by the customer during online/phone payments, not by the CITY.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
57 Packet Pg. 343 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 50 of 54
EXHIBIT “D”INSURANCE REQUIREMENTSCONTRACTORS TO THE CITY OF PALO ALTO (CITY), AT THEIR SOLE EXPENSE, SHALL FOR THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN INSURANCE IN THE AMOUNTS FOR THE COVERAGE SPECIFIED BELOW, AFFORDED BY COMPANIES WITH AM BEST’S KEY RATING OF A-:VII, OR HIGHER, LICENSED OR AUTHORIZED TO TRANSACT INSURANCE BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.AWARD IS CONTINGENT ON COMPLIANCE WITH CITY’S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS, AS SPECIFIED, BELOW: REQUIRED TYPE OF COVERAGE REQUIREMENTMINIMUM LIMITSEACH OCCURRENCEAGGREGATE YES YES WORKER’S COMPENSATION EMPLOYER’S LIABILITYSTATUTORYSTATUTORYYES GENERAL LIABILITY, INCLUDING PERSONAL INJURY, BROAD FORM PROPERTY DAMAGE BLANKET CONTRACTUAL, PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS AND FIRE LEGAL LIABILITY BODILY INJURYPROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY & PROPERTY DAMAGE COMBINED.$2,000,000$2,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000$2,000,000 $2,000,000 YES TECHNOLOGY ERRORS AND OMISSIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE. THE POLICY SHALL AT A MINIMUM COVER PROFESSIONAL MISCONDUCT OR LACK OF REQUISITE SKILL FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES DEFINED IN THE CONTRACT AND SHALL ALSO PROVIDE COVERAGE FOR THE FOLLOWING RISKS: (i) NETWORK SECURITY LIABILITYARISING FROM UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS TO, USE OF, OR TAMPERING WITH COMPUTERS OR COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INCLUDING HACKERS, EXTORTION, AND (ii) LIABILITY ARISING FROM INTRODUCTION OF ANY FORM OF MALICIOUS SOFTWARE INCLUDING COMPUTER VIRUSES INTO, OR OTHERWISE CAUSING DAMAGE TO THE CITY’S OR THIRD PERSON’S COMPUTER, COMPUTER SYSTEM, NETWORK, OR SIMILAR COMPUTER RELATED PROPERTY AND THE DATA, SOFTWARE AND PROGRAMS THEREON. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN IN FORCE DURING THE FULL LIFE OF THE CONTRACT. THE POLICY SHALL PROVIDE COVERAGE FOR BREACH RESPONSE COSTS AS WELL AS REGULATORY FINES AND PENALTIES AS WELL AS CREDIT MONITORING EXPENSES WITH LIMITS SUFFICIENT TO RESPOND TO THESE OBLIGATIONS.

ALL DAMAGES $2,000,000 $2,000,000
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
58 Packet Pg. 344 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 51 of 54
YES CYBER AND PRIVACY INSURANCE.SUCH INSURANCE SHALL INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR LIABILITY ARISING FROM COVERAGE IN AN AMOUNT WITH LIMITS ADEQUATE TO COVER THESE EXPOSURES UNDER THE VENDOR’S CYBER LIABILITY POLICY TO COVER THE FULL REPLACEMENT VALUE OF DAMAGE TO, ALTERATION OF, LOSS OF, THEFT, DISSEMINATION OR DESTRUCTION OF ELECTRONIC DATA AND/OR USE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, “PROPERTY” OF THE CITY OF PALO ALTO THAT WILL BE IN THE CARE, CUSTODY, OR CONTROL OF VENDOR, INFORMATION INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BANK AND CREDIT CARD ACCOUNT INFORMATION OR PERSONAL INFORMATION, SUCH AS NAME, ADDRESS, SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBERS, PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION OR OTHER PERSONAL IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION, STORED OR TRAMSITTED IN ELECTRONIC FORM. ALL DAMAGES $2,000,000 $2,000,000 YES AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY, INCLUDING ALL OWNED, HIRED, NON-OWNED BODILY INJURY-EACH PERSON- EACH OCCURRENCE PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, COMBINED $1,000,000$1,000,000$1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000$1,000,000$1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 YES PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY, INCLUDING, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS, MALPRACTICE (WHEN APPLICABLE), AND NEGLIGENT PERFORMANCE ALL DAMAGES $1,000,000 YES THE CITY OF PALO ALTO IS TO BE NAMED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED: CONTRACTOR, AT ITS SOLE COST AND EXPENSE, SHALL OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN, IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE TERM OF ANY RESULTANT AGREEMENT, THE INSURANCE COVERAGE HEREIN DESCRIBED, INSURING NOT ONLY CONTRACTOR AND ITS SUBCONSULTANTS, IF ANY, BUT ALSO, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF WORKERS’ COMPENSATION, EMPLOYER’S LIABILITY AND PROFESSIONAL INSURANCE, NAMING AS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS CITY, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, OFFICERS, AGENTS, AND EMPLOYEES. I. INSURANCE COVERAGE MUST INCLUDE: A. A CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT PROVIDING INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR CONTRACTOR’S AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY CITY. II. CONTACTOR MUST SUBMIT CERTIFICATES(S) OF INSURANCE EVIDENCING REQUIRED COVERAGE AT THE FOLLOWING URL: III. ENDORSEMENT PROVISIONS, WITH RESPECT TO THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO “ADDITIONAL INSUREDS” A. PRIMARY COVERAGE WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THE OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSURED, INSURANCE AS AFFORDED BY THIS POLICY IS PRIMARY AND IS NOT ADDITIONAL TO OR CONTRIBUTING WITH ANY OTHER INSURANCE CARRIED BY OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS. B. CROSS LIABILITY THE NAMING OF MORE THAN ONE PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION AS INSUREDS UNDER THE POLICY SHALL NOT, FOR THAT REASON ALONE, EXTINGUISH ANY RIGHTS OF THE INSURED AGAINST ANOTHER, BUT THIS ENDORSEMENT, AND THE NAMING OF MULTIPLE INSUREDS, SHALL NOT INCREASE THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
59 Packet Pg. 345 of 637

Professional ServicesRev. Oct 16,2024Page 52 of 54
THE COMPANY UNDER THIS POLICY. C. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION1. IF THE POLICY IS CANCELED BEFORE ITS EXPIRATION DATE FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN THE NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM, THE CONSULTANT SHALL PROVIDE CITY AT LEAST A THIRTY (30) DAY WRITTEN NOTICE BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CANCELLATION. 2. IF THE POLICY IS CANCELED BEFORE ITS EXPIRATION DATE FOR THE NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM, THE CONSULTANT SHALL PROVIDE CITY AT LEAST A TEN (10) DAY WRITTEN NOTICE BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CANCELLATION. VENDORS ARE REQUIRED TO FILE THEIR EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE AND ANY OTHER RELATED NOTICES WITH THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AT THE FOLLOWING URL: HTTP://WWW.CITYOFPALOALTO.ORG/GOV/DEPTS/ASD/PLANET_BIDS_HOW_TO.ASP Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
60 Packet Pg. 346 of 637

Page | 1

ATTACHMENT I

City of Palo Alto GIS Integration
Guideline

Prepared by: IT Department - GIS Date: Aug 14, 2021 Version: 1.01
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
61 Packet Pg. 347 of 637

Page | 2
GIS Integration Guidelines

• All GIS data will be exchanged via the City’s ArcGIS Enterprise system using ArcGIS services. o Utility data will be shared as ArcGIS Map Services
o Non-Utility data can be shared as ArcGIS Map Services or ArcGIS Feature Services

• Any utility data will be shared as an Esri map service. Deltas have to be identified using attributes associated with the Gas and Water datasets. ArcGIS editor tracking fields will not be available.

• Preferably datasets edited in the new Gas and Water GIS systems should be retrievable by the City as Esri Map or Feature services. [These datasets might be needed by other departments such as Office of Emergency Services (OES) for disaster response planning, combined utility views, or operational dashboards]

• The City has a Production and Test ArcGIS Enterprise environment. The ArcGIS Enterprise version as of August 2021 is 10.8.1. The City’s ArcGIS Server and Portal servers are federated. The City will upgrade its ArcGIS Enterprise system at its discretion. o Vendors can use the GIS services from the City’s Test ArcGIS environment to test integration with their systems.
o Once the GIS services from the Test ArcGIS environment are successfully integrated and tested, a request can be made to promote the Services to the City’s Production ArcGIS environment.
o Upon approval, the vendor will be given built-in ArcGIS service accounts to authenticate.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
62 Packet Pg. 348 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: V3.0
Doc: InfoSec 110
P age 1 of 3

ATTACHMENT H

CYBERSECURITY TERMS AND CONDITIONS
In order to assure the privacy and security of the personal information of the City 's customers and people who do business with the City, including, without limitation, vendors, utility customers, library patrons, and other individuals and companies, who are required to share such information with the City, as a condition of receiving services from the City or selling goods and services to the City, including, without limitation, the Software as a Service services provider (the "Consultant") and its subcontractors, if any, including, without limitation, any Information Technology ("IT") infrastructure services provider, shall design, install, provide, and maintain a secure IT environment, described below, while it renders and performs the Services and furnishes goods, if any, described in the Statement of Work, Exhibit B, to the extent any scope of work implicates the confidentiality and privacy of the personal information of the City's customers. The Consultant shall fulfill the data and information security requirements (the "Requirements") set forth in Part A below.

A "secure IT environment" includes (a) the IT infrastructure, by which the Services are provided to the City, including connection to the City's IT systems; (b) the Consultant 's operations and maintenance processes needed to support the environment, including disaster recovery and business continuity planning; and (c) the IT infrastructure performance monitoring services to ensure a secure and reliable environment and service availability to the City . "IT infrastructure" refers to the integrated framework, including, without limitation, data centers, computers, and database management devices, upon which digital networks operate.

In the event that, after the Effective Date, the Consultant reasonably determines that it cannot fulfill the Requirements, the Consultant shall promptly inform the City of its determination and submit, in writing, one or more alternate countermeasure options to the Requirements (the "Alternate Requirements" as set forth in Part B), which may be accepted or rejected in the reasonable satisfaction of the Information Security Manager (the "ISM").

Part A. Requirements:

The C
onsultant shall at all times during the term of any contract between the City and the Consultant:
(
a) Appoint or designate an employee, preferably an executive officer, as the security liaison to the City with respect to the Services to be performed under this Agreement. (b) Comply with the City's Information Privacy Policy:
(c) H ave adopted and implemented information security and privacy policies that are documented, are accessible to the City , and conform to ISO 27001/2 – Information Security Management Systems (ISMS) Standards. See the following:
http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=42103 http://www.iso.org/iso/iso_catalogue/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=50297 (d) Conduct routine data and information security compliance training of its personnel that is appropriate to their role.
(e) Develop and maintain detailed documentation of the IT infrastructure, including softwar e v
ersions and patch levels.
(f) Develop an independently verifiable process, consistent with industry standards, for performing professional and criminal background checks of its employees that (1) would permit verification of employees' personal identity and employment status, and (2) would enable the immediate denial of access to the City's confidential data and information by any of its employees who no Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
63 Packet Pg. 349 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
Turbo Data Systems, Inc.
1551 Tustin Ave, #950, Santa Ana, CA
Elie Sleiman
[email protected]
# Response from the Vendor Score Additional Information/Clarification Required from the Vendor

1.1 Turbo Data Systems will provide hardware, software, communication, and a hosting platform to facilitate the issuance and management of parking citations and permits.

This includes field mobile devices and printers, as well as a SaaS environment for agency access to inquire into and manage transactions.

1.2 ticketproweb.com (For agency access only - already accessible by PD for traffic) Support mobile issuance, parking citation inquiry and update, eAppeals, and Reporting
getapermit.net (Agency and Public)
Support parking permit-related activities. Public and Admin Portals Pticket.com (Public)
Parking Payment and appeals portal

1.3 Each application provides various functions, governed by role-based access control (RBAC). Depending on each user and department's access needs, which the agency usually provides, permission can be set to satisfy these requirements. There is a comprehensive list of permissions for the parking citation and appeal applications.

Read-Only/View-Only all the way to full access. For Parking permits, there is a dedicated Admin portal for the agency that individuals handling permit activities can use to assist the public. A public permit portal allows the public to register, order, and track their permits.

1.4 All data will be stored on the server in a hosted facility. Data stored will be relevant to parking citations such as vehicle, violation, fines, and, location. For permits, account holder data such as name and address will be stored. There will be no credit card or drivers license information collected or required. There will be no third-party access or storage of this data.

1.5 Data stored is protect and accessible with permissions granted on a per-user basis.

Data exchange between TDS and City of Palo Alto and County of Santa Clara will be handled in accordance with methods and facilities allowed and compliant with current policies.

1.6 Yes

1.7 Turbo Data Systems can use any method permissible and recommended to ensure compliance. VPN, HTTPS or SFTP can be use.

What functionality will be provided to the City's employees or the City's customers or other City services recipients through the application?

VENDOR INFORMATION
Vendor Organization Name:

Vendor Address:

Information Security Contact Person Name:

Email:

1.0 BUSINESS PROCESS AND DATA EXCHANGE REQUIREMENTS
Question
Please provide a detailed description of the Vendor’s business process that will be offered to the City related to the proposed requirements of the City’s RFP or other business requirements.

What is the name of the application(s) that the Vendor will be hosting and offering to the City in order to provide services to the City? (List all) If the Vendor required to store Private Information (PI), Personally Identifiable Information (PII), Sensitive Information (SI), the City’s Confidential & Protected Information (CPI), City’s Critical Infrastructure Information (CII) at the Vendor’s IT environment, how does the Vendor maintain the confidentiality of the information in accordance with applicable federal, state and local data and information privacy laws, rules and regulations? What mechanism and what types of tool(s) and technologies will be used to exchange data between the City and The Vendor? Example: (VPN, Data Link, Frame Relay, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP FTPS t )
If required, can the Vendor offer/support a site-to-site VPN solution between the City of Palo

What data exchange will occur between the City and the Vendor? What data required to be stored at the Vendor’s or other third party’s data storage location? (Provide data attributes with examples of the data to be stored) Example: Payment Card Information, Social Security Number, Driving License number, Patrons Name, Address, Telephone, etc.), which are examples of personal information, the privacy of which is protected by California constitutional and statutory law
VISA Questionnaire Page1 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
64 Packet Pg. 350 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
# Response from the Vendor Score Additional Information/Clarification Required from the Vendor

2.1 We use Tenable One as our exposure management platform. This allows us to identify and remediate in accordance with various industry standards, including PCI, NIST, and others.

2.2 Yes

2.3 The CA DMV and NLETS mandate existing security requirements in addition to PCI.

All new and existing employees must review and acknowledge the company's security policy, which covers general and email security, privacy, and PCI-related information.

Ongoing security awareness training has been put in place to ensure continuous education and inclusion of new threats and security concerns. Training is managed and guided by selecting relevant curricula and courses to ensure compliance with security, privacy, and PCI requirements. The training program includes testing and pass/fail grading. Additionally, random suspicious email messages are sent and tracked to determine the user's action. This will further help provide additional support and training if needed. These activities

2.4 Yes.

2.5 Standard browser config using https - TLS 1.2 or higher - SSL certificates managed by TDS.

2.6 TDS requires whitelisting customer IP addresses to access our web application/platform. All data communication requires HTTPS protocols. Chrome browser is recommended. TLS 1.2 +. user session token and multi-session restrictions. MFA and application token restrictions are enforced. Scheduled internal and external scan via Tenable-One and PCI Security vendors.

What are the internet and the browser security configurations and policy for the cloud application?
How does the Vendor ensure that their employees and service providers adhere to your information security and privacy policies?
Does the Vendor maintain formal security policies, privacy policy to comply with applicable statutory or industry practice requirements/standards?
What security standards and requirements do the Vendor maintain to ensure application security at the user interface? (A set of detailed documentation should be provided to support the compliance).

Are records maintained to demonstrate compliance or certification? Does the Vendor allow

Has the Vendor adopted and implemented information security and privacy policies/standards that are documented and conform to ISO 27001/2 – Information Security Management Systems (ISMS) Standards or NIST 800-53 (National Institute of Standards – NIST Special Publication (SP) 800-53 Revision 4, Security and Privacy Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations)

2.0 SECURITY POLICIES AND STANDARDS
Question
VISA Questionnaire Page2 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
65 Packet Pg. 351 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
# Response from the Vendor Score Additional Information/Clarification Required from the Vendor

3.1 Palo Alto and SonicWall Firewalls- HA Configuration Meraki Switches
HPE Proliant and Dell Servers
HPE Nimble and Alletra Storage
Veeam Backup and Replication
AWS S3
VMWare ESX 8.x Virtualization.

Microsoft Windows Servers 2016, 2019, 2022, 2025
Microsoft SQL 2016, 2017, 2019
Virtual appliances

3.2 As a SaaS solution, we will host all applications in the environment described in 3.1.

This involves securiy and data protection settings and measures. These application support the proposed Parking, Permtis, and, enforcement solutions.

3.3 Using the Tenable One exposure management platform, all involved applications and systems are regularly scanned for vulnerabilities, and remediation steps are taken.

3.4 The application and database architecture are separated and hosted on different servers. The database architecture supports a multi-tenant environment to segregate customer data. A unique identifier is assigned to each agency to ensure all relevant data are correctly identified and accessed. Application-level security and controls manage the process of assigning and granting access.

3.5 Yes

3.6 No
How does the Vendor assess applications (which will be offered to the City) for security vulnerabilities and address any issues before deployment to production and after deployment?
What is the Vendor's application(s) hosting hardware and software platform? Example: Windows or Unix Operating System (OS) and other detail.

If required, can the Vendor offer the Network Layer IP filtering solution to allow access only f h C i f Pl A l ' I P d d h V d i ( i i l h d f h Will the Vendor use a subcontractor and a third-party service provider? (List all). If yes, what data privacy and information security agreements are in place between the Vendor and any subcontractor/third party to ensure appropriate and accountable treatment of information? Note the City requires that the Vendor and each subcontractor and third-party formally acknowledge that will comply with the City's Information Privacy Policy and SaaS Security and Privacy Terms and Conditions
How do the Vendor’s application and database architecture support segregation of the City's data (related to its function as a local government agency) from the data of individuals providing services to or receiving services from the City? Please provide a detailed proposed solution developed as a part of the Vendor's implementation to support this project. (For example, intricate solution architecture, secured data flow to support business processes, etc.).

3.0 APPLICATION/SOLUTION CONFIGURATION
Question
VISA Questionnaire Page3 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
66 Packet Pg. 352 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
# Response from the Vendor Score Additional Information/Clarification Required from the Vendor

4.1 We employ the Tenable One suite of products and applications, which provides various vulnerability solutions for systems, networks, and other assets. If required, we can provide the scan results.

4.2 We employ the Tenable One suite of products and applications, which provides various vulnerability solutions for systems, networks, and other assets. If required, we can provide the scan results.

4.3 Patch management is dependent on vulnerability reporting and OS updates. Patching is performed immediately after a complete assessment of the impacted assets. Policy can be provided.

4.4 We use application-level code/token. These are uniquely issued to each mobile application.

4.5 Yes. Scans are performed on a quarterly basis. Scan results can be made available.

4.6 Yes-Ransomware. Recovered/Rebuilt the environment. Implemented additional security measures to mitigate, including hardening and migration to a new Endpoint solution with 24/7 monitoring and controls. Updating hardware/software/firmware to the latest versions based on CVE evaluation. There was no loss of data. Access was restricted during the recovery process.

4.7 Yes

4.8 We use Palo Alto NGFWs as part of a defense-in-depth architecture with deep packet inspection, traffic throttling, and ISP-assisted black-holing. VLAN segmentation, ACLs, and MAC binding mitigate spoofing attacks. Logs are integrated with the SIEM for continuous SOC monitoring and rapid response to anomalous ingress/egress and DDoS traffic

4.9 We use Sentinel One as an endpoint solution, including 24/7 monitoring, Monthly OS service pack, and security updates. A regular Tenable One vulnerability scan provides additional exposure management and remediation guidelines.

4.10 A certificate of insurance will be provided.

4.1 Currently usings Sentenel One (S1)
Has the Vendor ever been subjected to either an electronic or physical security breach? Please describe the event(s) and the steps taken to mitigate the breach(es). What damages or exposure resulted? Are records of violations and issues maintained, and will these records be available for inspection by the City?
What anti-malware programs the Vendor had deployed that support or connect to the Vendor’s cloud service offerings installed on all of your systems?

4.0 RISK & VULNERABITY MANAGEMENT
Question
What solution does the Vendor use to conduct network-layer vulnerability scans regularly? And what is the frequency of the network-layer vulnerability scans performed? If required can the Vendor submit the scan results to the City’s Information security officer? What solution does the Vendor use to conduct local operating system-layer vulnerability scans regularly? And what is the frequency of the local operating system-layer vulnerability scans performed? If required can the Vendor submit the scan results to the City’s Information security officer?
What is the Vendor policy for rapid patch management? If required, can the Vendor submit the patch management policy to the City’s Information security officer? What is the Vendor’s mobile code authorization policy? Does mobile code authorized before its installation and use, and how the code configuration checked to ensure that the authorized mobile code operates according to a clearly defined security policy? Does the Vendor use a certified external third-party service provider to conduct vulnerability scans and periodic penetration tests on the Vendor applications and networks? If yes, how frequently the vulnerability scans and routine penetration tests are performed? If required can the Vendor submit the scan results to the City’s Information security officer? Suppose the Vendor environment experience any security incident, and the City requires that the Vendor formally advise the City’s information security office within 24 hours. Will the Vendor commits to support this requirement? And will the Vendor make security incident information available to the City?
What solution the Vendor had implemented to conduct a defense-in-depth assessment (e.g., in-depth packet analysis, traffic throttling, and black-holing) for detection and timely response to network-based attacks associated with anomalous ingress or egress traffic patterns (e.g., MAC spoofing and ARP poisoning attacks) and distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks?
What solution does the Vendor deploy for operating systems hardening and provide management access control to the necessary ports, protocols, and services to meet business needs using technical controls (e.g., antivirus, file integrity monitoring, and logging) as part of their baseline build standard or template?
The City requires that the Vendor must provide evidence of a valid cyber liability insurance policy. Such insurance shall include coverage in an amount sufficient to cover the full replacement value of damage to, alteration of, loss of, theft, dissemination or destruction of electronic data and/or use of confidential information, “property” of the City of Palo Alto that will be in the care, custody, or control of vendor information including but not limited to bank and credit card account information or personal information, such as name, address, social security numbers, protected health information or other personal identification information stored or transmitted in electronic form.

VISA Questionnaire Page4 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
67 Packet Pg. 353 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
# Response from the Vendor Score Additional Information/Clarification Required from the Vendor

5.1 Data exchange between the City and the Vendor will occur over encrypted channels (TLS 1.2+), using secure transfer methods such as SFTP, HTTPS, or encrypted APIs.

All transfers are encrypted in transit and at rest, and authenticated via MFA with audit logging enabled

5.2 HTTPS, SFTP

5.3 The City’s data is backed up daily. Backups are stored in locked, access-controlled facilities and replicated to a secure offsite location. All data in transit is encrypted (TLS 1.2+). Backup systems are protected by Palo Alto NGFWs, restricted by RBAC and MFA, and tested quarterly to ensure data integrity and recoverability

5.4 AES-256/512, SHA-256/512 or greater

5.5 We use selective encryption for sensitive documents containing PII—additionally, encryption or masking is applied at the application level.

5.6 Application-level protections include RBAC-based access control. Subcontractors have no direct production access. Access is strictly on a need-to-know basis.

5.7 We utilize an on-premise, defense-in-depth data security architecture. It includes AES- 256 encryption, TLS 1.2+, RBAC with MFA, network segmentation, IDS/IPS monitoring, and centralized SIEM logging. Controls are periodically validated through penetration testing and security audits to ensure ongoing protection and compliance.

5.8 By providing whitelisting at the edge (encryption/decryption) tunnel

5.9 We work with temp agencies to establish initial employee skillsets. In house training and verification of skillsets on site. We use RBAC for systems and applications. At employment termination a checklist ensures that network and application access are terminated as necessary. Security awareness training is provided upon employment and regularly thereafter. RBAC controls are in place upon employee separation and for employees on extended leave (e.g., disability / maternity leave).

Question
What will be the medium of data exchange between the City and Vendor? How will the data be kept secure during the data exchange process? Example: (VPN, Data Link, Frame Relay, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, FTPS, etc.)
How will the City's data be kept physically and logically secure at the Vendor's preferred storage location? Example: Locked storage, Digitally, Encrypted, etc.

What encryption methodologies (3.4ES, AES, etc.) the Vendor can offer to the City to protect data if the data required to transfer through public networks/the Internet)? What application-level protections are in place to prevent the Vendor or a subcontractor/third party's staff member from viewing unauthorized confidential information? For example, encryption, masking, etc.

What data Security Architecture design used to secure the data (e.g., CDSA, MULITSAFE, CSA Trusted Cloud Architectural Standard, FedRAMP, CAESARS)? Is the Vendor's encryption technology used to encrypt whole or selective data? If required by the City, can the Vendor support logically segmenting or encrypting customer data, like data may be produced for a designated tenant only, without compromising other tenant's information? If no, then please explain how the Vendor secures protected data within a multi-tenant hosting environment?
What controls does the Vendor exercise over the qualification and performance of its team? Of their subcontractor/third party’s team(s)? (For example, criminal background verification before employment, providing security training after employment, and managing Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) during employment and network and application access termination upon employment termination.

5.0 DATA SECURITY & PROTECTION
VISA Questionnaire Page5 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
68 Packet Pg. 354 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
# Response from the Vendor Score Additional Information/Clarification Required from the Vendor

6.1 Backup occurs at a secure primary datacenter and is stored digitaly on an HA storage array. Backup copy is immediately processed onto a seconday storage array and another to an offsite AWS S3 encrypted backup bucket. Plans are underway to replicate to our Sacramento DR site (ready in Q1-Q2 2026)

6.2 Currently offsite backup (AWS S3) are encrypted. We use a Symetric key with AES- 256-GCM. AWS Key Management Service (KMS) is used to create and maintain customer managed keys.

6.3 Backup data is stored at a datacenter facility. This is a secure datacenter accessible to designated TDS staff 24/7. For redundancy and DR purposes, we replicate data to other secure datacenters (Sacramento DR site) and AWS S3.

6.4 TPx - Santa Ana - Primary Datacenter
2001 Dyer Rd, Santa Ana, CA 92705
Earl Momongan, 714.717.1317 [email protected]

TPx - Sacramento - Secondary Datacenter - DR
1515 K St, Sacramento, CA 95814
Anthony Ruggiero, 408.380.0920 [email protected]
We maintain a multi-year contract term with TPx for their SSAE18 datacenters. We can provide an audit report statement if needed.

6.5 TDS Admin staff only have access:

Elie Sleiman - IT - VP/CIO
Ryan Sleiman - IT - Operations Manager
Sharon Watroba - IT - Systems Analyst
Gio Stefani - IT - Network Architect
Are the Vendor’s backup storage devices encrypted? If yes,’ please provide encryption specification with the type of encryption algorithm and detailed methodology of encryption handling. If, not please explain what is the Vendor’s method(s) to keep data secured during the data backup process?
Who on the Vendor’s staff or subcontractor/third party’s staff is/are authorized to access backup data storage media? (Provide Name and Role)
Are the data backup storage media stored at the Vendor’s location or other third-party location?
If the Vendor’s backup storage devices are stored with other third-party location, please provide:
a. Company Name:
b. Address:
c. Contact person detail (Phone and Email):
d. What contractual commitments are in place to guarantee security compliance from these vendors

6.0 DATA BACK-UP
Question
What types of storage media will the Vendor use for data backup purposes? Examples:

Tape, Hard Disk Drive, or any other devices. What is the media transfer process (I.e., The lockbox process used to send tapes off-site)?
VISA Questionnaire Page6 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
69 Packet Pg. 355 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
# Response from the Vendor Score Additional Information/Clarification Required from the Vendor

7.1 Part of TDS BCP, in process of establishing a DR site in Sacramento with 4-hour RPO of data recovery for "Mission Critical" systems. Currently, replication takes place to a secondary site equiped with the necessary servers and network components to recover and run "Mission Critical" systems. Sacramento DR site is planned for Q1 2026 or sooner.

7.2 The DR site, once established will provide the required <8 hours RTO as required by the city.

7.3 We are currently utilizing an HA Load Balancing solution to provide 99.99% update.

Load Balancing will also be established at the DR site in Sacramento to provide the required SLA and uptime requirement.

7.4 We are currently implementing a DR solution at a datacenter in Sacramento. This will serve as the failover recovery site. We will utilize various options, tools, and products to replicate and maintain an environment that is readly available in the case of a disaster.

7.5 Yes, current solution can provide independent restore and recover capabilities.

Please provide details on the Vendor's business continuity plan, including details around how frequently the business continuity plans tested to ensure continuing in the event of a disaster?
The City requires that the Vendor must offer robust disaster recovery and business continuity solutions with maximum 8 (eight) hours RTO (Recovery Time Objective), i.e., in the event of a disaster, the services offered by the Vendor shall not exceed 8 hours downtime, can the Vendor support this requirement? If no then what alternative solution can Vandor offer to satisfy this requirement.

The City requires that as an on-going basis, the Vendor shall offer 99.99% up-time. The Service Level Agreement (SLA) with the Vendor shall ensure the 99.99% up-time requirement; if no, what alternative solution can Vendor offer to satisfy this requirement.

What solution does the Vendor offer for infrastructure service failover recovery?

7.0 BUSINESS CONTINUITY PLANNING (DR-BCP)
Question
Does the Vendor's cloud solution offer independent restore and recovery capabilities? If no, then what alternative solution the Vendor offers?
VISA Questionnaire Page7 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
70 Packet Pg. 356 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
# Response from the Vendor Score Additional Information/Clarification Required from the Vendor

8.1 Via secure (https) webportals

8.2 Yes, we have the ability to restrict access via IP address or establishment of a S2S or Client VPN

8.3 We need additional information about this requirement.

1. What is the purpose of this requirement

2. Who are the individuals assigned, and what will they do with this access

3. What is the primary concern that requires this?

8.4 Upon pre-authorization from the City's ISM, the user account is created using consistent naming conventions. New users can establish their own password.

Activities are tracked for audit and reporting purposes. TDS and the agency will collaborate on account removals and maintenance. Reports can be made available for confirmation. Agency authorization is required for any additions or removals.

8.5 Accounts are initially disabled for the period of 30-days and then permanently removed.

The City requires that a minimum of 3 (three) authorized personals from the City of Palo Alto shall have superuser/ super admin access to the Vendor's hosted environment with MFA authentication, can the Vendor support this requirement? If no then what alternative solution can Vendor offer to satisfy this requirement.

8.0 ACCESS CONTROL, ACCOUNT PROVISIONING & DE-PROVISIONING Question
What is the account provisioning/removal process?
Example: How are user accounts created and managed?)
What is the account de-provisioning/removal process? Example: How are user accounts created and managed?)
How will the City's employees gain access to the application(s) offered by the Vendor? Does the application(s) have the capability to restrict access only from the City's WAN (Wide Area Network) through 'Ip" filtering? If not, what alternative solution can the Vendor offer? VISA Questionnaire Page8 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
71 Packet Pg. 357 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
# Response from the Vendor Score Additional Information/Clarification Required from the Vendor

9.1 Upon creating a new account, the user will receive an email prompting them to complete the password reset process. Password requirements are visible and validated during this process. Users may change their password on demand. MFA is used for confirmation.

9.2 For parking and permit applications, credentials are encrypted and stored in a security database.

9.3 Login and passwords are stored in a security database using AES-256-GCM encryption.

9.4 Yes, TDS meets all requirements listed, except #2. We do not send passwords via email due to the risk of compromised email accounts. Instead, we use alternative secure methods of transport (MFA).

What will be the policy and procedures for the logging, authentication, authorization, and password management scheme? (Please provide a soft copy of the process) Where will the login and password credentials be stored? Are the password credentials stored with encryption? If yes,’ please provide encryption scheme detail.

The Vendor’s application must comply with the following password requirements. Does the Vendor’s application meet these requirements?

1. First-time password must be unique to an individual and require the User to change it upon initial login.

2. If the password is sent via plain text email to the City employee to mitigate security exposure.

3. The City requires a first-time password to have a time-out capability of no more than 7 days.

4. The email notification must not be copied to anyone except the User.

5. The permanent/long term password must be changed frequently (at least TWICE a year)

6. Email notification must be sent to the User whenever the password has been updated.

7. User should not be able to view data or conduct business unless an initial password has been updated with a different password.

8. The Vendor shall inform the City’s users that, when a new password is created, the User shall not use the City’s LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Control Protocol) password.

9. The password must have 8 or more alphanumeric (/) characters, and it must contain at least one character from each of the bullets noted below (i.e., Each line shall contribute at least one character):
• abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
• ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
• 0123456789
• !@#$%^&*()-+=`~,></\"'?;:{[}]

9.0 PASSWORD MANAGEMENT
Question
VISA Questionnaire Page9 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
72 Packet Pg. 358 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: v2.7
Form: InfoSec 100
Vendor Information Security Assessment (VISA) Questionnaire Purpose: This Vendor Information Security Assessment (VISA) Questionnaire requests information concerning a Cloud Service Provider (the Vendor), which intends to provide to the City of Palo Alto (the City) any or all of the following services: Software as a Service (SaaS); Platform as a Service (PaaS); and Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS).

Note/Instructions:
• SaaS, PaaS and IaaS are each a ‘cloud’ servicing model, in which software and database applications, computer network infrastructure and/or computer hardware/software platforms is/are hosted by the Vendor and made available to customers interconnected in a network, typically the Internet. • This Questionnaire is for the sole use of the intended Vendor and may contain confidential information of individuals and businesses collected, stored, and used the City. Any unauthorized collection, storage, use, review or distribution may be prohibited by California and/or Federal laws. If you are not the intended recipient of this Questionnaire, please contact the sender by e-mail and destroy all copies of the Questionnaire. • The Vendor shall provide answers to the questions or information to the requests provided below. • In the event that the Vendor determines that it cannot meet the City’s security and or privacy requirements, the Vendor may submit a request for an exception to the City’s requirements and propose alternative countermeasures to address the risks addressed in this Questionnaire. The City’s Information Security Manager (ISM) may approve or reject the exception request, depending on the risks associated with the exception request. • Security Exception Request shall be submitted if you cannot comply with this policy/requirements • Upon receipt of the Vendor’s response, the Information Security Manager will conduct a security risk assessment, using the scoring methodology listed below:

A = Meets completely.

B = Partially meets. The Vendor may be required to provide additional requested information.

C = Doesn’t meet. The Vendor may be required to provide missing/additional detail.

VISA Questionnaire Page10 of 10
11/26/2025
Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData Contract
C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
73 Packet Pg. 359 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: V3.0
Doc: InfoSec 110

Page 2 of 3 ends

longer would require access to that information or who are terminated. (g) Provide a list of IT infrastructure components in order to verify whether the Consultant has met or has failed to meet any objective terms and conditions. (h) Implement access accountability (identification and authentication) architecture and support role-based access control ( "RBAC") and segregation of d uties ( "SoD") mechanisms for all personnel, systems, and Software used to provide the Services. "RBAC" refers to a computer systems security approach to restricting access only to authorized users. "SoD" is an approach that would require more than one individual to complete a security task in order to promote the detection and prevention of fraud and errors.
(i) Assist the City in undertaking annually an assessment to assure that: (1) all elements of the Services' environment design and deployment are known to the City, and (2) it has implemented measures in accordance with industry best practices applicable to secure coding and secure IT architecture.
(j) Provide and maintain secure intersystem communication paths that would ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the City's information. (k) Deploy and maintain IT system upgrades, patches and configurations conforming to current patch and/or release levels by not later than one (1) week after its date of release. Emergency security patches must be installed within 24 hours after its date of release. (l) Provide for the timely detection of, response to, and the reporting of security incidents, including on-going incident monitoring with logging.
(m) Notify the City within one (1) hour of detecting a security incident that results in the unauthorized access to or the misuse of the City's confidential data and information. (n) Inform the City that any third party service provider(s) meet(s) all of the Requirements. (o) Perform security self-audits on a regular basis and not less frequently than on a quarterly basis, and provide the required summary reports of those self -audits to the ISM on the annual anniversary date or any other date agreed to by the Parties. (p) Accommodate, as practicable, and upon reasonable prior notice by the City, the City 's performance of random site security audits at the Consultant's site(s), including the site(s) of a third-party service provider(s), as applicable. The scope of these audits will extend to the Consultant's and its third-party service provider(s)' awareness of security policies and practices, systems configurations, access authentication and authorization, and incident detection and response.
(q) Cooperate with the City to ensure that to the extent r equired by applicable laws, rules and regulations, and the Confidential Information will be accessible only by the Consultant and any authorized third-party service provider's personnel.
(r) Perform regular, reliable secured backups of all data needed to maximize the availability of the Services. Adequately encrypt the City of Palo Alto's data, during the operational process, hosted at rest, and the backup stage at the Vendors' environment (including Vendor's contracting organization's environment).
(s) Maintain records relating to the Services for a period of three (3) years after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and in a mutually agreeable storage medium. Within thirty (30) days after the effective date of expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, all of those records relating to the performance of the Services shall be provided to the ISM. (t) Maintain the Confidential Information in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local data and information privacy laws, rules, and regulations.
(u) Encrypt the Confidential Information before delivering the same by electronic mail to the City and or any authorized recipient.
(v) Provide Network Layer IP filtering services to allow access only from the City of Palo Alto's IP address to the Vendor environment (primarily hosted for the City of Palo Alto). (w) Offer a robust disaster recovery and business continuity (DR-BCP) solutions to the City for the systems and services the Vendor provides to the City.

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
74 Packet Pg. 360 of 637

City of Palo Alto
Information Security
Document Version: V3.0
Doc: InfoSec 110

Page 3 of 3 ends

(x) Provide and support Single Sign- on (SSO) and Multifactor Authentication (MFA) solutions for authentication and authorization services from the "City's environment to the Vendor's environment," and Vendor's environment to the Vendor's cloud services/hosted environment ." The Vendor shall allow two employees of the City to have superuser and super -admin access to the Vendor's IT environment, and a cloud-hosted IT environment belongs to the City. (y) Unless otherwise addressed in the Agreement, shall not hold the City liable for any direct, indirect or punitive damages whatsoever including, without limitation, damages for loss of use, data or profits, arising out of or in any way connected with the City's IT environment, including, without limitation, IT infrastructure communications.
(z) The Vendor must provide evidence of valid cyber liability insurance policy per the City’s
EXHIBIT “D” INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.

Part B. Alternate Requirements:

Item 20
Attachment A - TurboData
Contract C25190778A

Item 20: Staff Report
Pg.
75 Packet Pg. 361 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR
Lead Department: Public Works
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2509-5248
TITLE
Approval of a Purchase Order with Golden State Fire Apparatus in an Amount Not to Exceed $3,378,458, for the Purchase of One Hybrid Electric Pierce Enforcer Volterra 1500 GPM Pumper and One Diesel Pierce Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper, Utilizing a Cooperative Purchase Agreement, as Part of the Scheduled Vehicle and Equipment Replacement Capital Improvement Fiscal Year 2025 and 2026 Projects (VR-25000 and VR-26000); CEQA Status – Not a Project

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that the City Council approve and authorize the City Manager or their designee to execute a purchase order with Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., in an amount not to exceed $3,378,458, for the purchase of One Hybrid Electric Pierce Enforcer Volterra 1500 GPM Pumper and One Diesel Pierce Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper, utilizing a cooperative purchase agreement via Sourcewell, a cooperative purchasing agency serving government and not-for-profit organizations.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Staff recommends approval of the procurement of one Hybrid Electric Pierce Enforcer Volterra 1500 GPM Pumper and one Diesel Pierce Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper through a cooperative purchasing agreement with Sourcewell. The replacement of the City’s two 2009 Pierce Arrow XT Pumpers (Units 6144 and 6146) is necessary to maintain the reliability and effectiveness of the Fire Department’s emergency response operations. The proposed electric and diesel combination supports the City’s long-term fleet electrification goals while addressing current service needs and equipment availability constraints. Funding for both vehicles is included in the Fiscal Year 2025 and Fiscal Year 2026 Vehicle and Equipment Replacement Capital Improvement Projects (VR-25000 and VR-26000); the purchase of a diesel fire engine instead of an electric hybrid engine in Fiscal Year 2026 is consistent with the approach approved by Council during the FY2026 budget reduction discussions.

Item 21
Item 21 Staff Report

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 362 of 637

BACKGROUND
The Vehicle and Equipment Use, Maintenance, and Replacement Policy section 4-01 provides for the on-going replacement of City fleet vehicles and equipment. Replacements are scheduled using guidelines based on age, mileage accumulation, and obsolescence. The policy prescribes a replacement interval for Class 13 Fire Apparatus of 20 years or 85,000 miles. Replacement of unit 6144 was programmed in the Fiscal Year 2025 Scheduled Vehicle and Equipment Replacement Capital Improvement Program project (VR-25000) and unit 6146 was programmed in the Fiscal Year 2026 Scheduled Vehicle and Equipment Replacement Capital Improvement Program project (VR-26000).

Palo Alto’s fire engines are a cornerstone of the City’s emergency response infrastructure, enabling swift and effective intervention in life-threatening situations, including structure fires, medical emergencies, hazardous material incidents, and technical rescues. A fully operational fire engine ensures the protection of lives, property, and the environment while upholding the Fire Department’s commitment to community safety. The replacement of aging apparatuses with modern units is critical to maintaining service reliability, meeting evolving safety standards, and addressing the growing demands of the community. New fire engines will incorporate advanced technology, enhance firefighter safety, and reduce long-term operational costs, ensuring Palo Alto remains prepared for emergencies now and in the future.

Furthermore, the Fire Department is a partner in the California Disaster and Civil Defense Master Mutual Aid Agreement between the State of California, each of its counties, and incorporated cities and fire protection districts. In a typical fire season, the Fire Department, along with the other participating county agencies, is dispatched via the Governor’s Office of Emergency Services to incidents outside the county, but within the state. An engine can be utilized by the state for several weeks of the summer. For example, during the recent Palisades fire, the City of Palo Alto dispatched one fire engine to assist with the efforts for the maximum 16 days that is permitted.

ANALYSIS
Staff recommends replacing Unit 6144 and Unit 6146, which are both 2009 Pierce Arrow XT Pumpers (see Table #1 below). Both units well exceed the replacement criteria of 85,000 miles.

The Fire Department currently operates six frontline fire engines and only one reserve engine, after losing an engine to an accident in 2019 which rendered the unit a total loss. The goal is to rebuild the fleet so that two reserve engines are once again available for service.

Item 21
Item 21 Staff Report

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 363 of 637

Table #1: City of Palo Alto Fire Engine Fleet
Unit# Designation Location Current Mileage Replacement Yr 6151 Frontline FS 1 62,765 TBD
6146 Frontline FS 2 109,246 FY 2026
6145 Frontline FS 3 106,912 FY 2030
6150 Frontline FS 5 83,193 TBD
6144 Reserve FS 5 106,162 FY 2025
6148 Frontline FS 6 95,417 FY 2027
6149 Frontline FS 4 103,848 FY 2028
Unit 6144 has over 106,000 miles and is projected to reach approximately 120,000 miles by the time it will be replaced, with lifetime maintenance and operation costs exceeding $630,000.

The 16-year-old apparatus has begun to show signs of significant internal wear due to the age of the vehicle, leading to increased breakdowns and operational costs. Some of the issues include consistent oil leaks in the engine, engine control module replacements, a pump system upgrade, and both steering boxes being replaced. However, staff proposes retaining Unit 6144 in 2027 and transitioning it to frontline status in place of unit 6145, which would concurrently shift to reserve status. This realignment ensures continuity of service while maintaining fleet redundancy.

Unit 6146 has over 109,000 miles and is projected to exceed 130,000 by the time it will be replaced, with lifetime maintenance and operation costs exceeding $476,000. Recently, this vehicle underwent extensive upgrades to meet frontline standards after being transitioned from reserve status to replace another unit at Fire Station 2. Critical improvements included a fully revamped primer system, new hoses, a replacement gearbox, upgraded power steering, modern transmission controls, and new seat cushions.

Despite these upgrades, staff advises retiring Unit 6146 from frontline service and retaining it as a reserve apparatus once we take delivery of the new diesel engine in 2029. This strategy returns a second reserve unit to bolster operational flexibility and emergency readiness.

Additionally, unit 6148 is scheduled for replacement in FY 2027 and unit 6149 is scheduled in FY 2028. The remaining two frontline units, 6151 and 6150, will remain in service at Fire Station 1 and Fire Station 6, respectively.

The proposed replacement units integrate advanced technology, including modernized pumping systems, real-time data connectivity, and electronically controlled engines with self- diagnostic and reporting capabilities. The electric Pierce Volterra model incorporates a dual- power system consisting of a battery-electric primary driveline supported by a clean-diesel Item 21
Item 21 Staff Report

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 364 of 637

backup engine. This configuration allows the apparatus to operate in fully electric mode during most routine responses, significantly reducing emissions and noise, while the diesel engine automatically engages when extended operations, high-demand pumping, or low state-of- charge conditions require additional power. These apparatuses ensure compliance with safety standards, meeting both National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) guidelines and 2024/2025 California Air Resources Board (CARB) emissions requirements, thereby reducing carbon emissions and avoiding regulatory penalties.

The modern, electric pumper promises long-term cost efficiency through reduced fuel consumption and maintenance expenses compared to the outdated models, optimizing taxpayer investment. Delaying action risks further mechanical failures, inflated repair costs, and compromised emergency response capabilities. Proactive replacement and strategic fleet realignment safeguard public safety while advancing the City’s commitment to sustainability, reliability, and fiscal stewardship.

During the August 19, 2025 Finance Committee meeting and the subsequent Council meeting approving $6 million in budget reductions, it was determined that the acquisition plan should shift from two Pierce electric engines to one electric Pierce Volterra and one diesel engine to meet the required budget reduction targets. Committee members also inquired whether purchasing a diesel engine conflicted with the City’s sustainability goals and whether alternative options, such as hybrid or used apparatus, had been evaluated. While the City remains committed to long-term fleet electrification, the adjusted approach provides necessary cost savings and maintains operational readiness, particularly given the estimated 16-month lead time for the Volterra compared to approximately 51 months for a diesel engine. Proceeding with one diesel and one electric engine allows the Department to ensure service reliability while also assessing the Volterra’s performance in daily operations before initiating a second electric engine purchase. Additionally, the new Fire Station 4 is being outfitted with Level 3 DC fast-charging infrastructure to support future electric fire engines and ambulances.

Procurement Process
Palo Alto Municipal Code section 2.30.360 (j) allows the use of cooperative purchasing agreements in lieu of conducting a competitive solicitation. Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., was awarded a contract by Sourcewell, a cooperative purchasing agency serving governmental, higher education, K-12 education, not-for-profit, tribal government, and other public agencies.

Sourcewell conducted a Request for Proposals under which Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., was an awarded vendor. A request for quotations was sent to Sourcewell, and staff received the two separate quotes from Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., on September 15, 2025.

Item 21
Item 21 Staff Report

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 365 of 637

Two payment options were provided by Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. for each vehicle type.

Electric:

1. Payment Option A - 100% pre-payment for an amount of $2,216,588.43

2. Payment Option B - Payment upon delivery of unit for an amount of $2,369,052.96 Diesel:

1. Payment Option A - 100% pre-payment for an amount of $1,161,869.29

2. Payment Option B - Payment upon delivery of unit for an amount of $1,373,009.55 Staff recommends approval of the quotation (Attachment A), with Payment Option A, 100% pre-payment at issuance of PO for savings of over $363,600 between both pumpers. The quotation version provided in Attachment A has been reduced for printing purposes and is not the full quotation with all specifications.

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
Funding to replace these units has been collected over the life of the vehicles through the annual Vehicle Replacement allocated charge to the Fire Department. The funding for these replacements is available in the Fiscal Year 2025 Scheduled Vehicle and Equipment Replacement Capital Improvement Program project (VR-25000) and the Fiscal Year 2026 Scheduled Vehicle and Equipment Replacement Capital Improvement Program project (VR- 26000).

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Requests for vehicle replacements are presented to the Fleet Review Committee (FRC) for approval during the development of the proposed budget and any deviation from these plans is also reviewed by the FRC. The FRC is comprised of executive leadership representatives from the Public Works and Administrative Services Departments and the City Manager’s Office.

Additionally, Fleet staff review proposed vehicle replacements with the departments using the vehicles. FRC approved the replacement of these vehicles through the scheduled five-year replacement review as part of the development of the FY 2025 and FY 2026 Budgets.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Council action on this item is not a project as defined by CEQA because the purchase of a new fleet vehicle is a continuing administrative or maintenance activity. CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(2).

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Golden State Fire Apparatus Quotes
APPROVED BY:

Brad Eggleston, Director Public Works/City Engineer
Item 21
Item 21 Staff Report

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 366 of 637

PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:CITY OF PALO ALTOOne (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.Enforcer Volterra™ 1500 GPM Pumper Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 367 of 637

PRODUCTPROPOSAL
Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 368 of 637

OPTION A100% PRE-PAYMENTThis will be the price of the Product(s)contingent upon the Customer paying theGrand Total Purchase Price to GSFA withinthirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Datepursuant to the Payment Terms Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party(Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price onbehalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of theExecuted Date pursuant to the Payment Terms IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION, IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF($152,464.53) OFF OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 369 of 637

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR: City of Palo Alto 250 Hamilton Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94301 Sales ConsultantRyan [email protected] Mobile: (209) 613-3809 Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF PALO ALTO (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”). PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions. MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATEEXPIRATION DATEGSFA PROPOSAL #MANUFACTURER BID #MANUFACTURERCONSORTIUM11/13/2025 12/29/2025 91113-25AV 951 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.Sourcewell #113021-OKC-1, ID #2688 MEMBER #43092 ITEMPRODUCT DESCRIPTIONUNITPRICE AOne (1) Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Enforcer Volterra™ 1500 GPM Pumper 2,166,427.00 B Pre-Payment Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (139,436.00) C SUBTOTAL 2,026,991.00 D 9.125% State Sales Tax 184,962.93 ECalifornia Tire Fee 10.50 F 100% Performance Bond 4,624.00G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,216,588.43 Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 370 of 637

OPTION BPAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent upon the Customer paying the Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup pursuant to the Payment Terms

Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 371 of 637

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR: City of Palo Alto 250 Hamilton Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94301 Sales ConsultantRyan [email protected] Mobile: (209) 613-3809 Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF PALO ALTO (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”). PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions. MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATEEXPIRATION DATEGSFA PROPOSAL #MANUFACTURER BID #MANUFACTURERCONSORTIUM11/13/2025 12/29/2025 91113-25BV 951 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.Sourcewell #113021-OKC-1, ID #2688 MEMBER #43092 ITEMPRODUCT DESCRIPTIONUNITPRICE AOne (1) Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Enforcer Volterra™ 1500 GPM Pumper 2,166,427.00 B 9.125% State Sales Tax 197,686.46 C California Tire Fee 10.50 D 100% Performance Bond 4,929.00 EGRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE2,369,052.96 Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 372 of 637

PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:CITY OF PALO ALTOOne (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 373 of 637

PRODUCTPROPOSAL
Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 374 of 637

OPTION A100% PRE-PAYMENTThis will be the price of the Product(s)contingent upon the Customer paying theGrand Total Purchase Price to GSFA withinthirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Datepursuant to the Payment Terms Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party(Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price onbehalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of theExecuted Date pursuant to the Payment Terms IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION, IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF($211,140.26) OFF OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 375 of 637

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR: City of Palo Alto 250 Hamilton Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94301 Sales ConsultantRyan [email protected] Mobile: (209) 613-3809 Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF PALO ALTO (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”). PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions. MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATEEXPIRATION DATEGSFA PROPOSAL #MANUFACTURER BID #MANUFACTURERCONSORTIUM11/13/2025 12/29/2025 91113-25A 994 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.Sourcewell #113021-OKC-1, ID #259 MEMBER #43092 ITEMPRODUCT DESCRIPTIONUNITPRICE AOne (1) Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper 1,255,069.00 B Pre-Payment Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (193,033.00) C SUBTOTAL 1,062,036.00 D 9.125% State Sales Tax 96,910.79 ECalifornia Tire Fee 10.50 F 100% Performance Bond 2,912.00G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,161,869.29 Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 376 of 637

Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
16 Packet Pg. 377 of 637

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR: City of Palo Alto 250 Hamilton Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94301 Sales ConsultantRyan [email protected] Mobile: (209) 613-3809 Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF PALO ALTO (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”). PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions. MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATEEXPIRATION DATEGSFA PROPOSAL #MANUFACTURER BID #MANUFACTURERCONSORTIUM11/13/2025 12/29/2025 91113-25B 994 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.Sourcewell #113021-OKC-1, ID #259 MEMBER #43092 ITEMPRODUCT DESCRIPTIONUNITPRICE AOne (1) Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper 1,255,069.00 B 9.125% State Sales Tax 114,525.05 C California Tire Fee 10.50 D 100% Performance Bond 3,405.00 EGRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE1,373,009.55 Item 21
Attachment A - Golden
State Fire Apparatus Quotes

Item 21: Staff Report
Pg.
17 Packet Pg. 378 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR
Lead Department: Community Services
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2510-5331
TITLE
Approval of Amendment #1 for Professional Services Contract No. C26195143 in the Amount of $101,292 with Peninsula Healthcare Connection to continue the Downtown Food Closet Operations for a Revised Total Amount Not-to-Exceed $268,521 including the Provision of Outreach, Mental and Physical healthcare to Unhoused and Low-Income Members of the Community for a Period of Two Years; CEQA status – not a project.

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that the City Council approve and authorize the City Manager or his designee to execute Amendment #1 to Contract No. C26195143 with Peninsula Healthcare Connection (Attachment A) in an amount not-to-exceed $101,292 for additional services for the operation of the Downtown Food Closet for unhoused and low-income members of the community for a term of two years. This amendment results in a revised total contract not-to-exceed amount of $268,521.

BACKGROUND
The Human Services Resource Allocation Process (HSRAP) serves as the City’s primary mechanism for soliciting, reviewing, and allocating General Fund dollars to human service organizations. Proposals for the current two-year grant cycle (July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2027) were submitted in January 2025. An ad hoc subcommittee of the Human Relations Commission (HRC) evaluated the proposals in February 2025 and developed funding recommendations, which were subsequently reviewed and approved by the full HRC in March 2025. The Commission’s recommendations were incorporated into the City’s proposed FY 2026 Operating Budget, which the City Council adopted in June 2025. The adopted FY 2026 budget includes a Item 22
Item 22 Staff Report

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 379 of 637

HSRAP grant to Downtown Streets Team1 that included operational support for the Downtown Food Closet.

ANALYSIS
In early September 2025, Downtown Streets Team (DST) announced it would be ceasing all operations effective October 31, 2025. This closure included the discontinuation of the Downtown Food Closet (Food Closet), a longstanding and vital source of free food for the local community.

Shortly after the DST announcement, Peninsula Healthcare Connection (PHC) notified the City that it had partnered with All Saints Episcopal Church, the long-time host site of the Food Closet, and secured a five-year lease with the Church to assume the responsibility of operating the Food Closet beginning November 1, 2025.

Peninsula Healthcare Connection2 was awarded a HSRAP contract for the period of July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2027 to provide outreach, mental and physical healthcare to unhoused and low-income members of the community. Given the importance of maintaining uninterrupted food services for vulnerable populations, City staff is recommending that the remaining unspent grant funds previously allocated to DST for Food Closet operations be reallocated to PHC to support ongoing and future operational needs at the site. For FY 2026, that amount is $42,930. As PHC will continue to perform this service, it is anticipated that in year two PHC will be allocated the portion of prior DST HSRAP funding dedicated to Food Closet operations. As a standard, HSRAP grantee contracts include additional funding authority in year two of the contract that is subject to City Council appropriation through the annual budget process.

The focus of PHC’s original scope of services centered on providing outreach, mental and physical healthcare to unhoused and low-income members of the community. In the amended scope of services for Contract # C26195143, Food Closet operations including operational continuity for the community, anticipated annual service level, service hours, and staffing have been incorporated. The specific program objectives, tasks and outcome measures are listed in Exhibit “A”: Scope of Program Services: Amendment 1 (Attachment A). 1 Downtown Streets Team, provide outreach services and operate a food closet for unhoused and low-income individuals through HSRAP, Contract #C26195134; https://www.paloalto.gov/files/assets/public/v/1/community- services/human-services/grant-programs/downtown-streets-team-hsrap-contract-c26195134_executed.pdf 2 Peninsula Healthcare Connection, provide outreach and mental/physical healthcare to unhoused and low-income individuals through HSRAP, Contract #C26195143; https://www.paloalto.gov/files/assets/public/v/1/community- services/human-services/grant-programs/peninsula-healthcare-connection-hsrap-contract- c26195143_executed.pdf
Item 22
Item 22 Staff Report

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 380 of 637

An exemption from competitive solicitation per Palo Alto Municipal Code 2.230.360(b2) (impracticality to solicit) was approved by the City Manager.

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
PHC's original total contract not to exceed amount was $167,229. Per action of this staff report, $101,292 from the contract authority of DST will be added to PHC current contract for a total contract value of $268,521.

All funding required for the current year of this contract amendment is currently available within the FY 2026 Adopted Operating Budget of the Community Services Department, as it involves reallocating funds from one HSRAP grantee to another. No additional funding is required in FY 2026. Funding for future years is subject to City Council appropriation through the annual budget process.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The City received correspondence from community members and local nonprofit organizations expressing concern about the potential closure of the Food Closet and its impact on low-income and vulnerable residents. City staff provided the outcome of PHC’s agreement to take over Food Closet operations to nonprofit partners.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Approval of this contract is not a project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) per CEQA Guidelines 15061(b)(3).

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Peninsula Healthcare Connection HSRAP Contract C26195143 Amendment 1 APPROVED BY:

Kristen O'Kane, Community Services Director
Item 22
Item 22 Staff Report

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 381 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 1 of 10 ends

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CONTRACT NO. C26195143

BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AND

PENINSULA HEALTHCARE CONNECTION

This Amendment No. 1 (this “Amendment”) to Contract No. C26195143 (the “Contract” as defined below) is entered into as of November 24, 2025, by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation ( “CITY”), and PENINSULA HEALTHCARE CONNECTION, a corporation duly organized and existing under the Nonprofit Corporation Law of the State of California , located at 1671 The Alameda, Suite 306, San Jose, CA 95126 (“CONSULTANT”). CITY and CONSULTANT are referred to collectively as the “Parties” in this Amendment.

R E C I T A L S

A. The Contract (as defined below) was entered into by and between the P arties hereto for the provision of outreach services for triage health community outreach for unhoused individuals in the community, as detailed therein.

B. The Parties now wish to amend the Contract in order to expand the scope of services to include the provision of a food closet for unhoused and low income residents and increase compensation. The not-to-exceed amount for FY26 will increase by Forty-Two Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty Dollars ($42,930.00), from Seventy-Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty- One Dollars ( $77,781.00), to a total of One Hu ndred Twenty Thousand Seven Hundred Eleven Dollars ($120,711.00). The not-to-exceed amount for FY26 will increase by Fifty Thousand Seven Hundred Fourty-Nine Dollars ($50,749.00), from Seventy-Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty- One Dollars ($77,781.00), to a total of One Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Thirty Dollars ($128,530.00). The additional funds in Section 5.1.2 increase from Eleven Thousand, Six Hundred Sixty -Seven Dollars ($11,667.00) to Nineteen Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Dollars ($19,280.00), which is 15% of the second- year consideration . The new total contract not-to- exceed compensation amount is Two Hundred Sixty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Twenty-One Dollars ($268,521.00). The increased funding is reallocated from Downtown Streets Team, which ceased operations on October 31, 2025, and relinquished the remainder of its Human Services Resource Allocation Process (HSRPA) contract (PO C26195134).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, terms, conditions, and provisions of this Amendment, the Parties agree:

SECTION 1. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply to this Amendment:

a. Contract. The term “Contract” shall mean Contract No. C26195143 between CONSULTANT and CITY, dated July 1, 2025.

Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 382 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 2 of 10 ends

b. Other Terms. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Contract.

SECTION 2. Section 5.1 “COMPENSATION” of the Contract is hereby amended to read as follows:

In consideration of the full performance of this Contract, CITY will compensate CONSULTANT in the amount not- to-exceed Two Hundred Sixty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Twenty-One Dollars ($ 268,521.00) as follows, all subject to the provisions of 17.12 of this Contract:

SECTION 3. Section 5.1.1 “COMPENSATION” of the Contract is hereby amended to read as follows:

In consideration of the full performance of the Basic Services in Exhibit “A” to this Contract, including any authorized reimbursable expense, CITY will pay CONSULTANT a fee not to exceed One Hundred Twenty Thousand Seven Hundred Eleven Dollars ($120,711.00) for the first contract year (City’s Fiscal Year “FY” 202 6, July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2026) subject to Section 17.12 of this Contract.

SECTION 4. Section 5.1.2 “COMPENSATION” of the Contract is hereby amended to read as follows:

In consideration of the full performance of the Basic Services in Exhibit “A” to this Contract for the second contract year (FY 2027), including any authorized reimbursable expenses, CITY will pay CONSULTANT a fee not to exceed One Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Thirty Dollars ($128,530.00) subject to Section 17.12 of this Contract. At CITY’s sole option, City may authorize additional funds of up to Nineteen Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Dollars ($19,280.00), which is 15% of the second- year consid eration, subject to Section 17.12, to be used for the purposes of providing additional Basic Services under this Contract consistent with the additional funds provided.

SECTION 5. The following exhibits to the Contract are hereby amended , as indicated below, to read as set forth in the attachments to this Amendment, which are hereby incorporated in full into this Amendment and into the Contract by this reference:

a. Exhibit “A” entitled “SCOPE OF PROGRAM SERVICES: AMENDMENT 1 ”, REPLACES PREVIOUS.

Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 383 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 3 of 10 ends

b. Exhibit “B” entitled “CONTRACT BUDGET: AMENDMENT 1 ”, REPLACES PREVIOUS.

c. Exhibit “ D” entitled “ PROGRAM POSITIONS/SALARIES: AMENDMENT 1 ”, REPLACES PREVIOUS.

SECTION 6. Legal Effect. Except as modified by this Amendment, all other provisions of the Contract, including any exhibits thereto, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 7. Incorporation of Recitals . The recitals set forth above are terms of this Amendment and are fully incorporated herein by this reference.

(SIGNATURE BLOCK FOLLOWS ON THE NEXT PAGE.)

//
Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 384 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 4 of 10 ends

SIGNATURES OF THE PARTIES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the P arties have by their duly authorized representatives executed this Amendment effective as of the date first above written.

CITY OF PALO ALTO

____________________________
City Manager
Date:

APPROVED:

______________________________
Director of Community Services

APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:

______________________________
Manager of Human Services
Community Services Department

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

______________________________
Deputy City Attorney

PENINSULA HEALTHCARE

CONNECTION

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

Attachments:

EXHIBIT “A”: SCOPE OF PROGRAM SERVICES: AMENDMENT 1
EXHIBIT “B”: CONTRACT BUDGET: AMENDMENT 1
EXHIBIT “D”: PROGRAM POSITIONS/SALARIES: AMENDMENT 1

Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE 11/21/2025
Eileen Richardson
CEO and President
Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 385 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 5 of 10 ends

EXHIBIT “A”
Peninsula Healthcare Connection
FY26-27 SCOPE OF PROGRAM SERVICES
AMENDMENT 1

I PROGRAM SERVICES

CONSULTANT shall provide Outreach Services, Mental Health/Wellbeing Support Groups, Health Education Workshops, Health Screenings, Street Medicine Visits, navigation services and Harm Reduction supply distribution to low-income and unhoused members of the community. CONSULTANT shall operate a food closet for the provision of nutritional support to low-income and unhoused individuals.

II. CONSULTANT’S PROGRAM GOALS (per fiscal year)

Goal 1: Improve Mental Health and Personal Wellbeing
Strategies:
• Facilitate group-based support and education for individuals experiencing mental health challenges.
• Provide targeted mental health workshops to address specific stressors and coping mechanisms.
• Increase access to mental health resources through direct outreach.

Objectives:

1.1 Facilitate 8 monthly Seeking Safety groups to provide structured, evidence-based support.

1.2 Deliver 4 mental health workshops on topics such as stress relief, boundaries, and health beliefs.

1.3 Distribute mental health resource information cards to 114 community members.

1.4 50% of attendees will engage directly with the navigator to discuss the resources shared on the card, receiving personalized guidance on accessing services and navigating available support options
Outcomes:
• Participants in Seeking Safety groups will demonstrate increased coping skills, as measured by pre- and post-session surveys.
• Community workshop attendees will report a better understanding of stress management strategies as measured by pre- and post-session surveys.

Goal 2: Enhance Physical Health and Wellbeing
Strategies:
• Conduct preventive health screenings and education in accessible community locations.
• Implement street medicine initiatives to serve the unhoused and at-risk individuals Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 386 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 6 of 10 ends

in their environment.
• Distribute harm-reduction tools to reduce overdose risks and promote safety.

Objectives:

2.1 Conduct 18 community blood pressure screening clinics.

2.2 Provide health education to at least 57 community members, with interactions lasting a minimum of 5 minutes.

2.3 Conduct 7 street medicine visits annually to directly serve unhoused individuals.

2.4 Distribute 76 units of Narcan and 76 units of fentanyl test strips to community members and partners.

Outcomes:
• Increased awareness and education about blood pressure resources, as measured by the number of individuals who visit the clinic for blood pressure management following street medicine interactions and referrals.
• Participants will be trained on the proper use of Narcan and will demonstrate their ability to administer it effectively. Additionally, they will be asked to report to clinic staff the number of overdoses they have helped prevent using Narcan. • Group participants receiving health education will gain tools and training to identify at least one actionable step to improve their physical health.

Goal 3: Increase Healthcare Accessibility and Access
Strategies:
• Conduct direct outreach to connect vulnerable individuals with health resources and hygiene supplies.
• Offer drop-in support for public benefit enrollments and healthcare navigation at resource centers.
• Empower individuals to make and attend healthcare appointments. • Ensure the KKRC Resource Center maintains accessible hours for drop-in enrollment in CalFresh, Medi-Cal, VISPDAT surveys, and other community resources.
• Equip staff to assist with making healthcare appointments and provide educational resources to patients.

Objectives:

3.1 Conduct outreach to 114 vulnerable individuals, providing clinic information, hygiene kits, and other necessary supplies.

3.2 At least 11 outreach clients will be linked to care services through a navigator, reflecting the intensive time investment required to provide individualized navigation.

3.3 At least 38 community support referrals will be provided during drop-in hours, tracked through the referral log.

Outcomes:
• Participants utilizing healthcare navigation services will report accessing at least one service.
• These strategies will reduce systemic barriers and improve healthcare access for underserved clients by meeting them where they are, building trust, and providing Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 387 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 7 of 10 ends

personalized support—ultimately leading to better health outcomes and increased self- sufficiency.

Goal 4: Sustain and strengthen the Food Closet as a vital access point for essential nutrition and basic needs.

Strategy: Maintain reliable weekly food distribution, leveraging Peninsula Healthcare Connection’s administrative infrastructure to ensure consistent operations, inventory management, and coordination with volunteers and community partners.

Objectives:

4.1 Serve approximately 900 unduplicated client visits.

4.2 Track and report both duplicated and unduplicated counts once full-year data are available through Peninsula Healthcare Connection’s intake system, to confirm service outreach and trends.

4.3 Maintain a 95% service continuity rate (no unplanned closures) through proactive supply management of essentials such as food bags, gloves, and sanitation items.

4.4 Conduct quarterly inventory and safety audits to ensure compliance with health standards and operational efficiency.

Outcomes: The Food Closet continues operating as a central, trusted resource addressing food insecurity for low-income and unhoused community members while connecting them to Peninsula Healthcare Connection healthcare and housing support services.

Goal 5: Employ and empower a staff member with lived experience to manage Food Closet operations and build community connection.

Strategy: Retain and support one part-time staff member with lived experience of homelessness or food insecurity to manage day-to-day Food Closet operations, ensuring consistent service, authentic engagement, and a trusted presence for clients.

Objectives:

5.1 Employ a part-time (20 hrs/week) Food Closet Coordinator with lived experience to manage operations, supervise volunteers, and interface with Peninsula Healthcare Connection staff.

5.2 Provide ongoing supervision and training through PHC’s management team, with biannual professional development check-ins.

5.3 Recruit and retain at least 8–10 active volunteers per quarter to assist with distribution, setup, and inventory.

5.4 Develop a simple volunteer tracking log to capture engagement hours and retention.

Outcomes: By centering lived experience, the Food Closet strengthens community trust, dignity, and workforce inclusion, while ensuring consistent, empathetic service delivery.

Goal 6: Integrate “Food as Medicine” within Peninsula Healthcare Connection’s holistic care model.

Strategy: Collaborate across PHC’s clinic, outreach, and case management teams to make food distribution an intentional part of care coordination and client stabilization.

Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 388 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 8 of 10 ends

Objectives:

6.1 Establish a referral system linking PHC healthcare and outreach staff with Food Closet services by March 2026.

6.2 Pilot at least one partnership (e.g., with a shelter, clinic, or community nutrition program) to connect food access to health outcomes by June 2026.

6.3 Track client referrals and follow-ups quarterly to assess when Food Closet access contributes to improved health stability or reduced emergency service utilization.

6.4 Document three case studies annually highlighting how nutritional support has enhanced client wellbeing and engagement in care.

Outcomes: By aligning food distribution with PHC’s healthcare services, the Food Closet advances PHC’s person-centered care model, addressing nutrition, housing, and health as interconnected pathways to stability and recovery.

III. CONSULTANT’S DELIVERABLES

CONSULTANT shall provide semiannual activity reports relating to this Scope of Program Services for the periods ending December 31, 2025, June 30, 2026, December 31, 2026, and June 30, 2027, within thirty days after these dates.

Each report shall cover the preceding six months and other such information as the Program Manager may request. The final report shall focus on the preceding six months and also shall provide information on contract services for the entire year. Each report shall be prepared in the form agreed upon by the Program Manager and the CONSULTANT.

As part of its responsibilities under this Scope of Services, CONSULTANT is expected to participate in surveys, assessments, and other information-gathering activities as requested by the CITY, for the purpose of identifying and understanding client and organizational needs in Palo Alto.

IV TIME SCHEDULE

Services shall run through the term of this Contract.

Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 389 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 9 of 10 ends

EXHIBIT “B”
Peninsula Healthcare Connection
FY2026-27 CONTRACT BUDGET
AMENDMENT 1

Program Expenses Per Fiscal
Year
Budget: Physical
and Mental Health
Budget: Food
Closet
Salaries $70,710.00 $38,013.00
Insurance

Audit

Rent

Utilities

Maintenance/Repair

Phone

$500.00
Consultants

Staff Development and Training

Travel and Meetings

Information Technology
(computer hardware/software)

Equipment

Office Supplies and Materials

Printing and Publishing ..

Direct Services: Program Supplies

$514.27
Direct Subsidy

Other - Overhead $7,071.00 $3,902.73
TOTALS $77,781.00 $42,930.00
TOTAL CONTRACT BUDGET $120,711.00

Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 390 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 10 of 10 ends

EXHIBIT “D”
Peninsula Healthcare Connection

PROGRAM POSITIONS/SALARIES
AMENDMENT 1

Program or
Administrative Position
Physical and Mental Health
Salaries
(per fiscal year)
Food Closet Salaries
(per fiscal year)
Program Manager $30,735.00
Outreach Worker $39,975.00
Food Closet Coordinator $14,620.00
Outreach Coordinator $23,393.00

TOTAL $70,710.00 $38,013.00
Docusign Envelope ID: A0695A60-B37B-4D8A-A0CF-0DD39CA4B6EE Item 22
Attachment A - Peninsula
Healthcare Connection
HSRAP Contract C26195143
Amendment 1

Item 22: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 391 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR
Lead Department: Community Services
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2511-5423
TITLE
Approval of Amendment No. 2 to Contract S20176706 with FolgerGraphics, Inc. to Reduce the Scope of Services for Professional Printing and Distribution Services of the Enjoy! Activity Guide through March 2026; CEQA Status – not a project.

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends the City Council approve and authorize the City Manager or their designee to execute Amendment No. 2 to Contract S20176706 with FolgerGraphics, Inc. (Attachment A) to reduce the scope of services to align with budgetary reductions for the department.

BACKGROUND
The Enjoy! Activity Guide that is produced by the Community Services Department (CSD) provides the community with information about class and program offerings, special events, facility rental information, locations and features of parks and open space preserves throughout the City, as well as information on programming for other City departments (for example, Library) and community partners. FolgerGraphics has printed roughly 160,000 Enjoy! Activity Guides per year (40,000 prints of four activity guides) and prepares the activity guide for mail distribution and delivers the copies to the Post Office. In the Fiscal Year 2026 revised budget action1, the Council directed staff to pinpoint areas where we could reduce our budget without significantly affecting services provided. The scope reduction for the contract will eliminate mailing and cut down the number of catalogs printed to roughly 1,000 copies per season (instead of 40,000). The Enjoy! Activity Guide will continue to be posted on our website in a digital, flip-through version, for the community to view in advance of registration. An expansion of on-call services for possible printing needs to support the Cubberley Master Planning efforts for the department is being added.
1 City Council, September 8, 2025; Agenda Item #18; SR #2506-4818, https://portal.laserfiche.com/Portal/DocView.aspx?id=221264&repo=r-704298fc&searchid=8e698f50-61d1-4479- b179-70ad18aaefb9
Item 23
Item 23 Staff Report

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 392 of 637

ANALYSIS
A Request for Proposals was released from October 21, 2019 through November 12, 2019. Four bids were received and the contract was awarded to FolgerGraphics. The first contract term was March 16, 2020 to March 15, 2023 with a total not-to-exceed amount of $211,845.

Amendment 1 covered the term of March 16, 2023 through March 15, 2026, for a not-to- exceed amount of $235,200. This is in alignment with the fees set forth by FolgerGraphics Inc., in which the catalogs will increase at a printing rate of $0.02 per catalog per year.

Amendment 2 will scale down the scope of services requested to reflect the budgetary cuts that were adopted as part of the FY26 budget cycle but will add options for on-call services to support other department projects. Catalog costs will remain at $0.51 per print, the amendment will lower the total number of printed copies from 40,000 per season to approximately 1,000 per season. On-call services will be added, these may include postcards, (sizes varied, full color, glossy) at $0.12 per card, and an option for a 12-page mailed mini catalog at $0.30 per catalog. With the addition of the on-call services to support the Cubberley Master Planning efforts, the current not-to-exceed amount will not be adjusted but instead be allocated toward the optional on-call services. When this contract ends in March 2026, a request for proposals will be issued to determine a printer for future catalogs.

Staff recommends amending the existing contract instead of issuing a new RFP to ensure that marketing for the Community Services Departments programming, special events, and resource list for the community, continues to reach residents of the City without interruption. From discussions with other Community Services Departments and Recreation staff within Santa Clara County, staff learned that other vendors would not be able to meet the City’s Zero Waste Program requirements. Staff also assessed the time and resources required to transition to a different printing and distribution provider and doing so would create a delay in producing the Community Services Departments Enjoy! Activity Guides and disrupt the seasonal programming registration dates.

In consideration of maintaining direct and continual communication with our community, staff is recommending an amendment to the contract with FolgerGraphics Inc. Community Services Department staff is satisfied with the performance from FolgerGraphics Inc. FolgerGraphics Inc., currently complies with the City’s Environmentally Preferred Purchasing policies and the requirements of the City’s Zero Waste Program.

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
No further budget action is needed due to the reduction in scope. The Summer Camp and Spring 2026 catalogs will be the final two activity guides printed under this contract. With the amendment, staff expect to collectively spend $2,000, a significant reduction compared to the Fall 2025 and Winter 2026 catalogs, which totaled $54,400, including postage. CSD staff will monitor registration numbers to assess if there is a need to reinstate mailing the Enjoy! Activity Item 23
Item 23 Staff Report

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 393 of 637

Guide in future years. Funding for future years will be subject to Council’s adoption of future budgets, and if necessary, requests for additional funding in alignment with escalating contract costs will be brought forward as a part of the City’s annual budget development process.

Funding for on-call services to support the Cubberley Master Planning efforts has been budgeted through the Cubberley Community Center Redevelopment CIP Project (Project CB- 26000).

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
As stated above, CSD staff are reducing the scope of services to align with the FY26 budget reductions. CSD staff have notified the community of the change in Enjoy! Activity Guide distribution in the last mailed out copy of the Winter 2026 Enjoy! Activity Guide.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Approval of this contract amendment is not considered a Project as defined by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Folger Graphics, LLC. Contract S20176706, Amendment 2 APPROVED BY:

Kristen O'Kane, Community Services Director
Item 23
Item 23 Staff Report

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 394 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 1 of 6 ends

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CONTRACT NO. S20176706

BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AND
FOLGERSGRAPHICS INC.

This Amendment No. 2 (this “Amendment”) to Contract No. S20176706 (the “Contract” as defined below ) is entered into as of December 8, 2025 , by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation ( “CITY”), and FOLGERSGRAPHICS INC. , a California Corporation, located at 21093 Forbes Avenue, Hayward, CA 94545 (“CONTRACTOR”).

CITY and CONTRACTOR are referred to collectively as the “Parties” in this Amendment.

R E C I T A L S

A. The Contract (as defined below) was entered into by and between the Parties hereto for the provision of providing printing and distribution of four (4) issues annually of the Enjoy Catalog for the Community Services Department, as detailed therein.

B. The Parties now wish to amend the Contract in order to revise the scope, as detailed herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, terms, conditions, and provisions of this Amendment, the Parties agree:

SECTION 1. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply to this Amendment:

a. Contract. The term “Contract” shall mean C ontract No. S20176706 between CONSULTANT and CITY, dated March 16, 2020, as amended by:

Amendment No.1, dated March 27, 2023

b. Other Terms. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Contract.

SECTION 3. The following exhibit(s) to the Contract is/are hereby amended or added, as indicated below, to read as set forth in the attachment(s) to this Amendment, which is/ are hereby incorporated in full into this Amendment and into the Contract by this reference:

a. Exhibit “A” entitled “SCOPE OF SERVICES, AMENDMENT NO. 2”, AMENDED, REPLACES PREVIOUS.
b. Exhibit “C” entitled “SCHEDULE OF FEES, AMENDMENT NO. 2 ”, ADDED / AMENDED, REPLACES PREVIOUS.

Docusign Envelope ID: 4B29CB82-D118-4306-8561-4DB9CF33E94D Item 23
Attachment A - Folger
Graphics, LLC. Contract
S20176706, Amendment 2

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 395 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 2 of 6 ends

SECTION 4. Legal Effect. Except as modified by this Amendment, all other provisions of the Contract, including any exhibits thereto, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. Incorporation of Recitals . The recitals set forth above are terms of this Amendment and are fully incorporated herein by this reference.

(SIGNATURE BLOCK FOLLOWS ON THE NEXT PAGE.)

Docusign Envelope ID: 4B29CB82-D118-4306-8561-4DB9CF33E94D Item 23
Attachment A - Folger
Graphics, LLC. Contract
S20176706, Amendment 2

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 396 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 3 of 6 ends

SIGNATURES OF THE PARTIES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the P arties have by their duly authorized representatives executed this Amendment effective as of the date first above written.

CITY OF PALO ALTO

City Manager

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

City Attorney or designee

FOLGERSGRAPHICS INC.

Officer 1

By:

Name:

Title:

Officer 2

By:

Name:

Title:

Attachments:

Exhibit “A” entitled “SCOPE OF SERVICES, AMENDMENT NO. 2”, AMENDED, REPLACES PREVIOUS.

Exhibit “C” entitled “ SCHEDULE OF FEES, AMENDMENT NO. 2 ”, ADDED / AMENDED, REPLACES PREVIOUS.

Docusign Envelope ID: 4B29CB82-D118-4306-8561-4DB9CF33E94D Kirk Folger
VP of Sales
Tom Jansen
General Manager
Item 23
Attachment A - Folger
Graphics, LLC. Contract
S20176706, Amendment 2

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 397 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 4 of 6 ends

EXHIBIT A
SCOPE OF SERVICES, AMENDMENT NO. 2
(AMENDED, REPLACES PREVIOUS)

SCOPE OF SERVICES
CONTRACTOR shall provide printing and distribution of four (4) issues annually of the Enjoy Catalog for the Community Services Department.

1. Scope of Services

1.1. Printing quality must be sharp and clear, centered and level on page, consistent ink coverage, etc.

1.2. Printer is to receive camera-ready art and deliver approximately 1,000 (1,500 for the summer catalog) printed catalogs to the Palo Alto Community Services Department at Lucie Stern Community Center (1305 Middlefield Rd, Palo Alto, CA 94301) on the agreed upon date for each season

1.3. Sample production schedule for the remainder of 2025-2026:

Summer Camp 2026 Spring 2026
All copy due in
Recreation
Management
November 12 December 18
Guide Delivered to
Printer
December 18 January 20
Guide Delivered to
Community Centers
January 6 February 3
Guide Mailed out via
USPS

NONE NONE

2. ENJOY CATALOG:

2.1. QUANTITY:

2.1.1. FALL, WINTER, SPRING ISSUES: APPROXIMATELY 1,000 COPIES OF EACH ISSUE.

2.1.2. SUMMER CAMPS: APPROXIMATELY 1,500 COPIES OF EACH ISSUE.

2.2. PAGE COUNT: APPROXIMATELY 64 PAGES

2.3. COVER: 4CP + GAQ THROUGHOUT, 80# GLOSS BOOK

2.4. FINISH/ASSEMBLY: FOLD, STITCH AND TRIM, STRING TIE, SKID PACK. SORT

2.5. FINISH DIMENSIONS: 8.25” X 10.75”

2.6. INKS: CMKY COVER AND INSIDE; BLEEDS

2.7. DELIVERY: 1,000 CATALOGS (1,500 FOR THE SUMMER CATALOGS) DELIVERED TO

COMMUNITY SERVICES ADMIN (PALO ALTO)

3. ADDITIONAL PRINTING PROJECTS
Docusign Envelope ID: 4B29CB82-D118-4306-8561-4DB9CF33E94D Item 23
Attachment A - Folger
Graphics, LLC. Contract
S20176706, Amendment 2

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 398 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 5 of 6 ends

3.1. Contractor will have the capability to provide printing services including, but not limited to, the following:

3.1.1. Full-color digital printing and/or photocopying (various sizes, weights, media, image types, duplexing, and finishes).

3.1.2. Ability to prepare and package additional printing projects to be Every Door Direct Mail (EDDM) ready for delivery to United States Post Office (USPS) in East Palo Alto (2085 E.

Bayshore Road, East Palo Alto, CA 94303) for delivery to specified Palo Alto zip codes: 94301, 94303, 94304, and 94306. The balance of any additional printed material, if any, is to be delivered to Palo Alto Community Services Department at Lucie Stern Community Center (1305 Middlefield Road, Palo Alto, CA 94301) on the same date.

Docusign Envelope ID: 4B29CB82-D118-4306-8561-4DB9CF33E94D Item 23
Attachment A - Folger
Graphics, LLC. Contract
S20176706, Amendment 2

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 399 of 637

Vers.: Aug. 5, 2019

Page 6 of 6 ends

EXHIBIT C
SCHEDULE OF FEES, AMENDMENT NO. 2
(ADDED, REPLACES PREVIOUS)
Catalog Season: November 12, 2025 – March 15, 2026 | 64+Cover 35# Electrobite (80)

Printing Services Quantity
Printed
Unit of
Measure
Unit Pricing
Task 1
Summer Camp
Catalog Printing
Contractor to print and deliver
catalogs for Summer Camp Issue
1,000 Each $0.51
Task 2
Spring Catalog
Printing
Contractor to print and deliver
catalogs for Spring Issue
1,500 Each $0.51
Task 3
On Call
Additional
printing
Contractor to print and deliver
mailers for CSD Programming
(oversized, glossy, full color
postcard)
Up-to
40,000
Each $0.12
Task 3
On Call
Additional
Printing
Contractor to print and deliver
mailers for CSD Programming
(regular size, glossy, full color
postcard)
Up-to
40,000
Each $0.12
Task 3
On Call
Additional
Printing
Contractor to print and deliver
mailers for CSD programming (12-
page catalog)
Up-to
40,000
Each $0.30

*Actual pricing will be provided at time of order and based on actual quantity. Unit pricing will remain constant. Total item price will be provided at time of order and based on actual quantity and applicable sales tax. The City does not guarantee a minimum or maximum order quantity.

Docusign Envelope ID: 4B29CB82-D118-4306-8561-4DB9CF33E94D Item 23
Attachment A - Folger
Graphics, LLC. Contract
S20176706, Amendment 2

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 400 of 637

Certificate Of Completion
Envelope Id: 4B29CB82-D118-4306-8561-4DB9CF33E94D
Status: Completed
Subject: Complete with Docusign: Final AMEND No.2 Folgers (S20176706).pdf Source Envelope:

Document Pages: 6
Signatures: 2
Envelope Originator:

Certificate Pages: 2
Initials: 0
Alice Harrison
AutoNav: Enabled
EnvelopeId Stamping: Enabled
Time Zone: (UTC-08:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada)
250 Hamilton Ave
Palo Alto , CA 94301
[email protected]
IP Address: 136.226.64.118
Record Tracking
Status: Original
11/20/2025 4:12:04 PM
Holder: Alice Harrison
[email protected]
Location: DocuSign
Security Appliance Status: Connected
Pool: StateLocal
Storage Appliance Status: Connected
Pool: City of Palo Alto
Location: Docusign
Signer Events
Signature
Timestamp
Kirk Folger
[email protected]
VP of Sales
FolgerGraphics, Inc.

Security Level: Email, Account Authentication
(None)
Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style
Using IP Address: 50.201.23.86
Sent: 11/20/2025 4:17:41 PM
Viewed: 11/20/2025 6:05:37 PM
Signed: 11/20/2025 6:06:06 PM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:

Not Offered via Docusign
Tom Jansen
[email protected]
General Manager
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication
(None)

Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style
Using IP Address: 50.201.23.86
Sent: 11/20/2025 6:06:07 PM
Viewed: 11/21/2025 6:47:53 AM
Signed: 11/21/2025 6:48:44 AM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:

Not Offered via Docusign
In Person Signer Events
Signature
Timestamp
Editor Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
Agent Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
Intermediary Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
Certified Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
Carbon Copy Events
Status
Timestamp
Cayla Koga
[email protected]
Administrative Assistant
City of Palo Alto
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication
(None)
Sent: 11/21/2025 6:48:45 AM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:

Not Offered via Docusign
Item 23
Attachment A - Folger
Graphics, LLC. Contract
S20176706, Amendment 2

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 401 of 637

Witness Events
Signature
Timestamp
Notary Events
Signature
Timestamp
Envelope Summary Events
Status
Timestamps
Envelope Sent
Hashed/Encrypted
11/20/2025 4:17:41 PM
Certified Delivered
Security Checked
11/21/2025 6:47:53 AM
Signing Complete
Security Checked
11/21/2025 6:48:44 AM
Completed
Security Checked
11/21/2025 6:48:45 AM
Payment Events
Status
Timestamps
Item 23
Attachment A - Folger
Graphics, LLC. Contract
S20176706, Amendment 2

Item 23: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 402 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR
Lead Department: Planning and Development Services
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2511-5561
TITLE
Adoption of an Ordinance Amending the Fiscal Year 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule to Implement Technical Corrections. CEQA Status: Not a Project

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that the City Council adopt an ordinance amending the Fiscal Year 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule to reflect the following technical corrections:
1) Implementing Council-directed subsidies for Day Care Centers, 2) Reinstating authority to the Chief Building Official to establish alternative fee arrangements for appropriate Development Services permits, 3) Reinstating the Noise Exception permit, and
4) Amending the title of the Building Demolition Permit to Demolition Permit.

BACKGROUND
As part of the adoption of the FY 2026 Operating Budget, the City Council voted to adopt the municipal fee schedule, which brought FY 2026 fees for services into alignment with a fee study presented to the Finance Committee on March 4, 2025. However, the Finance Committee recommended that the City continue to subsidize the cost of a conditional use permit for Day Care Centers as well as certain sustainability programs. These were not reflected in the final fee schedule as adopted. Additionally, a few sections were inadvertently omitted that need correction.

ANALYSIS
The recommended action of this report brings the FY 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule into alignment with the Finance Committee’s recommendation regarding Day Care Centers. Staff anticipate returning to the Finance Committee in early 2026 to further discuss subsidies for activities that support sustainability initiatives. This report also recommends reinstating, and slightly broadening, language that appeared in previous fee schedules related to alternative fee arrangements that was inadvertently excluded in the adopted resolution.

Item 24
Item 24 Staff Report

Item 24: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 403 of 637

Day Care Center Subsidy
Day Care Centers require a conditional use permit and this permit cost was subsidized in previous years. The Finance Committee unanimously recommended continuation of this subsidy in the FY 2026 Municipal Fee schedule as part of its March 4, 2025, discussion. The subsidy was inadvertently omitted from the final schedule of fee changes for FY 2026. Table 1 shows the FY 2025 Fee for Day Care Use Centers as well as its actual cost to the City along with the current and revised FY 2026 fees for this Conditional Use Permit.

Table 1. Day Care Center Subsidy Analysis
Fee Title Category
FY 2025
Fee* Actual Cost
FY 2025 Cost
Recovery % FY 2026 Fee
Cost Recovery
Level to Apply
Revised FY 2026
Fee
Day Care
Center
Conditional
Use Permit
$218.59 $ 8,429.94 2.6% $ 9,280 2.6% $241

As seen in Table 1, if the FY 2025 subsidy was applied to the current FY 2026 Municipal Fee, it would generate a new fee of $241 representing a subsidy (discount) of $9,039 or 97.4% of the total cost. This supports the Finance Committee’s recommendation to continue subsidizing this important aspect of community development. Although this is a substantial subsidy, this subsidy would not have significant impacts on the department’s cost recovery levels based on the average annual volume of applications.

Alternative Fee Arrangements
As part of the Planning and Development Fee Services study, a new fee model was proposed and adopted for building permits. These costs are largely based on the construction value (cost) of the project for commercial or multi-family projects, and on square footage for residential projects, and stand-alone fees are applied for miscellaneous permits. Construction value and square footage are used in commercial and residential costing since they each represent proximate indicators for the complexity of the project. Previous fiscal years’ fee schedules included additional language for building permit fees that conferred authority to the Chief Building Official to establish alternative fee arrangements. They previously stated:
“...if project is out of scope from a traditional building structure and/or additional services are required then an alternative fee arrangement may be established by the Chief Building Official to achieve cost recovery.”
This language was inadvertently omitted when the list of proposed FY 2026 Municipal Fees was presented to City Council for adoption.

Although construction value is an industry standard for determining building permit fees, indicating the approximate complexity of the project and thereby time needed to review, there are instances when an alternative fee arrangement would be warranted. For example, when a permit fee exceeds the project construction cost, or the provided construction cost valuation Item 24
Item 24 Staff Report

Item 24: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 404 of 637

disproportionately creates an unreasonable permit fee for a project scope, an alternative fee arrangement could be used.

There are also additional instances that may warrant an alternative fee arrangement, such as if someone is pursuing a project that includes multiple standalone permit scopes simultaneously.

The standalone permit fees were refined as part of the fee study and accurately represent the cost of an individual permit. However, if multiple stand-alone permits were pursued simultaneously, there could be some streamlined review depending on the permits being sought. Allowing the Chief Building Official to establish an alternative fee arrangement in appropriate situations would confer greater flexibility and could better align cost-recovery levels.

Reinstating the authority to the Chief Building Official to establish an alternative fee arrangement to achieve cost recovery, and slightly broadening it to include appropriate streamlined stand-alone permit reviews, would enable greater flexibility, promote fee equity, and increase customer satisfaction by reducing the administrative burden on customers.

Language is included in Attachment A to confer this authority to the Chief Building Official and allow alternative fee arrangements to be used when appropriate. Internal processes will be developed to monitor and document the use of this authority.

Technical Clean-Up Actions
The Police Department section of the municipal fee schedule previously included a ‘Noise Exception’ fee under the Special Events section of their fee which should have been moved to the Development Services section. This fee is collected by Development Services and most frequently associated with various construction projects. It was inadvertently deleted. Staff recommends reinstating this fee in the Development Services section under Planning and Development Services Department.

Additionally, staff recommends retitling the ‘Building Demolition Permit’ fee to ‘Demolition Permit’ for clarity.

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
The recommended changes in this report are not anticipated to impact cost-recovery levels for the Planning and Development Services Department. Although the subsidy for the Conditional Use Permit for Day Care Centers is significant, the number of applications received each year is minimal. The other changes to the FY 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule are similarly not expected to materially impact revenues.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Extensive stakeholder engagement was conducted as part of the March 4, 2025, conversation with the Finance Committee about the Planning and Development Services Fee Study as Item 24
Item 24 Staff Report

Item 24: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 405 of 637

referenced in CMR 2501-4019.1 No additional stakeholder engagement was conducted for this report since it aligns FY 2026 Municipal Fees with previous feedback and intent and implements technical corrections.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Council action on this item is not a project as defined by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because the proposed amendment to the 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule is a government funding mechanism which does not involve any commitment to any specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the environment. CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(4).

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Ordinance Amending the FY 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule to Update Fees for Service in the Planning and Development Services Department APPROVED BY:

Jonathan Lait, Planning and Development Services Director 1 https://portal.laserfiche.com/Portal/DocView.aspx?id=146000&repo=r-704298fc Item 24
Item 24 Staff Report

Item 24: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 406 of 637

***NOT YET APPROVED***

1 0160153_kb_20251125_ay
Ordinance No. _____

Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending the Fiscal Year 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule to Update Fees for Service in the Planning and Development Services Department

The Council of the City of Palo Alto ORDAINS as follows:

SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations. The City Council finds and declares as follows:

A. The Department of Planning and Development Services charges user fees to applicants requesting planning entitlements and related services.

B. On June 16, 2025, the City Council adopted the Fiscal Year 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule, reflecting updated fees for the Planning and Development Services Department.

C. The City of Palo Alto has an interest in encouraging day care uses; this interest was inadvertently not reflected in the Adopted FY 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule.

D. The Adopted FY 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule also inadvertently omitted a provision for alternative fee arrangements and the fee for a noise exception permit.

E. The City now desires to amend the FY 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule.

F. In accordance with the provisions of Chapter 8 of Division 1, of Title 7, commencing with Section 66016 of the Government Code, as applicable, the Council did on December 15, 2025, hold an open and public meeting on the proposed amendments to the Municipal Fee Schedule, after publication of notice and after availability of the data supporting the amendments was made available to the public at least 10 days prior to the hearing.

G. Fees in the Municipal Fee Schedule are for government services provided directly to the payor that are not provided to those not charged. The amount of this fee does not exceed the reasonable costs to the City of providing the services. Consequently, pursuant to Art.

XIII C, Section l(e)(2), such fees are not a tax.

H. The amount of new or increased fees and charges is no more than necessary to cover the reasonable costs of the governmental activity, and the manner in which those costs are allocated to a payer bears a fair and reasonable relationship to the payer's burden on, or benefits received from, the governmental activity.

SECTION 2. The Council of the City of Palo Alto amends the Fiscal Year 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule by adopting service fees for the Planning and Development Services Department as set forth in Exhibit “A” and incorporated here by reference to reflect its interest in encouraging day care uses.

Item 24
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending the FY 2026
Municipal Fee Schedule to
Update Fees for Service in
the Planning and
Development Services
Department

Item 24: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 407 of 637

***NOT YET APPROVED***

2 0160153_kb_20251125_ay
SECTION 3. The Council finds that this ordinance is not a “project” under CEQA because it has no potential for resulting in either a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect change in the environment.

SECTION 4. This ordinance shall be effective upon adoption as an amendment to the City’s Fiscal Year 2026 budget. Pursuant to Government Code Section 66017, all Planning and Development Services Department fees relating to a “development project,” as defined in Government Code Section 66000, shall become effective no sooner than sixty (60) days from the date of adoption.

INTRODUCED and PASSED:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

ATTEST:

____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED:

____________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager

____________________________
Director of Planning and
Development Services
Item 24
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending the FY 2026
Municipal Fee Schedule to
Update Fees for Service in
the Planning and
Development Services
Department

Item 24: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 408 of 637

***NOT YET APPROVED***
3 0160153_kb_20251125_ay
Attachment A
Fee Category and Fee Title FY 2026 Cost ($) Unit Note:

Building Permit Fees
Alternative Fee Arrangement If project is out of scope from a traditional building structure and/or additional services are required, then an alternative fee arrangement may be established by the Chief Building Official to achieve cost recovery. This exception may apply in cases when construction valuation (commercial), square footage (residential), or stand-alone fees are not practicable for the project.

Construction and Demolition
Demolition Permit
(Replaces “Building Demolition Permit”) 1,195 per permit Price does not include C&D Fees Noise Exception 211 each
Use Permit
Conditional Use Permit - Day Care Center 219 each
Item 24
Attachment A - Ordinance Amending
the FY 2026 Municipal Fee Schedule to
Update Fees for Service in the Planning
and Development Services Department

Item 24: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 409 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: ACTION ITEM
Lead Department: Planning and Development Services
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2510-5334
TITLE
PUBLIC HEARING/QUASI-JUDICIAL. 1680 Bryant Street [25PLN-00204]. Approval of a Record of Land Use Action to Reclassify the Historic Building Located at 1680 Bryant Street From a Category 2 Resource on the Local Historic Inventory to a Category 3 Resource.

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that City Council approve the Record of Land Use Action (Attachment B) reclassifying the building at 1680 Bryant Street from a Category 2 resource to a Category 3 resource on the Palo Alto Historic Resources Inventory.

Note: This recommendation differs from the Historic Resource Board’s recommendation to retain the Category 2 listing by a 3-1-1 vote.

BACKGROUND
The residence at 1680 Bryant Street was originally the northern half of a larger two-story home constructed in 1914 for the Haehl family, as detailed in Attachment C. The original structure featured an H-shaped configuration with a one-story connecting wing and included a detached garage on the site. Designed by Berkeley-based architect John Hudson Thomas, the residence exemplified the Prairie architectural style with Secessionist detailing. The unified structure was oriented toward Lowell Avenue and originally carried the address 275 Lowell Avenue. In 1946, the property was subdivided into two parcels, and the one-story connector between the two two-story volumes was demolished, resulting in two separate residences.

Despite this demolition, the subject property was added to the local historic register in 1979, in association with 275 Lowell Avenue, as a Category 2 historic resource based on its architectural significance. The historic resource inventory form described the paired residences at 1680 Bryant Street and 275 Lowell Avenue as “a superb example, even in its mutilated state, of Thomas’ ability to fuse Prairie Style, Secessionist, Craftsman, and Pueblo Revival architectural expressions,” further noting the design as “a milestone…in the career of an important Bay Area designer, John Hudson Thomas.”
Item 25
Item 25 Staff Report

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 410 of 637

In the decades following subdivision—and eighteen years after the property’s inclusion in the historic resources inventory—the associated structure at 275 Lowell Avenue was demolished and replaced with the current building on that site. As a result, the residence at 1680 Bryant Street is no longer contextually linked to the structure with which it was originally designed and evaluated.

Historic Resources Board Review
On October 9, 2025, the HRB reviewed this application. A copy of the HRB staff report is available online.1 At the hearing, a majority of the HRB cited concerns that a downgrade would exempt the property from historic review and demolition delay requirements per Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) Chapter 16.49. Some members noted that approving such a request would reduce protections for the property since only Categories 1 and 2, or structures within a historic district, are subject to review procedures in PAMC Chapter 16.49. One HRB member suggested that, while there are no project plans submitted for the property, once the owner comes forward with a proposal, the City should help find a solution that fits what they want while still maintaining the historic structure. It was further noted that offering more incentives to historic properties such as the Mills Act could help with local preservation efforts. The HRB voted 3-1-1 (Board member Eagleston-Cieslewicz dissenting and board member Pease absent) to recommend that the existing Category 2 designation remain. Eagleston-Cieslewicz noted that while not enthusiastic about the downgrade, it was technically necessary since the current structure is fragmented and has strayed too far from the original design.

ANALYSIS
Although the HRB voted to retain the property’s Category 2 designation, its rationale was based on concerns that the property would otherwise lose historic preservation protections, such as demolition delay requirements, and on a belief that incentives for historic properties are currently insufficient. However, this perspective and recommendation overlook the actual criteria required for a Category 2 designation. Category 2 resources must retain their original character, with only limited exterior modifications permitted. While this category allows certain exterior alterations, such as removal of the one-story connector between the subject property and 275 Lowell Avenue, it nonetheless requires that the property’s original character remain largely intact. When 275 Lowell Avenue was demolished in 1997, half of the original architectural composition that supported the property’s Category 2 status was removed, rendering the subject property no longer eligible for a Category 2 designation.2 1 Link to October 9, 2025 HRB staff report with consultant assessment and inventory form:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Portal/Meeting?meetingTemplateId=16687 2 Definitions for various historic resource categories is available online:
https://codelibrary.amlegal.com/codes/paloalto/latest/paloalto_ca/0-0-0-74426 Item 25
Item 25 Staff Report

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 411 of 637

By contrast, staff’s recommended Category 3 designation more accurately reflects the current condition and historical context of the property. Category 3 is intended for buildings that serve as good local examples of an architectural style and that contribute to the character of a Item 25
Item 25 Staff Report

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 412 of 637

neighborhood through scale, materials, proportion, or related factors. This category also encompasses contributing buildings that have experienced extensive or permanent changes to their original design, such as inappropriate additions, removal of architectural details, or resurfacing of façades. These criteria align more closely with the property’s history and ensure that it remains listed on the City’s inventory.

This conclusion is further supported by the City-retained historic consultant. Page & Turnbull’s analysis finds that although cumulative changes since the 1978 evaluation have altered the original design, the residence continues to exhibit significant local value as a rare and high- quality example of Prairie-style architecture with Secessionist elements. Moreover, a Category 3 designation would appropriately acknowledge its continued architectural significance while recognizing the reduced integrity resulting from the loss of its original other half. As a listed historic resource, the property would remain subject to CEQA for applicable projects. Page & Turnbull’s full analysis is provided as Attachment D.

Attachment B includes the Record of Land Use Action (RLUA), which documents staff’s recommendation to list the subject property as a Category 3 resource. Notwithstanding this recommendation, the City Council, upon its review, may determine that the structure is consistent with the Category 2 criteria set forth in PAMC Section 16.49.020 and may direct staff to revise the RLUA accordingly.

POLICY IMPLICATIONS
Communities that preserve historic resources foster a strong sense of place, shared identity, and civic pride. Robust preservation efforts also contribute to economic development and environmental sustainability by encouraging rehabilitation and reducing construction waste.

Although designated historic resources receive certain zoning and building code incentives, these benefits may be less meaningful to homeowners who have already made substantial improvements or who simply intend to maintain their properties. If the City wishes to strengthen protections or expand incentives for historic resources, the City Council may direct staff to explore such options. However, maintaining a resource in a designation category that does not align with the plain meaning of the City’s historic resource criteria is not a recommended approach to effective preservation policy.

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
There is no significant fiscal or resource impact associated with this application. The City’s consultant costs and staff time to process this application were paid for by the property owner.

PUBLIC COMMENT
During the HRB hearing, one public speaker opined that the subject property should be preserved and expressed concerns with the City’s remodeling and demolition processes. As of the writing of this report, no other project-related, public comments were received.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Maintenance of historic designation of a property or reclassification of historic designation of a property is not a project under the California Environmental Quality Act and CEQA Guidelines Item 25
Item 25 Staff Report

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 413 of 637

Section 21065 because it will not cause a direct change to the physical environment nor a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Location Map
Attachment B: Draft Record of Land Use Action
Attachment C: Building Footprints
Attachment D: Historic Evaluation by Page & Turnbull
APPROVED BY:

Jonathan Lait, Planning and Development Services Director Item 25
Item 25 Staff Report

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 414 of 637

95.0'

50.0'
135.0'
175.0'

50.0'
125.0'

50.0'
125.0'
150.0'

76.0'
150.0'

76.0'

0.0'150.0'

60.0'
150.0'150.0'

90.0'
150.0'

90.0'
97 1043
110.0'

65.0'
175.0'

65.0'
175.0'
150.0'
150.0'
149.0'
106.0'

57.0'

44.0'

92.0'

50.0'

43.0'

44.0'

57.0'

94.0'
100.0'
150.0'

75.0'
150.0'

75.0'
100.0'
200.0'

90.0'
150.0'
120.0'150.0'
120.0'
150.0'
150.0'

80.0'
200.0'
1600
1650
1680
315
301
1628
5 275
271
249
250
280
290
290A

LOWELL AVENUE
BRYAN

T STREET
This map is a product of the
City of Palo Alto GIS
This document is a graphic representation only of best available sources.

Legend
Project Site
0' 57'
Attachment A
Location Map

CITY OF PALO ALTO
I
N
C

O R P O R A
T
E
D

CAL I FORN IA
P a l o A l t o
T h e C i t y o f
A
P
R
I L 1 6 1
8 9
4 The City of Palo Alto assumes no responsibility for any errors ©1989 to 2016 City of Palo Alto sswitze, 2025-09-24 08:52:34
(\\cc-maps\Encompass\Admin\Personal\Planning.mdb)
Item 25
Attachment A - Location
Map

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 415 of 637

Page 1 of 2 ends

APPROVAL NO. 2024-____
RECORD OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PALO ALTO LAND USE APPROVAL FOR 1680 BRYANT STREET: HISTORIC RESOURCES INVENTORY CATEGORY 2 TO CATEGORY 3 (25PLN-00204)
On November 17, 2025, the Council held a duly noticed public hearing and, after considering all of the evidence presented, approved the property owner’s request to reclassify the commercial building at 1680 Bryant Street, currently a Local Category 2 Historic Resource. The Council approved the staff recommendation to reclassify to a Category 3 Historic Resource on the City of Palo Alto Historic Resources Inventory. In approving the application, the Council makes the following findings, determination, and declarations:

SECTION 1. Background.

A.On July 25, 2025, with the owner’s request and funding, staff obtained a historic resource evaluation from the City’s consultant, Page & Turnbull. The historic resource evaluation concluded that the property does not meet the criteria for a Category 2 resource but retains sufficient integrity and significance to be classified as a Category 3 resource under local criteria 2, 5, and 6.
Criterion 2 (The structure or is particularly representative of an architectural style or way of life important to the city, state or nation):

The residence is a locally rare example of the Prairie style, a design movement more commonly associated with the Midwest and rarely executed in Palo Alto. Its asymmetrical massing, low-pitched hipped roof with broad eaves, and applied Secessionist motifs speak to an architectural vocabulary that is unusual and sophisticated within the regional context. As such, the structure is particularly representative of a stylistic expression that is extremely rare at the local level. Criterion 5 (The architect or building was important):

The building was designed by John Hudson Thomas, a notable Berkeley-based architect whose work played a formative role in shaping the eclectic architectural character of the Bay Area. Thomas is particularly known for his fusion of Prairie, Arts & Crafts, and Secessionist design vocabularies. Although most of his known works are concentrated in the East Bay, this residence is one of two known Thomas commissions in Palo Alto, underscoring its architectural significance and satisfying this criterion. Criterion 6 (The structure or site contains elements demonstrating outstanding attention to architectural design, detail, materials or craftsmanship):

Despite alterations, the residence at 1680 Bryant Street retains exceptional design features that reflect a high level of architectural detailing and craftsmanship. These include its massive front porch with shallow pointed-arch opening, geometric Secessionist ornamentation, corner piers with vertical battens, carved rafter tails, and inset four-square muntins in windows and doors. The use of these details, especially in conjunction with a restrained and well-executed material palette, reflect a level of design integrity that demonstrates Thomas’ outstanding attention to architectural details and craftsmanship.

Item 25
Attachment B - Draft Record
of Land Use Action

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 416 of 637

Page 2 of 2 ends

B.On August 19, 2025, the property owner requested a reclassification of a two-story residential building designed by John Hudson Thomas in the Prairie style completed in 1914 from a ‘Major Building’ Category 2 resource to a ‘Contributing Building’ Category 3 resource on the Palo Alto Historic Inventory.

C.On October 9, 2024, the HRB received a staff report (ID #2509-5221), conducted a public hearing, and recommended against the consultant’s evaluation and staff’s recommendation to reclassify the current local historic inventory Category 2 to Category 3. The HRB recommended with a 3-1-1 vote (one member voting no and one member absent) to keep the existing Category 2 status.

SECTION 2. Environmental Review. The project is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), as it is not a project under CEQA Guidelines per Section 21065.

SECTION 3. Designation Findings.

A. The following criteria, as specified in Municipal Code Section 16.49.040 (b), shall be used as criteria for designating historic structures/sites to the historic inventory:

1.The structure or site is identified with the lives of historic people or with important events in the city, state or nation;

2.The structure or site is particularly representative of an architectural style or way of life important to the city, state or nation;

3.The structure or site is an example of a type of building which was once common, but is now rare;

4.The structure or site is connected with a business or use which was once common, but is now rare;

5.The architect or building was important;

6.The structure or site contains elements demonstrating outstanding attention to architectural design, detail, materials or craftsmanship.

The building at 1680 Bryant Steet met many of the above criteria when it was first listed on Palo Alto’s Historic Resource Inventory in 1978. While cumulative changes since the 1978 evaluation have affected some areas of integrity, 1680 Bryant Street retains sufficient integrity to convey its local significance under Criteria 2, 5, and 6 as a Category 3 resource. per Page & Turnbull’s conclusion.

B. The definition of Category 3 in Municipal Code Section 16.49.020 (b) must be met to allow the structure’s category reclassification:

Category 3 or 4 Definition: "Contributing building" means any building or group of buildings which are good local examples of architectural styles and which relate to the character of a neighborhood grouping in scale, materials, proportion or other factors. A contributing building may have had extensive or permanent changes made to the original design, such as inappropriate additions, extensive removal of architectural details, or wooden facades resurfaced in asbestos or stucco.

Item 25
Attachment B - Draft Record
of Land Use Action

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 417 of 637

Page 3 of 2 ends

Page & Turnbull historic consultant supported the applicant’s request. The City’s consultant found the building at 1680 Bryant Street meets the Palo Alto Inventory Category 3 Definition. 1680 Bryant Street no longer meets the criteria for a Category 2 resource which requires retention of the original character with limited exterior modifications. Given that over half of the original structure was demolished in the 1990’s and the inventory form prepared in 1978 was not updated to reflect this, the residence more appropriately aligns with the Category 3 definition that applies to buildings that have undergone sustain or permanent changes and still convey a good architectural style. Retaining the Category 2 listing would not be consistent with the Municipal Code.

SECTION 4. Category Change Approved. The City Council approves the property owner’s request for re- classification of 1680 Bryant Street to a Category 3 historic resource on the City’s Historic Resources Inventory.
//
//
//
//
INTRODUCED AND PASSED: November 17, 2025
AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

ATTEST: APPROVED:
_________________________ ____________________________
City Clerk Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM:
___________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager
____________________________
Director of Planning and
Development Services
Item 25
Attachment B - Draft Record
of Land Use Action

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 418 of 637

Sanborn Map Company Map
Palo Alto, 1924
Sanborn Map Company Map
Palo Alto, 1945
Palo Alto Property
Information Map
Item 25
Attachment C - Building
Footprints

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 419 of 637

1680 BRYANT STREET

HISTORIC RESOURCE EVALUATION

PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA
[24402.05]

PREPARED FOR

CITY OF PALO ALTO

JULY 25, 2024

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 420 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL i July 25, 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 1 Methodology ............................................................................................................................................... 2 Summary of Findings ................................................................................................................................. 2 EXISTING HISTORIC STATUS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 4 National Register of Historic Places ......................................................................................................... 4 California Register of Historical Resources ............................................................................................. 4 California Historical Resource Status Codes ........................................................................................... 4 Palo Alto Historic Inventory ....................................................................................................................... 5 PROPERTY DESCRIPTION ................................ ................................ ................................ ...................... 7 Building Description ................................................................................................................................... 8 Site Features .............................................................................................................................................. 21 Surrounding Neighborhood .................................................................................................................... 25 HISTORIC CONTEXT ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................ 27 Palo Alto History ....................................................................................................................................... 27 History of Seale Addition ......................................................................................................................... 29 Prairie Architectural Style ........................................................................................................................ 31 John Hudson Thomas, Architect ............................................................................................................. 32 SITE HISTORY ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 38 Site Development ..................................................................................................................................... 38 Ownership History .................................................................................................................................... 44 EVALUATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 48 California Register of Historical Resources ........................................................................................... 48 City of Palo Alto Historic Inventory ......................................................................................................... 50 CONCLUSION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 56 REFERENCES ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 57 APPENDICES ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 60 Appendix A – Preparer Qualifications .................................................................................................... 60

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 421 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 1 July 25, 2025

INTRODUCTION
This Historic Resource Evaluation (HRE) has been prepared at the request of the City of Palo Alto for the property at 1680 Bryant Street (APN 124-17-018) in the Seale Addition, or Old Palo Alto, neighborhood of Palo Alto (Figure 1). The 11,400-square-foot parcel contains a two-story residence, built in 1914 and designed in the Prairie style by Berkeley-based architect John Hudson Thomas.1 The property also contains a one-story detached garage. The house was originally constructed to serve as the private residence of the Harry Haehl family and continues this use as a single-family residence at present.

Figure 1. The location of the subject property is shaded red. Source: Office of the County Assessor of Santa Clara County. Edited by Page & Turnbull.

According to the City of Palo Alto Property Information Map, 1680 Bryant Street is currently designated as a Category 2 historic resource, based on its past association with the neighboring property at 275 Lowell Avenue. 2 However, the two parcels were subdivided in 1946, and the portion

1 Research revealed that construction began in 1913, and the house was completed in 1914. Palo Alto Historical Society, Permit Card for 275 Lowell Avenue. City of Palo Alto City Directory, 1914, accessed online, www.ancestry.com. 2 City of Palo Alto Property Information Map (PIM). Accessed online, https://opengis.cityofpaloalto.org/parcelreports/.

COLERIDGE AVENUE

LOWELL AVENUE

BRYANT STREET

EMERSON STREET
Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 422 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 2 July 25, 2025

of the original 1914 residence located at 275 Lowell Avenue was demolished in 1997. Although 1680 Bryant Street retains its Category 2 status, approximately half of the original structure is missing, and it is no longer physically or historically connected to 275 Lowell Avenue or the building now on that site. More details on the construction chronology, parcel subdivision, and alterations that have occurred at 1680 Bryant Street are included in the Site Development section of this report.

The subject property at 1680 Bryant Street does not appear to have previously been evaluated for listing in the California Register of Historical Resources (California Register) as an individual property or as a contributor to an eligible district.

This report focuses on the eligibility of the existing residence at 1680 Bryant Street. A final determination of significance for both the California Register and the Palo Alto Historic Inventory will apply to the residence at 1680 Bryant Street as a stand-alone building, independent of its prior association with the now-demolished historic residential resource occupying the parcel addressed as 275 Lowell Avenue.

Methodology
This report follows a standard outline used for Historic Resource Evaluation (HRE) reports, and provides a summary of the current historic status, a building description, and historic context for the building at 1680 Bryant Street and the Seale Addition/Old Palo Alto neighborhood.

Page & Turnbull prepared this report using research collected at various local repositories, including the Palo Alto Development Services and the Palo Alto Historical Association (PAHA), as well as online sources including Palo Alto Stanford (PAST) Heritage, Ancestry.com, the California Digital Newspaper Collection, and Newspapers.com. Key primary sources consulted and cited in this report include Sanborn Map Company maps, Palo Alto building permit applications, city and county directories , and historical newspapers.

Page & Turnbull staff conducted a site visit to 1680 Bryant Street on July 1, 2025. All photographs within this report were taken at that time, unless otherwise noted.

Summary of Findings
This HRE finds that although 1680 Bryant Street does not appear to qualify as an eligible individual historic resource for the California Register, the building is a rare local example of the Prairie style as designed by notable Berkeley-based architect John Hudson Thomas, and appears to retain adequate integrity to remain a historic resource on the Palo Alto Historic Inventory. While the building is currently listed as a Category 2 (Major Building), the loss of the adjacent residence at 275 Lowell Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 423 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 3 July 25, 2025

Avenue has impacted the integrity of the original design and Page & Turnbull recommends that the building’s status is downgraded to a Category 3 (Contributing Building), as it is no longer able to meet the definition of a “Major Building” for the Palo Alto Historic Inventory. The building would remain a historic resource for the purposes of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), as it is listed on a local historic register.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 424 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 4 July 25, 2025

EXISTING HISTORIC STATUS
The following section examines the national, state, and local historic status currently assigned to the residence at 1680 Bryant Street.

National Register of Historic Places
The National Register of Historic Places (National Register) is the nation’s most comprehensive inventory of historic resources. The National Register is administered by the National Park Service and includes buildings, structures, sites, objects, and districts that possess historic, architectural, engineering, archaeological, or cultural significance at the national, state, or local level.

The subject property is not listed in the National Register of Historic Places individually, or as part of a registered historic district.

California Register of Historical Resources
The California Register of Historical Resources (California Register) is an inventory of significant architectural, archaeological, and historical resources in the State of California. Resources can be listed in the California Register through a number of methods. State Historical Landmarks and National Register-listed properties are automatically listed in the California Register. Properties can also be nominated to the California Register by local governments, private organizations, or citizens.

The evaluative criteria used by the California Register for determining eligibility are closely based on those developed by the National Park Service for the National Register of Historic Places.

The subject property is not listed in the California Register of Historical Resources individually, or as part of a registered historic district.

California Historical Resource Status Codes
Properties listed or under review by the State of California Office of Historic Preservation are listed within the Built Environment Resource Directory (BERD) and are assigned a California Historical Resource Status Code (Status Code) of “1” to “7” to establish their historical significance in relation to the National Register of Historic Places (National Register) or California Register of Historical Resources (California Register).3 Properties with a Status Code of “1” or “2” are either eligible for listing in the California Register or the National Register, or are already listed in one or both of the registers. Properties assigned Status Codes of “3” or “4” appear to be eligible for listing in either

3 California State Office of Historic Preservation, Built Environment Resource Directory (BERD), Santa Clara County, updated September 2022.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
16 Packet Pg. 425 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 5 July 25, 2025

register, but normally require more research to support this rating. Properties assigned a Status Code of “5” have typically been determined to be locally significant or to have contextual importance. Properties with a Status Code of “6” are not eligible for listing in either register. Finally, a Status Code of “7” means that the resource has not been evaluated for the National Register or the California Register, or needs reevaluation.

The subject property is not currently listed in the BERD database for Santa Clara County with a status code. This means the property has not been formally evaluated using California Historical Resource Status codes in a report submitted to an information center of the California Historical Resources Information System (CHRIS) of the California Office of Historic Preservation. The most recent update to the BERD database was in September 2022.

Palo Alto Historic Inventory
The City of Palo Alto’s Historic Inventory lists noteworthy examples of the work of important individual designers and architectural eras and traditions as well as structures whose background is associated with important events in the history of the city, state, or nation. The inventory is organized under the following four categories:

 Category 1 : An “Exceptional Building” of pre-eminent national or state importance. These buildings are meritorious works of the best architects, outstanding examples of a specific architectural style, or illustrate stylistic development of architecture in the United States.

These buildings have had either no exterior modifications or such minor ones that the overall appearance of the building is in its original character.

 Category 2 : A “Major Building” of regional importance. These buildings are meritorious works of the best architects, outstanding examples of an architectural style, or illustrate stylistic development of architecture in the state or region. A major building may have some exterior modifications, but the original character is retained.

 Category 3 or 4 : A “Contributing Building” which is a good local example of an architectural style and relates to the character of a neighborhood grouping in scale, materials, proportion or other factors. A contributing building may have had extensive or permanent change s made to the original design, such as inappropriate additions, extensive removal of architectural details, or wooden façades resurfaced in asbestos or stucco.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
17 Packet Pg. 426 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 6 July 25, 2025

The subject property at 1680 Bryant Street is listed in association with 275 Lowell Avenue as a Category 2 historic resource for its architectural significance.4 The historic resource inventory form prepared in 1978 describes the building as “a superb example, even in its mutilated state , of Thomas’ ability to fuse Prairie Style, Secessionist, Craftsman, and Pueblo Revival architectural expressions” in addition its design being “a milestone…in the career of an important Bay Area designer, John Hudson Thomas.”5

Dames & Moore Survey Update, 1999-2001 Between 1997 and 2000, the historic preservation firm Dames & Moore conducted a comprehensive update to Palo Alto’s 1979 Historic Inventory, focusing on identifying additional properties eligible for listing in the National Register. 6 The effort began with
a reconnaissance survey of approximately 6,600 properties built before 1947, resulting in two Study Priority lists: roughly 600 properties were classified as Study Priority 1 (potentially eligible under Criterion C for architecture), and about 2,700 as Study Priority 2 (not individually eligible under Criterion C but retaining high integrity). All Priority 1 and 2 properties were subsequently studied at the intensive level, with historical research conducted on owners, builders, archit ects, and broader context topics such as property types and architectural trends. In 1999, Dames & Moore issued an interim report identifying 291 properties as potentially eligible for both the National and California Registers, and 1,789 as potentially eligible for the California Register only. However, because the study prioritized National Register eligibility, preliminary California Register findings were not finalized.

The subject property at 1680 Bryant Street was listed on the Palo Alto Historic Inventory in 1979 and thus was not studied in the Dames & Moore Survey Update.

4 Historic Environment Consultants, “Historical and Architectural Resources of the City of Palo Alto: Inventory and Report,” February 1979, 60.
5 City of Palo Alto Historic Resources Board and Palo Alto Historical Association, DPR 523 Form: 275 Lowell-1680 Bryant Street (Haehl Residence), 1978, revised 1981 and 1985.
6 Dames & Moore, Michael Corbett, and Denise Bradley. “Final Survey Report – Palo Alto Historic Survey Update: August 1997- August 2000.” Prepared for the City of Palo Alto Planning Division, February 2001.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
18 Packet Pg. 427 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 7 July 25, 2025

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION
The rectangular residential parcel addressed as 1680 Bryant Street is located on the southwest corner of the intersection of Bryant Street and Lowell Avenue in the Seale Addition neighborhood of Palo Alto (Figure 2). It contains a two-story residence and a one-story detached garage, both rectangular in footprint and facing Bryant Street. The buildings exhibit the Prairie style with Secessionist detailing. The wood-frame buildings feature rough-coat stucco cladding and generally symmetrical facades with typical windows being wood-frame divided-lite casement pairs, wood- frame single-lite casement pairs, and wood-frame fixed picture types. Many of the street-facing divided-lite windows and prominent glazed doors exhibit muntins arranged in an inset four-square pattern, evocative of the simple geometric details common of the Secessionist style (Figure 3).

Figure 2. Aerial view of 1680 Bryant Street with approximate property boundaries marked in dashed white.

Source: Google Earth, 2022. Edited by Page & Turnbull.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
19 Packet Pg. 428 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 8 July 25, 2025

Figure 3. Detail of the inset four-square pattern found in the muntins of many windows as referenced throughout the following description. This specific window is located on the second floor of the primary façade.

Building Description
The main residence at 1680 Bryant Street exhibits horizontal massing across its two stories with a projecting front porch bay at the primary/front entrance. While both floors are generally symmetrical with balanced openings, the second floor is recessed and off-center from the ground floor, creating a shallow balcony across the primary (north) façade and an uncovered deck area at the west end of the building (Figure 4). A solid parapet clad in rough-coat stucco serves as the railing around the perimeter of these elevated outdoor areas, the corners of which feature raised piers accentuated by four evenly spaced vertical wood battens atop a cantilevered stucco -clad base in the form of a trapezoidal bracket (Figure 5). The battens are mounted to the face of the corner piers and extend above the pier’s cap, the verticality of which contrasts with the heavy, grounded quality of the pier and enhancing the layered, planar quality of the building’s façade.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
20 Packet Pg. 429 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 9 July 25, 2025

Figure 4. Oblique view of primary façade, view west.

Figure 5. Corner pier with vertical batten detailing on the northwest corner, looking southwest.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
21 Packet Pg. 430 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 10 July 25, 2025

The roof over the second-floor volume is hipped and clad in asphalt shingles with deep eaves, creating cover for the north balcony. The soffit here features painted wood paneling and paired carved rafter tails (Figure 6 ). A flat-roofed dormer is located near the northeast corner of the roof, which features gridded vents on each of its three elevations (refer to Figure 4). The east and west ends of the second-floor volume are flanked by chimneys clad in rough-coat stucco; the uppermost portion of each chimney above the roofline is embellished with vertical grooves ( Figure 7).

Figure 6. Roof eave with exposed rafter tails along
primary façade, looking east.

Figure 7. West chimney detail, looking east.

Though the building is oriented slightly off the cardinal directions, with the primary façade facing northeast, cardinal directions are used in this report for simplicity in describing the façades.

Therefore, the primary façade will be referred to as the north façade, and so on.

PRIMARY (NORTH) FAÇADE
The primary façade faces a landscaped front yard with a concrete semicircular driveway edged with brick pavers, a concrete sidewalk parallel with the street curb, and a concrete walkway edged with brick pavers connecting the sidewalk and concrete stairs to the elevated front porch (Figure 8).

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
22 Packet Pg. 431 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 11 July 25, 2025

Figure 8. Primary facade, looking southwest from Bryant Street.

The primary façade is defined by a broad, horizontal massing and a strong sense of symmetry, anchored by a central, projecting entrance bay with a tiered top. The entry is framed by a substantial, wide and shallow pointed archway with deep reveals, creating a sheltered porch that extends forward from the main volume of the ground floor. An ornate wrought-iron lamp hangs from the center of the shallow pointed archway. This porch is supported by thick, rectilinear corner piers ornamented with simple geometric reliefs (Figure 9). The primary entrance is slightly recessed in a segmental-arched opening, and is comprised of a wood-frame door with a single lite in textured glass and flanked by sidelites with textured glass (Figure 10 and Figure 11). Paired wood-frame casement windows are located within the porch and flanking the main entrance . Short, stuccoed sidewalls sit under each of these windows, serving as sidewalls to the wood entry stairs.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
23 Packet Pg. 432 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 12 July 25, 2025

Figure 9. Projecting porch volume and main entrance at center of primary facade, looking southwest.

Figure 10. Detail of openings under front porch roof, looking southwest.

Figure 11. Front door detail, looking
southwest.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
24 Packet Pg. 433 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 13 July 25, 2025

The primary façade’s fenestration is carefully ordered and varies between levels. On the ground floor, grouped windows lie on either side of the central entrance bay. Typical windows to the west (right) of the central entrance bay are wood-frame single-hung types with the upper sash featuring the inset four-square divided-lite pattern (Figure 12). The windows are recessed within unadorned surrounds that accentuate the wall thickness and create subtle shadow lines. To the east (left) of the central entrance bay, typical windows are composed of wood-frame casements, placed as a grouping and as a single unit (Figure 13). A trio of small pyramidal reliefs adorn the headers of the east window grouping and the center window on the west. On the second floor, windows are regularly spaced, with minimal trim, and are tucked just beneath the roofline, emphasizing the low, sheltering eaves (Figure 14). Windows at this level consist of wood-frame divided-lite casements, some grouped and others as single units, and wood-frame picture windows with sidelites. Both types feature sections of muntins in the inset four-square pattern.

Figure 12. Typical windows on primary façade west of the central entrance bay, looking south.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
25 Packet Pg. 434 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 14 July 25, 2025

Figure 13. Typical windows on primary façade east of the central entrance bay, looking southwest.

Figure 14. Primary facade at setback second floor, looking southeast.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
26 Packet Pg. 435 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 15 July 25, 2025

EAST FAÇADE
The east façade overlooks a landscaped side yard with a dense row of tall shrubs and trees along the property line at Lowell Avenue. The two-story façade is symmetrical in composition and features a central stuccoed chimney stack that extends above the low-pitched hip roof (Figure 15). The floors are visually divided by a projecting belt course clad in smooth-coat stucco. At each floor, windows are symmetrically placed to either side of the chimney. The ground-floor glazed sections, comprised of wood-frame fixed picture windows with a transom and projecting wood sill, are angled between the corner piers and the projecting center chimney, creating shallow balconettes below each window at the second floor (Figure 16). Second-floor windows are tripartite configurations with a central fixed wood-frame picture window flanked by operable casements with muntins with the typical inset four-square pattern.

Typical decorative embellishments are found on this façade, including paired pyramidal reliefs centered near at the top edge of the balconettes as well as arranged in vertical rows flanking a recessed, square-arched panel of the projecting chimney stack at the ground floor ( Figure 17). The
façade also exhibits the typical corner piers with vertical wood battens atop a trapezoidal bracket.

Figure 15. East facade, looking northwest.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
27 Packet Pg. 436 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 16 July 25, 2025

Figure 16. Oblique view of southeast corner, looking west. Rear facade at left and east facade at right.

Figure 17. Oblique view of northeast corner, looking southwest.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
28 Packet Pg. 437 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 17 July 25, 2025

REAR (SOUTH) FAÇADE
The rear (south) façade overlooks a shallow backyard containing majority concrete paving with some mature trees along the rear property line. The façade is visually divided into three sections with the center projecting bay. The east (right) section features paired wood-frame casement windows with fixed sidelites exhibiting the four-square muntin pattern. This window is topped with a trio of pyramidal reliefs and has a projecting wood sill. The second floor of this section is set back (Figure 18). The ground floor of the projecting center bay features a tripartite -configured window on its east elevation (central fixed window with flanking divided lite casements), a large span of glass block on its south elevation, and a wood-frame divided-lite French door with four-square muntins on its west elevation (Figure 19 and Figure 20). There are no openings on the second floor of the projecting center bay. The west (left) section includes three pairs of wood-frame casement windows with projecting wood sills across the ground floor. The windows are slightly recessed and topped with pyramidal reliefs. The majority of the second floor at the west section is set back, creating a shallow balconette (which connects to the uncovered deck area described earlier). There is a paired wood- framed casement window in the small projecting section of the façade (at right) and a wood-frame fixed one-over-one window with channel glass projecting from within the projecting section at the left, separated by a recessed wall (Figure 21 and Figure 22).

Figure 18. East end of rear facade, looking north.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
29 Packet Pg. 438 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 18 July 25, 2025

Figure 19. Central non-historic portion of rear facade, looking northeast.

Figure 20. West end of rear facade, looking east.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
30 Packet Pg. 439 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 19 July 25, 2025

Figure 21. Southwest corner of rear facade, looking northeast. Arrow indicating the projecting window bay.

Figure 22. Second-floor window at
southwest corner of rear facade,
looking southwest from interior.

WEST FAÇADE
The west façade overlooks a concrete patio area with some landscaping. A wood gate with a grid of square cutouts and mounted to square columns. is located between the west façade’s north corner and the detached garage’s southwest corner to enclose the patio area.

The ground floor of the west façade features a projecting volume on its north end with a flat roof, which serves as the uncovered deck area described earlier. A wood-frame fixed picture window featuring the typical inset four-square pattern is located on the ground floor to the south of the projecting volume. A similar window lies at the center of the projecting volume’s south elevation, while the west elevation features a centrally placed wood door and a pair of divided-lite casement windows with projecting wood sill to the north (left) of the door (Figure 23). The door is accessible via wooden bilateral stairs with simple wood railings to a wood stoop covered by a wood arbor topped with clear roof panels.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
31 Packet Pg. 440 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 20 July 25, 2025

Figure 23. West facade of ground floor, looking east.

The west façade at the second floor is deeply set back and features a chimney near its center. There is a wood-frame fixed picture window with projecting wood sill to the left (north) of the chimney and a sliding glass door with sidelites to the right (south) of the chimney ( Figure 24). Each door panel features the typical inset four-square pattern. A wood box-grid overhang with clear roof panels projects from the top of the door to the parapet edge of the deck area.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
32 Packet Pg. 441 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 21 July 25, 2025

Figure 24. West facade of setback second story, looking south.

Site Features
A detached one-story garage building is sited to the northwest of the primary residence, also facing Bryant Street (Figure 25). The garage is rectangular in footprint with a flat roof behind a simple parapet. Like the primary residence, corner piers project from the facades and rise above the top of the parapet. The top of each corner pier features the repeating decorative trio of pyramidal reliefs at each side. Its facades are symmetrical and clad in rough-coat stucco to match the residence. Its primary (north) façade features a two-car-width metal garage door topped with a trio of pyramidal reliefs (Figure 26). Its east façade features two paired wood-frame divided-lite casement windows with muntins arranged in the typical inset four-square pattern and with projecting wood sills.

Another trio of pyramidal reliefs adorns the center of this elevation ( Figure 27). The rear (south) façade of the detached garage features another two-car-width wood-panel garage door, which is capped with a wood arbor and clear roof panels (Figure 28 and Figure 29). The west façade is not accessible given its proximity to the property line.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
33 Packet Pg. 442 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 22 July 25, 2025

Figure 25. Primary facades of the residence (left) and detached garage (right), looking southwest.

Figure 26. North facade of detached garage, looking
southwest from Bryant Street.

Figure 27. East facade of detached garage, looking
northwest from semicircular driveway.

Figure 28. Rear (south) facade of detached garage,
looking north from side patio.

Figure 29. Detached garage roof, looking north from
second-floor balcony of main residence.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
34 Packet Pg. 443 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 23 July 25, 2025

As previously mentioned, a wood gate with a grid of square cutouts runs between the residence’s west façade and the detached garage’s east façade to enclose a side patio ( Figure 30). A concrete walkway leads from this gate to the semicircular driveway edged with and sectioned by brick pavers (Figure 31). A straight driveway edged with brick pavers provides access to the garage from Bryant Street. The remainder of the front yard is grass with mature shrubs along the foundations of both the residence and detached garage. The straight concrete walkway that connects the Bryant Street sidewalk to the front entrance bay is lined with mature rose bushes. Mature trees line both Bryant Street and Lowell Avenue, with the eastern side yard of the property featuring more ornamental vegetation. The narrow backyard has concrete paving with a wood-board privacy fence along the south property boundary. A short stucco retaining wall with center steps runs from the southwest corner of the residence to the rear wood fence (
Figure 32). The north section of the wall exhibits a
pair of pyramidal reliefs.

Figure 30. Wood gate between front yard and side patio, looking southwest from the driveway.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
35 Packet Pg. 444 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 24 July 25, 2025

Figure 31. Sidewalk, driveway, and walkway on west side of front yard, looking southwest from Bryant Street.

Figure 32. West end of backyard, looking south.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
36 Packet Pg. 445 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 25 July 25, 2025

Surrounding Neighborhood
The subject property at 1680 Bryant Street is set within the established residential neighborhood of Seale Addition, also known as Old Palo Alto. Situated on a corner lot, the property lies within a regular street grid, outfitted with sidewalks and street trees, surrounded by other large homes (Figure 33). Neighboring properties typically exhibit two-story homes in a variety of styles that appear to be constructed between the 1910s and present-day. Common architectural styles include Craftsman, Mediterranean Revival, Spanish Colonial Revival, Colonial Revival, and contemporary New Traditional (Figure 34 through Figure 38). In some instances, original one-story homes have been expanded with second-story additions. Many properties feature detached garages alongside the primary residence and walled/fenced front yards, with homes generally setback at similar distances from the street.

Figure 33. Traffic-restriction islands across Bryant
Street on the east side of its intersection with Lowell Avenue, looking north.

Figure 34. Residence under construction at 290
Lowell Avenue, looking south.

Figure 35. 301 Lowell Avenue, looking northeast.

Figure 36. 1650 Bryant Street, looking south. Subject
property visible at left.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
37 Packet Pg. 446 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 26 July 25, 2025

Figure 37. 265 Coleridge Street, looking west.

Figure 38. 1600 Bryant Street, looking south.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
38 Packet Pg. 447 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 27 July 25, 2025

HISTORIC CONTEXT
Palo Alto History
The earliest known settlement of the Palo Alto area was by the Ohlone people. The region was colonized in 1769 as part of Alta California. The Spanish and Mexican governments carved the area into large ranchos which contained portions of land that became Palo Alto including Rancho Corte Madera, Rancho Pastoria de las Borregas, Rancho Rincon de San Francisquito, and Rancho Riconada del Arroyo de San Francisquito.
7 These land grants were honored in the cession of California to the United States, but parcels were subdivided and sold throughout the nineteenth century.

The current city of Palo Alto contains the former township of Mayfield, which was located just southwest of Alma Street, and was established in 1855
(Figure 39). Starting in 1876, the railroad
magnate and California politician Leland Stanford began to purchase land in the area for his country estate, and in 1882 he purchased an additional 1,000 acres adjacent to Mayfield for his horse farm. 8 Stanford’s vast holdings became known as the Palo Alto Stock Farm. On March 9, 1885, Stanford University was founded on land of the Palo Alto Stock Farm through an endowment act by the California Assembly and Senate.

Originally looking to connect Stanford University as a part of the already established town of Mayfield, Stanford asked residents of Mayfield to make the town a temperance town. Their refusal in 1886 caused Stanford to found the town of Palo Alto with aid from his friend, Timothy Hopkins of the Southern Pacific Railroad. Hopkins purchased and subdivided 740 acres of private land, that was known initially as University Park (or the Hopkins Tract). 9 This land was bounded by the San Francisquito Creek to the north and the railroad tracks and Stanford University campus to the south.

A new train stop was created along University Avenue and the new town flourished in its close connection with the university. University Park, under its new name of Palo Alto, was incorporated in 1894.

In its early years, Palo Alto was a temperance town where no alcohol could be served. The residents were mostly middle and working class, with a pocket of University professors clustered in the neighborhood deemed Professorville. The development of a local streetcar in 1906, and the interurban railway to San Jose in 1910, facilitated access to jobs outside the city and to the

7 Ward Winslow and Palo Alto Historical Association, Palo Alto: A Centennial History (Palo Alto, CA: Palo Alto Historical Association, 1993), 12-17.
8 Winslow and Palo Alto Historical Association, Palo Alto: A Centennial History, 35. 9 City of Palo Alto, Comprehensive Plan 2030 (adopted by City Council, November 13, 2017), 16. Accessed online, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/civicax/filebank/documents/62915.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
39 Packet Pg. 448 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 28 July 25, 2025

University, encouraging more people to move to Palo Alto. 10 In July 1925, Mayfield was officially annexed and consolidated into the city of Palo Alto. 11

Like the rest of the nation, Palo Alto suffered through the Great Depression in the 1930s and did not grow substantially. World War II brought an influx of military personnel and their families to the Peninsula; accordingly, Palo Alto saw rapid growth following the war as many families who had been stationed on the Peninsula by the military, or who worked in associated industries, chose to stay.

Palo Alto’s population more than doubled from 16,774 in 1940 to 52,287 in 1960. 12

Figure 39. Detail of “Official Map of Santa Clara, California” by Herrmann Brothers, 1890.

Source: Library of Congress.

Palo Alto’s city center greatly expanded in the late 1940s and 1950s, gathering parcels that would house new offices and light industrial uses and lead the city away from its “college town” reputation.

Palo Alto annexed a vast area of mostly undeveloped land between 1959 and 1968. This area, west of the Foothill Expressway, has remained protected open space. Small annexations continued into the 1970s, contributing to the discontinuous footprint of the city today. Palo Alto remains closely tied to Stanford University; it is the largest employer in the city. The technology industry dominates

10 Dames & Moore, “Palo Alto Historic Survey Update,” 1-4. 11 City of Palo Alto, Comprehensive Plan 2030, 16.
12 “City of Palo Alto, Santa Clara County,” Bay Area Census. Accessed online, http://www.bayareacensus.ca.gov/cities/PaloAlto50.htm.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
40 Packet Pg. 449 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 29 July 25, 2025

other sectors of business, as is the case with most cities within Silicon Valley. Palo Alto consciously maintains its high proportion of open space to development and the suburban feeling and scale of its architecture.13

History of Seale Addition
The subject property at 1680 Bryant Street is located in Palo Alto’s Seale Addition neighborhood, often referred to as “Old Palo Alto.” The following historic context of the Seale Addition is excerpted from Dames & Moore’s Final Survey Report: Palo Alto Historical Survey Update :

That part of Palo Alto known as the Seale Addition consists of several subdivisions of the old Seale Ranch in an area bound by Embarcadero Road, Middlefield Road, Oregon Avenue, and Alma Street, excluding several blocks in the west and southwest parts of this area (Figure 40). The first and largest of these subdivisions, in 1898, occupied only a portion of the ranch. This was followed by subdivisions of additional ranch land and by re-subdivisions of portions of the original subdivision. The 1949 Map of the City of Palo Alto, prepared by the City Engineer, showed these several Seale Ranch subdivisions with ambiguous boundaries. Some of the subdivisions were separately labeled, including Seale Ranch Subdivision No. 8, indicating the number of subdivisions that took place. Altogether, the Seale Addition was referred to as “South Palo Alto” until after World War II when the newly developed area across Oregon Expressway, which was located further south, came to be called South Palo Alto. […]

When the Seale Addition was first laid out, it was outside the Palo Alto city limits on unincorporated county land. The area was annexed to Palo Alto in 1917 followed by improvements in utilities and services including a streetcar line on Waverley Street. [Historian-Writer] Roland Davis has described the progress of development in the Seale Addition as follows: “43 houses were built from 1898 to 1911 and 52 houses were built from 1912 to 1923, followed by more rapid development in the 1920s.” Substantial development continued in the 1930s, 1940s, and 1950s, at which time the area was completely built up. The result of this pattern of development is a neighborhood that consists of a mix of houses of different decades and different styles. It may be that in the future, the entire neighborhood will appear eligible for the NRHP. For now, an area at the center of the neighborhood that contains a predominance of houses built between 1900 and 1940, deserves study as a potential

13 City of Palo Alto, Comprehensive Plan 2030, 11-20.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
41 Packet Pg. 450 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 30 July 25, 2025

historic district. Portions of this neighborhood have particularly rich concentrations of well-designed houses. Among these are the 200 to 600 blocks of Coleridge and the cross blocks of Bryant, Waverley, and Emerson streets, and the blocks of Cowper and Waverley streets between Seale and California avenues. These areas are characterized by Spanish Colonial, Mediterranean, Monterey, and Period Revival style houses for upper middle-class residents.

The Seale Addition represents an expansion of the earlier neighborhood across Embarcadero Road called Professorville in its physical character. However, the population of this neighborhood was different than Professorville—by the time development of the Seale Addition was well underway, Stanford University had begun to provide housing for faculty on campus land, so that Stanford professors never constituted a large group in this neighborhood. The Seale Addition is also the earliest important example of several Palo Alto subdivisions with development restrictions designed to create an elite residential area. 14 Figure 40. The Seale Tract in “South Palo Alto,” in an advertising for developable land, looking west,1905. Note the street grid has changed since 1905. The dashed line approximates the border of the Seale Addition. The black arrow marks the approximate location of 1680 Bryant Street. Source: Stanford University Special Collections. Edited by Page & Turnbull.

14 Dames & Moore, Final Survey Report: Palo Alto Historical Survey Update, 4-29 and 4-30. See also, Paula Boghosian and John Beach, Historical and Architectural Resources of the City of Palo Alto: Inventory and Report, Prepared by Historic Environment Consultants for the City of Palo Alto, 1979; J.F. Byxbee, Palo Alto City Engineer, Map of the City of Palo Alto, 1949. Roland C.

Davis, A Summary History of the Early Development of Palo Alto’s “Seale Addition”: An Account of How the First “South Palo Alto” Became Part of the Present “Old Palo Alto,” Prepared for the Palo Alto Historic Building Survey. July 1998. Overland Monthly, Advertisement, September 1904. Ward Winslow and the Palo Alto Historical Association, Palo Alto: A Centennial History, Palo Alto: Palo Alto Historical Association, 1993.

Alma Street
Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
42 Packet Pg. 451 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 31 July 25, 2025

Prairie Architectural Style
The subject property at 1680 Bryant Street was designed in the Prairie style, an unusual design choice for California residential architecture. Rooted in the American Midwest and most famously associated with architect Frank Lloyd Wright, Prairie-style architecture emerged in the early twentieth century as a distinctly modern and regionally attuned design movement (Figure 41).

Another Minneapolis firm, Purcell & Elmslie, became strongly associated with the Prairie style and helped to increase its popularity
(Figure 42). Dominant from the 1900s to the 1920s, the Prairie style is defined by its strong horizontal lines, low-pitched hipped roofs with broad overhanging eaves, and integration with the surrounding landscape. The Prairie style sought to reflect the expansiveness of the American grassland and to reject the rigid historical revivalism that dominated Victorian architecture.

The origins of the style are found primarily in Chicago during the 1900s, but it quickly became an early prototype for suburban houses in the Midwest, due to the vast amounts of land available during this time period and the horizontal emphasis of these homes , which was intended to complement the vast grassland landscape. As one of the only distinctly American building styles, the Prairie style quickly took hold in the development of the American home. Frank Llyod Wright’s first “Prairie style” house was constructed in 1893, but the style did not become more widely recognized and adopted until circa 1900.

Figure 41. Ward-Willits House, by Frank Lloyd
Wright, built 1901. Source: Wikimedia Commons.

Figure 42. Bradley Bungalow, by Purcell & Elmslie,
built 1912. Source: Woods Hole Museum.

The Prairie style often relies on rectilinear volumes and massive geometry, and its treatment of the primary façade with its intersecting rooflines and centrally placed chimney establish the weight that is generally given to the primary façade. Oftentimes, the primary entrance of Prairie style buildings is inconspicuous and placed asymmetrically. Characteristic features include ribbon windows (usually wood sash and multi-lite types), restrained ornamentation often drawn from geometric or nature- Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
43 Packet Pg. 452 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 32 July 25, 2025

inspired motifs, and open, flowing interior plans centered around a hearth. Exteriors typically emphasize unity and simplicity of form, with careful attention to material contrasts , such as stucco surfaces paired with wood trim or brick.

While the Prairie-style design of the subject property at 1680 Bryant Street is unusual for its location in California, it features the quintessential elements of the aesthetic, including:

• Two-story height
• Horizontal and asymmetrical massing
• Hipped roofline with broad eaves
• Stucco cladding with wood-trimmed openings
• Multi-lite wood sash windows
• Substantial front porch volume.

The 1979 Palo Alto Historical and Architectural Resources Inventory and Report also lists the following as character-defining features of the local interpretation of the Prairie style:

• Ribbon windows with wooden casements
• Massive and rectangular piers supporting roofs of porches or verandahs • Low, often hipped, roofs with projecting eaves
• Distinctly horizontal flare to eave ends
• Suppressed, heavy-set chimneys
• Low terraces.15

John Hudson Thomas, Architect
John Hudson Thomas (1878-1945) was a prolific and eclectic architect whose work significantly shaped the residential architecture of the San Francisco Bay Area in the early twentieth century.

Born in Ward, Nevada, in 1878, Thomas was raised in the Bay Area and educated at Yale University (1901) and the University of California, Berkeley’s School of Architecture (1904), where he studied under Bernard Maybeck and John Galen Howard, two seminal figures in California architecture. 16 After briefly working in Howard’s office, Thomas partnered with George T. Plowman from 1907 to

15 Historic Environment Consultants, “Historical and Architectural Resources of the City of Palo Alto: Inventory and Report,” February 1979, 41-42.
16 National Register of Historic Places, Loring House, Berkeley, CA, prepared by Anne B. Bloomfield (1989), 8.2–8.3.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
44 Packet Pg. 453 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 33 July 25, 2025

1910, designing at least 50 residential projects in the Arts & Crafts style, before launching an independent practice based in Berkeley.17

Thomas’ career was marked by a rapid and imaginative evolution of architectural styles. He is perhaps best known for his role in the first generation of the Bay Region Tradition, an architectural movement that emphasized craftsmanship, local materials, and a romantic integration with the landscape.18 This innovative design philosophy was also associated with luminaries like Bernard Maybeck and Julia Morgan. Thomas’ practice, spanning over three decades, included designs across a spectrum of styles, including Craftsman, Mission Revival, Tudor, and Pueblo Revival, but it was his selective and creative use of the Prairie School aesthetic that stands out for its originality and significance in the Bay Area context.

Among his finest examples of Prairie School architecture is the Ernest L. Loring House (1914) at 1730 Spruce Street in Berkeley, widely regarded as the truest and earliest expression of the Prairie School in that city.
19 The Loring House exhibits hallmark features of the style: a cross-shaped plan, horizontal massing, broad overhanging eaves, a flat roof that appears to float, and ribbon windows that emphasize horizontality and light (
Figure 43 and Figure 44).20 Its interiors showcase redwood trim and white plaster walls, punctuated by Secessionist motifs in glasswork and paneling. 21 Although deeply rooted in Usonian principles, drawing comparisons to Wright’s "Fireproof House for $5,000" and his Waller apartments, Thomas' adaptation is wholly original, reflecting both his responsiveness to the site and his personal artistic vocabulary. 22

17 NRPH, Loring House, 8.2–8.3. National Register of Historic Places, Locke House, Oakland, CA, prepared by Margo M. Noble (1988), 8.2. UC Berkeley College of Environmental Design, “John Hudson Thomas (1876-1945). Accessed online, https://ced.berkeley.edu/collections/thomas-john-hudson. 18 David Gebhard, “Introduction: The Bay Area Tradition,” in Bay Area Houses, ed. Sally B. Woodbridge (New York: Oxford University Press, 1976), 3–22.
19 NRHP, Loring House, 8.1.
20 NRHP, Loring House, 8.1.
21 NRHP, Loring House, 7.1.
22 NRHP, Loring House, 7.1. Frank Lloyd Wright, “A Fireproof House for $5000,” Ladies’ Home Journal, April 1907, 24.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
45 Packet Pg. 454 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 34 July 25, 2025

Figure 43. Primary facade of Loring House, 1989. Source:

National Park Service.

Figure 44. Secondary facade of Loring
House, 1989. Source: National Park Service.

Another significant and National Register-listed design, the Locke House (1911) in Oakland, further illustrates Thomas’ synthesis of Prairie School elements with other stylistic influences. Built shortly after Thomas dissolved his partnership with Plowman, the house features a solid, roughcast stucco exterior, parapet gables, and geometric window designs reminiscent of Frank Lloyd Wright, yet it also incorporates Craftsman and Mission Revival motifs ( Figure 45 and Figure 46).23 The Locke
House’s inventive massing, integration of interior windows, and commitment to total design unify what might otherwise be disparate architectural elements. 24

Figure 45. Primary facade of Locke House, 1989.

Source: National Park Service.

Figure 46. Secondary facade of Locke House, 1989.

Source: National Park Service.

23 NRHP, Locke House, 7–8.
24 NRHP, Locke House, 7.2.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
46 Packet Pg. 455 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 35 July 25, 2025

Throughout his most productive years (1910–1920), Thomas was celebrated for his eclecticism and fearless experimentation. His architecture often reflected the influence of avant -garde European movements, particularly the Viennese Secession, whose motifs appear in several of his buildings as decorative panels and muntin patterns.25 As one scholar noted, Thomas operated like a nineteenth- century eclectic: absorbing diverse influences and recombining them into a personal style that was at once intellectual and sensuous.26

Nowhere is this more evident than in his unique integration of Secessionist detailing within the Prairie style, as seen at 1680 Bryant Street. Inspired by the Vienna Secession’s emphasis on abstract geometry, flat decorative panels, and a total work of art ethos, Thomas translated these elements into his California residential designs through leaded glass, carved wood, and rhythmic surface ornament. Rather than mimic the organic curves of Art Nouveau, he favored the Secession’s symmetrical motifs (grids, chevrons, and stylized florals) arranged with modern restraint. 27 This
synthesis of European avant-garde aesthetics and West Coast sensibilities is also apparent in his design for the Loring House (1914), where repeated geometric patterns prefigure developments like Frank Lloyd Wright’s textile blocks. 28 In these works, Thomas demonstrated a cosmopolitan design language grounded in both international innovation and regional craftsmanship.

In addition to the Loring House and 1680 Bryant Street, the year 1914 alone illustrates the breadth of his creative range, with designs that also include the rustic Roswell House with its shakes and boulders, the Pueblo-influenced Park House, and the ornamentally rich Secessionist-style Peters House. Yet none of these works rigidly adheres to a single architectural vocabulary. As architectural historian John Beach observed of the 1913 Bell-Wintermute House, “Of all the Bay Area designers of the teens, only Thomas, with his unique sense of synthesis and eclectic design, could have used such potentially discordant elements to create such a powerful and coherent design.” 29 Following World War I, Thomas's style evolved once again, gravitating toward single-source historicist expressions.

This later phase is exemplified by the 1928 Hume House, a romanticized miniature Spanish medieval castle, as well as by a series of dollhouse-scale Tudor Revival residences, including his own home and several speculative houses in Kensington.

Despite being somewhat overlooked in mainstream architectural histories of the time, Thomas’ legacy has since been reevaluated, with scholars and preservationists acknowledging his masterful contributions to the East Bay’s built environment. His designs , characterized by their innovation,

25 NRHP, Loring House, 8.1; 8.3. Thomas Gordon Smith, John Hudson Thomas and the Progressive Spirit in Architecture, 1910– 1920 (M.A. thesis, UC Berkeley, 1975), 26–28.
26 John Beach, “The Bay Area Tradition, 1890–1918,” in Bay Area Houses, ed. Woodbridge, 87–95. 27 David Gebhard, Bay Area Houses, ed. Sally Woodbridge (New York: Oxford University Press, 1976), 87–88. 28 National Register of Historic Places, Loring House (Berkeley, CA), nomination by Anne B. Bloomfield (1989), 8.1–8.2. 29 NRHP, Loring House, 8.2.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
47 Packet Pg. 456 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 36 July 25, 2025

craftsmanship, and nuanced stylistic fusion, helped define the architectural tone of Berkeley, Oakland, and beyond in the early twentieth century.30 The City of Berkeley Landmarks Preservation Commission has locally designated nine significant architectural examples of Thomas’ work, including:
• Captain Maury House (1317 Shattuck Avenue, 1870) – Landmark • Kluegel House (2667 Le Conte Avenue, 1911) – Landmark • John Hopkins Spring Estate (1960 San Antonio Avenue, 1912) – Landmark • Loring House (1730 Spruce Street, 1914) – Landmark
• Heron Building (2136 University Avenue, 1915) – Landmark • Anita Jeffress Hill House (2944 Elmwood Court, 1920) – Structure of Merit • Daggett House (1427 Hawthorne Terrace, 1924) – Landmark • La Loma Steps (1500 LeRoy Avenue, 1924) in conjunction with Julia Morgan – Feature • Samuel and Portia Hume House (2900 Buena Vista Way, 1928) – Landmark (Figure 47).31

Figure 47. Collage of Hume House, 2025. Source: Robb Report.

30 Smith, Progressive Spirit in Architecture, iv–vii; Gebhard et al., The Guide to Architecture in San Francisco and Northern California (Salt Lake City: Peregrine Smith, 1985), 250–251, 528.
31 City of Berkeley, “List of Designated City Landmarks, Structures of Merik & Historic Districts,” updated January 2023.

Accessed online, https://berkeleyca.gov/sites/default/files/2022-04/List-of-Designated-Landmarks.pdf.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
48 Packet Pg. 457 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 37 July 25, 2025

Other honorable mentions in Berkeley include:
• Chisholm House (2821 Ashby Avenue, 1907)
• Randall House (2733 Benvenue Avenue, 1909)
• Dangan House (41 Oakvale Avenue, 1911)
• Pratt-Verper House (959 Indian Rock Avenue, 1911)
• Pratt-Thomas House (800 Shattuck Avenue, 1911)
• Kay House (892 Arlington Avenue, 1912)
• Bell-Wintermute House or “The Rocks” (227 Tunnel Road, 1913) • Kruse House (564 Santa Clara Avenue, 1914)
• Park House (3115 Claremont Avenue, 1914)
• Sellander House (35 Oakvale Avenue, 1914)
• Ecole Bilingue de Berkeley (1001 Heinz Avenue, 1915)
• Blum House (1505 Hawthorne Terrace, 1926).32
By the 1930s, Thomas had begun designing for a more affluent and established clientele, undertaking larger, more complex, and higher-budget residential commissions. While the scale and formality of these projects increased, Thomas’ sensitivity to site rema ined a defining characteristic of his work. His architectural approach continued to prioritize orientation to the landscape, integration with the surrounding environment, and the framing of key views. Notably, even within these refined and sophisticated commissions, he retained a distinctly personal and idiosyncratic design language.

Purposefully unconventional elements, such as decorative friezes, unexpected finishes, unusual material juxtapositions, intricately carved woodwork, and intimate, spatially eccentric features like nooks and recesses, persisted as markers of his architectural identity, signaling both his eclectic inspirations and his ongoing commitment to individuality in design. 33 Thomas continued to work from his home in Kensington until his death in 1945, with his later designs increasingly favoring historical revival styles, including Spanish and Tudor influences .34 With over 35 years of practice, Thomas’ geographical range is known to extend in California from Lake Tahoe to Santa Barbara, but most were concentrated in the East Bay cities of Berkeley and Oakland.

His body of work remains a testament to a uniquely Californian interpretation of national and international design currents, adapted with a sensitivity to site, material, and the region’s progressive spirit.

32 Scribd, “John Hudson Thomas Self-Guided Tour,” 1979. Accessed online, https://www.scribd.com/doc/13654028/John- Hudson-Thomas-Self-Guided-Tour-1979-of-7-Berkeley-House. 33 Hewn and Hammered, “John Hudson Thomas.” Accessed online, https://web.archive.org/web/20160317092112/http://www.hewnandhammered.com/hewn_and_hammered/2007/08/john- hudson-tho.html#/.
34 NRHP, Loring House, 8.2. Gebhard et al., Guide to Architecture, 261.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
49 Packet Pg. 458 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 38 July 25, 2025

SITE HISTORY
Site Development
The current residence at 1680 Bryant Street, was originally part of a much larger parcel that was approximately one acre on the southwest corner of the intersection of Bryant Street and Lowell Avenue. This parcel contained a two-story, wood-frame residence with an H-shaped configuration that was constructed in 1914 for the Haehl family and designed by architect John Hudson Thomas (Figure 48). The original builder is unknown. A detached one-story garage facing Bryant Street was also constructed in 1914 and the north façade also included a hip-roof porte cochere. 35 The residence that exists today at 1680 Bryant Street consists of the north half of the original H -shaped residence. As the original primary façade was oriented to Lowell Avenue, the property was originally addressed as 275 Lowell Avenue; however, for the sake of clarity the original H-plan volume will be referred to as “275 Lowell Avenue/1680 Bryant Street,” and each building after their separation will be referred to by their specific address: “1680 Bryant Street” or “275 Lowell Avenue.”

The house was described in the January 1920 edition of The Building Review as follows:

Echoes of the prairies come with Mr. Haehl’s house on Lowell Street, which, though transplanted, seems to thrive and harmonize with its setting of lawn and ivy --- thanks perhaps, to the continued horizontal lines (Figure 49).36

Figure 48. Sanborn Map Company fire insurance map of Palo Alto, December 1924, Volume 1, Page 9. The subject property is outlined in red. Source: San Francisco Public Library, Fire Insurance Maps Online.

Edited by Page & Turnbull.

35 City of Palo Alto, Assessment #4177A, ca. 1945.
36 Harris Allen, “The Evolution of a College Town,” The Building Review, Volume XIX, Number 5, May 1921, 84-85. Accessed online, https://usmodernist.org/PCA/PCA-19-20.pdf.

LOWELL AVENUE
Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
50 Packet Pg. 459 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 39 July 25, 2025

Figure 49. Haehl Residence, looking southwest from Lowell Avenue, 1921. Source: The Building Review, Volume XIX, Number 5, May 1921.

While research did not uncover the original building permit, architectural drawings, or early narratives of the home, it appears it may have been designed as a “dual- family residence,” like Thomas’ 1911-era Kluegel House in Berkeley, in which the owner occupied one unit and the other housed relatives, household staff, or was rented to generate income. 37 In the case of 275 Lowell Avenue/1680 Bryant Street, the dual two-story volumes had a side-by-side layout, appearing as a wide single-family home connected with a one-story hyphen. It appears that the primary entrance to both volumes was at the one-story central hyphen. This horizontal configuration was further emphasized by the low, planar massing of its Prairie architectural style (Figure 50 and Figure 51).

37 City of Berkeley, “Laura Belle Marsh Kluegel House.” Accessed online, https://berkeleyheritage.com/berkeley_landmarks/kluegel/kluegel_application.html.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
51 Packet Pg. 460 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 40 July 25, 2025

Figure 50. Original primary (east) facade of the subject property, looking southwest from the intersection of Bryant Street and Lowell Avenue, 1926. Source: Palo Alto Historical Association.

Figure 51. Aerial photograph with approximate boundaries of the subject property outlined in red, 1930.

Source: Fairchild Aerial Surveys, Flight C-1025, Frame Z-146, June 1930. Courtesy of UCSB Library Geospatial Collection. Edited by Page & Turnbull.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
52 Packet Pg. 461 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 41 July 25, 2025

In 1936, a “studio addition” (presumably a freestanding building) was constructed at an unknown location on the parcel.38 A “residence addition” at an unknown location was made in 1937 and another in 1947.39 According to the December 1945 Sanborn Company fire insurance map and confirmed in a July 1946 Daily Palo Alto Times article, the one-story hyphen between the two-story volumes was demolished, creating the two separate single-family residences at 275 Lowell Avenue (not extant) and 1680 Bryant Street (the subject building). Also by this time, the porte cochere had been removed from the north façade and two additional freestanding buildings had been constructed on the property, one of which may have been the “studio addition” from 1936 (Figure 52).

Figure 52. Sanborn Map Company fire insurance map of Palo Alto, December 1945. Volume 1, Page 9. The approximate boundaries of the original parcel are outlined in red, while dashed black lines show the approximate location of the current parcel of 1680 Bryant Street. Source: San Francisco Public Library, Fire Insurance Maps Online. Edited by Page & Turnbull.

38 Peninsula Times Tribune, “Building Permits,” December 18, 1936. 39 Peninsula Times Tribune, “Building Permits,” January 26, 1937. Peninsula Times Tribune, ““Five building permits issued,” September 10, 1947.

LOWELL AVENUE
Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
53 Packet Pg. 462 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 42 July 25, 2025

Along with the demolition of the one-story hyphen, the original parcel was subdivided, corresponding with the division of the main residence. At unknown dates, the original parcel was further subdivided to create the L-shaped parcel at 271 Lowell Avenue and the narrow rectangular parcel at 1650 Bryant Street (Figure 53).

Figure 53. Palo Alto Property Information Map with the current boundaries of the subject property parcel outlined in turquoise and the original parcel boundaries dashed in black. Source: City of Palo Alto PIM.

The available permit history for 1680 Bryant Street outlines the roof being replaced in 1997 and again in 2017. However, additional alterations were identified through visual inspection during the site visit. These alterations include a tall span of glass block near the center of the rear façade (presumably infilling the location of the original hyphen), some replacement windows and/or replaced window glazing, a replacement door on the west façade, the construction of a wood arbor at the ground floor of the west façade, a roof wood box-grid roof extension at the second floor of the west façade, and installation of fencing and select paved outdoor areas.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
54 Packet Pg. 463 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 43 July 25, 2025

Finally, it must be noted that the original south volume of the 1914 residence at 275 Lowell Avenue, was demolished in 1997 for the purpose of constructing a new residence, which was built in 1998. 40 Given this contextual loss, 1680 Bryant Street has not been associated with the neighboring parcel since the demolition of this building in 1997.

CONSTRUCTION CHRONOLOGY
The following table provides a timeline of construction activity at 1680 Bryant Street, based on building permit applications on file with the Palo Alto Development Services and building notifications posted in local newspapers. Cancelled and expired permits are not included.

TABLE 1. PERMIT HISTORY FOR 1680 BRYANT STREET.

Date Filed Permit App. # Owner Contractor Work
May 20, 1936 Unknown Frank J.

Frost Unknown
Studio addition (location
unknown), designed by
Aro & Okerman.41
January 26, 1937 Unknown C.L. Frost Aro & Okerman
“Residence addition,
$500.”42 Location
unknown.

December 1945-
194643 Unknown Mrs. Frank J.

Frost Unknown
“A one-story connecting
wing was bulldozed in the
mid-20
th century creating
two separate houses.”
September 1947 Unknown W.S. and
R.B. Allen Unknown “Residence addition”44
November 25, 1997 97-3248 Kurt Francis Shelton Roofing Co. Reroof flat roofs and garage roof.

July 18, 2017 17000-01673
Bayfront
Investments
LLC
GRC Roofing Inc.

Remove existing roofing
and apply composite
shingle.

40 City of Palo Alto, Development Services, Permit #97000-00135, January 16, 1997. City of Palo Alto, Development Services, Permit #97002825B, February 18, 1998.
41 Historic Resource Board and Palo Alto Historical Association, DPR 523 Form: Haehl Residence/275 Lowell-1680 Bryant, 1978. Peninsula Times Tribune, “Building Permits,” May 20, 1936. 42 Peninsula Times Tribune, “Building Permits,” January 26, 1937. 43 Daily Palo Alto Times, “Mrs. Frost divides large house and sells half,” July 18, 1946. 44 Peninsula Times Tribune, “Five building permits issued,” September 10, 1947.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
55 Packet Pg. 464 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 44 July 25, 2025

Ownership History
The following table provides a summary of the ownership history of 1680 Bryant Street, beginning with the year of construction, compiled from building permit applications and plans from the Palo Alto Development Services, newspaper articles, city directories, and other public records available through Ancestry.com.

It must be clarified that Eugenia Frost maintained ownership of the south volume addressed as 275 Lowell Avenue after she demolished the one-story hyphen that connected the original dual-volume residence. She lived at 275 Lowell Avenue until at least 1950, before relocating to Santa Barbara by 1954.45 She sold the north volume, the subject property addressed as 1680 Bryant Street, to the Allen family in 1946. Therefore, the following table references the residence as a whole referred to as 275 Lowell Avenue/1680 Bryant Street until 1946 and then the north volume as the freestanding extant building at present, addressed as 1680 Bryant Street, from 1946 onwards.

TABLE 2. OWNERSHIP HISTORY FOR 1680 BRYANT STREET.

Address Date(s) Occupants with o wner(s)
in bold Occupation
275 Lowell
Avenue/1680 Bryant
Street
1914-1936
Harry L. and May B. Haehl
- Hilton H., son
- Harry L., Jr., son
- Veva Jane, daughter
- Winifred Caldwell,
companion
- Yee Tom, servant46
Harry: Mining and Civil
Engineer47
275 Lowell
Avenue/1680 Bryant
Street

1936-1946
48 Frank J. and Eugenia “Jean”
M. Frost
Frank: Mining Engineer,
Treasurer of Standard Oil
of New York, Vice-
President of Guaranty
Trust Co.
49 45 United States Federal Census, 1950. Accessed online, www.ancestry.com. Santa Barbara City Directory, 1954. Accessed online, www.ancestry.com.
46 United States Federal Census, 1920. Accessed online, www.ancestry.com. 47 Historic Resource Board and Palo Alto Historical Association, DPR 523 Form: Haehl Residence/275 Lowell-1680 Bryant, 1978.
48 Daily Palo Alto Times, “Mrs. Frost divides large house and sells half,” July 18, 1946. 49 Historic Resource Board and Palo Alto Historical Association, DPR 523 Form: Haehl Residence/275 Lowell-1680 Bryant, 1978.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
56 Packet Pg. 465 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 45 July 25, 2025

Address Date(s) Occupants with o wner(s)
in bold Occupation
1680 Bryant Street 1946-1954
W. Stanley and Ruth M.

Allen , Jr.
- Peter, son
- Marsha T., daughter
- Susy Nakiama,
helper
Stanley: Import/Export
Firm50
1680 Bryant Street
1954-196651 Charles J. and Venice
Simpson
Charles: Labor Relations,
National Labor Bureau52
1680 Bryant Street
1968-at least 197653
Clayton O. and Tannisee
Rost
- David B., son
Clayton: Attorney at Elliott,
Robertson & Rost54
1680 Bryant Street
1978 Laszlo and Maria -Paula
Hadju Unknown
1680 Bryant Street
1997 Kurt Francis 55 Unknown
1680 Bryant Street
2017 Bayfront Investments
LLC 56 Unknown

SELECT OWNER AND OCCUPANT BIOGRAPHIES
Harry and May Haehl (Owners & Occupants, 1914-1936)
Harvey “Harry” Lewis Haehl (1876-1949) and his wife Addie May (Burrel) (1877-1962) were the first owners and occupants of the home at 1680 Bryant Street. They had two sons, Hilton H. (1908-1917) and Harry L., Jr. (1912-unknown), and a daughter Veva Jane (1912-2000). Hilton was hit and killed by a streetcar in Palo Alto in 1917.57

A native of Cloverdale, California, Haehl attended Stanford University, graduating in 1901 with a B.A. in Geology and Mining.58 After which time, he moved to San Francisco for employment with the Bay

50 United States Federal Census, 1950. Accessed online, www.ancestry.com. 51 Historic Resource Board and Palo Alto Historical Association, DPR 523 Form: Haehl Residence/275 Lowell-1680 Bryant, 1978.
52 Palo Alto Stanford Heritage, “Palo Alto Historic Buildings Inventory: 1680 Bryant Street.” Accessed online, https://www.pastheritage.org/inv/invB/Bryant/Bryant1680.html. 53 Palo Alto City Directory, 1976. Accessed online, www.ancestry.com. 54 Palo Alto Stanford Heritage, “Palo Alto Historic Buildings Inventory: 1680 Bryant Street.” Accessed online, https://www.pastheritage.org/inv/invB/Bryant/Bryant1680.html. 55 City of Palo Alto Development Services, Permit #97-3248, November 25, 1997. 56 City of Palo Alto Development Services, Permit #17000-01673, July 18, 2017. 57 Daily Palo Alto Times, “Accident Fatal to Hilton Haehl,” January 24, 1917. 58 Palo Alto Times, “Stanford University-Class of 1901,” May 31, 1901.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
57 Packet Pg. 466 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 46 July 25, 2025

City Water Company and returned to Palo Alto in 1906 upon his marriage to San Jose-native Addie May Burrell.59 Addie May Burrel went by her middle name “May.”

Haehl was one of the lead engineers overseeing the design of the Carquinez Bridge and a member of the American Society of Civil Engineers. 60 He also served on the board of directors of the Kings River Water Association and as a consulting engineer on “other boards throughout the San Joaquin Valley, including the Kern County Land Company, its subsidiaries and for the United States Bureau of Reclamation.”61 He was a trustee of the Palo Alto Union High School Board and a member of several other civic organizations.

After moving from the house at 275 Lowell Avenue/1680 Bryant Street in 1936, the Haehls remained in Palo Alto until their deaths in 1949 and 1962, respectively.

Frank and Jean Frost (Owners & Occupants, 1936-1950)
Frank Jefferson Frost (November 22, 1877-April 14, 1939) was a distinguished amateur musician, philanthropist, and retired industrial executive whose legacy spanned the arts, education, and historic preservation. Born in Missouri, Frost earned his engineering degree from the University of Missouri and began his career as a mining engineer in Colorado and Montana. 62 He later rose to prominent positions in the financial and industrial sectors, serving as treasurer of the Standard Oil Company of New York and as vice president of the Guaranty Trust Company.

Upon retirement, Frost moved to Ojai, California, where he played a formative role in the region’s cultural life. He founded the Ojai Valley School and co-sponsored the Ojai Music Festival with Elizabeth Sprague Coolidge in 1924. His contributions to American music continued in Washington, D.C., where he founded both the National Symphony Orchestra and the Washington String Quartet.

After the death of his first wife, Margaret Richardson Pratt, in 1919, with whom he had one son, Morris Pratt (1916-1990), Frost married Eugenia “Jean” Reynaud Morris (1899-1987) of Westchester, New York in 1927, after her graduation from Vassar College. 63 The Frosts moved to Palo Alto in 1935
with their five children Emily Eugenia “Nemi” (1928-2014), Frank Jr. (dates unknown), Robert T.M. “Robin” (1930-2020), Anne Reynaud (1932-1976), and Mary Morris (dates unknown). After their purchase of the former Haehl Residence at 275 Lowell Avenue, Frost ordered the construction of a music studio on a portion of the property (location unknown) that became a hub of community life.

59 Peninsula Times Tribune, Personals, May 21, 1906, 6. 60 The Building Review, “Carquinez Bridge Aid to Industrial Development of Northern California,” Volume XXIII, Number 1, January 1923, 11. Accessed online, https://usmodernist.org/PCA/PCA-23-24.pdf. 61 The Fresno Bee, “Harry L. Haehl, Kings River Engineer, Dies in Palo Alto,” January 29, 1949. 62 Peninsula Times Tribune, “Death Takes Frank Frost, Generous Patron of Music,” April 15, 1939. 63 Brooklyn Eagle, “Frank Jefferson Frost Weds Manhattan Girl In Berkeley, Ca,” February 2, 1927.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
58 Packet Pg. 467 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 47 July 25, 2025

A passionate supporter of the arts, Frost was a director of the San Francisco Symphony Orchestra and a member of the Bohemian Club. He also practiced amateur lithography.

Frost died suddenly of a heart attack on April 14, 1939 at the age of 62, after attending a concert by the San Francisco Symphony. Jean and their younger children stayed in the house until at least 1950, according to the Palo Alto City Directory. After which time, Jean, Frank Jr., and Robin relocated to Santa Barbara, while Nemi removed to San Francisco to attend the California School of Fine Arts and establish herself as a prominent painter.
64 64 Ancestry.com, Profile for Emily Eugenia Frost. Accessed online, https://www.ancestry.com/family- tree/person/tree/77883341/person/272407813295/facts.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
59 Packet Pg. 468 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 48 July 25, 2025

EVALUATION
California Register of Historical Resources
The California Register of Historical Resources (California Register) is an inventory of significant architectural, archaeological, and historical resources in the State of California. Resources can be listed in the California Register through a number of methods. State Historical Landmarks and National Register-listed properties are automatically listed in the California Register. Properties can also be nominated to the California Register by local governments, private organizations, or citizens.

The evaluative criteria used by the California Register for determining eligibility are closely based on those developed by the National Park Service for the National Register of Historic Places.

In order for a property to be eligible for listing in the California Register, it must be found significant under one or more of the following criteria.

• Criterion 1 (Events): Resources that are associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad patterns of local or regional history, or the cultural heritage of California or the United States.

• Criterion 2 (Persons): Resources that are associated with the lives of persons important to local, California, or national history.

• Criterion 3 (Architecture): Resources that embody the distinctive characteristics of a type, period, region, or method of construction, or represent the work of a master, or possess high artistic values.

• Criterion 4 (Information Potential): Resources or sites that have yielded or have the potential to yield information important to the prehistory or history of the local area, California, or the nation.
65 The following section examines the eligibility of 1680 Bryant Street for individual listing in the California Register.

CRITERION 1 (EVENTS)
The subject property at 1680 Bryant Street does not appear to be significantly associated with events that have made a demonstrable contribution to broad patterns of local, California, or national history. While the property lies within the historically significant Seale Addition (or Old Palo

65 California Office of Historic Preservation, Technical Assistance Bulletin No. 7: How to Nominate a Resource to the California Register of Historical Resources (Sacramento: California Office of State Publishing, September 4, 2001), 11.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
60 Packet Pg. 469 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 49 July 25, 2025

Alto), no compelling evidence connects the residence itself to formative developments or transformative events in Palo Alto’s social, political, or cultural life. The property’s broader neighborhood context and association with regional suburban expansion are not unique and do not elevate the property to meet Criterion 1 (Events).

CRITERION 2 (PERSONS)
The subject property at 1680 Bryant Street does not appear to be significant under Criterion 2 for its association with persons. While the original and other early owners held notable regional roles, such as Harry Haehl as a Bay Area civil engineer and Frank Frost as a philanthropist of the arts, neither individual has made historically significant contributions at a level sufficient to confer eligibility to their residence. Their primary achievements were not rooted in or directly associated with this property, and there is no clear indication that the residence served as the locus of any historically defining activity in their lives. Therefore, 1680 Bryant Street does not meet the eligibility requirements of Criterion 2 (Persons).

CRITERION 3 (ARCHITECTURE)
Originally conceived as a rare and accomplished Prairie-style design by notable Bay Area architect John Hudson Thomas, the residence at 1680 Bryant Street feature s Secessionist detailing and an innovative dual-family configuration. In its original state, the building represented a significant milestone in Thomas’ career and reflected broader architectural responses to the Bay Area’s rapid urbanization during the 1910s, when dual-family residences offered an elegant solution for increasing middle-class housing density while maintaining neighborhood character. 66 As noted in a 1978 DPR form, the house was considered “a superb example, even in its mutilated state, of Thomas’ ability to fuse Prairie Style, Secessionist, Craftsman, and Pueblo Revival architectural expressions.”67 However, the property has since undergone substantial physical alterations that have further compromised its integrity. The most consequential of these changes includes the demolition of the building’s south volume (at 275 Lowell Avenue) in 1997, following the earlier removal of the connecting corridor between both halves of the original residence in 1946. These and other subsequent modifications have significantly eroded the architectural coherence of Thomas’s original composition. While the extant north volume retains several notable Prairie -style features— such as its two-story horizontal massing, prominent front porch bay, and inset four-square muntins on windows and doors—it no longer fully conveys the artistic intent or design integrity required for listing in the California Register under Criterion 3 (Architecture).

66 Historic Resource Board and Palo Alto Historical Association, DPR 523 Form: Haehl Residence/275 Lowell-1680 Bryant, 1978.
67 Historic Resource Board and Palo Alto Historical Association, DPR 523 Form: Haehl Residence/275 Lowell-1680 Bryant, 1978.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
61 Packet Pg. 470 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 50 July 25, 2025

CRITERION 4 (INFORMATION POTENTIAL)
The “potential to yield information important to the prehistory or history of California” typically relates to archeological resources, rather than built resources. When California Register Criterion 4 (Information Potential) does relate to built resources, it is relevant for cases when the building itself is the principal source of important construction-related information. The property does not appear to be eligible under Criterion 4 as a principal source of important construction -related information.

Page & Turnbull’s evaluation of this property was limited to age-eligible resources above ground and did not involve survey or evaluation of the subject property for the purposes of archaeological information.

SUMMARY OF CALIFORNIA REGISTER ELIGIBILITY
The property at 1680 Bryant Street does not meet any of the criteria for individual listing on the California Register.

City of Palo Alto Historic Inventory
The Palo Alto Historic Inventory is the official list of sites, structures, and districts designated by the City Council as possessing significant historical and/or architectural value. Originally adopted in 1979, the following Criteria for Designation is used to designate historic structures, sites, and districts to the historic inventory:

1. The structure or site is identified with the lives of historic people or with important events in the city, state or nation;

2. The structure or is particularly representative of an architectural style or way of life important to the city, state or nation;

3. The structure or site is an example of a type of building which was once common, but is now rare;

4. The structure or site is connected with a business or use which was once common, but is now rare;

5. The architect or building was important;

6. The structure or site contains elements demonstrating outstanding attention to architectural design, detail, materials or craftsmanship.
68 68 City of Palo Alto, Planning & Development Department, “Historic Registers: Legacies at All Levels.” Accessed online, https://www.paloalto.gov/Departments/Planning-Development-Services/Historic-Preservation/Historic-Registers.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
62 Packet Pg. 471 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 51 July 25, 2025

Although 1680 Bryant Street is currently included in the local inventory, the following analysis assesses its continued eligibility in light of significant changes, including the demolition of the associated building at 275 Lowell Avenue, with which it was originally listed, and the cumulative alterations to the subject property since its construction in 1914.

1. The structure is identified with the lives of historic people or with important events in the city, state, or nation:

The residence at 1680 Bryant Street was originally commissioned by Harry Haehl, a civil engineer associated with major infrastructure projects in California, including the Carquinez Bridge and water management systems in the San Joaquin Valley. It was later owned by Frank J. Frost, a prominent industrial executive and patron of the arts who played a founding role in institutions such as t he National Symphony Orchestra and the Ojai Music Festival. While both men held positions of local and regional prominence, their associations with this property, though noteworthy, are not individually significant enough to meet this criterion at the loca l level.

2. The structure is particularly representative of an architectural style or way of life important to the city, state, or nation:

The residence is a locally rare example of the Prairie style, a design movement more commonly associated with the Midwest and rarely executed in Palo Alto. Its asymmetrical massing, low -pitched hipped roof with broad eaves, and applied Secessionist motifs speak to an architectural vocabulary that is unusual and sophisticated within the regional context. As such, the structure is particularly representative of a stylistic expression that is extremely rare at the local level. 1680 Bryant Street does meet the requirements of Criterion 2.

3. The structure is an example of a type of building which was once common, but is now rare:

Potentially designed as a dual-family residence, the house as originally designed may have reflected a transitional housing type that offered middle-class families of the early twentieth century a dignified and adaptable residential model in a suburban context. This building form , two conjoined homes with a discreet shared hyphen, is now uncommon in Palo Alto and more broadly. However, surviving north volume no longer functions in this way and therefore, is no longer able to illustrate this unusual approach to the design of a dual residence. Therefore, 1680 Bryant Street does not meet the requirements of Criterion 3.

4. The structure is connected with a business or use which was once common, but is now rare:

The property has been consistently used as a private residence and does not appear to have been associated with a business or other use. Criterion 4 does not apply to 1680 Bryant Street.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
63 Packet Pg. 472 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 52 July 25, 2025

5. The architect or builder was important:

Although most of his known works are concentrated in the East Bay, this residence is one of two known Thomas commissions in Palo Alto, underscoring its architectural significance and satisfying this criterion. Therefore, 1680 Bryant Street does meet the requirements of Criterion 5.

6. The structure contains elements demonstrating outstanding attention to architectural design, detail, materials, or craftsmanship:

SUMMARY OF PALO ALTO INVENTORY ELIGIBILITY AND HISTORIC CATEGORY The original evaluation of 1680 Bryant Street, documented in 1979 DPR 523 forms, identified its significance as associated with 275 Lowell Avenue for their joint original design with a fusion of “Prairie Style, Secessionist, Craftsman, and Pueblo Revival architectural expressions” and as a work by noted architect John Hudson Thomas. At the time of that evaluation, the documentation related to both 1680 Bryant Street and 275 Lowell Avenue, as two freestanding but clearly related volumes that when viewed together could still convey the original design intention of Thomas. Although physically separated, the two structures could be understood as having once been a single residence. It was for this reason that both buildings were identified as a Category 2 “Major Building” and were listed on the local inventory.

The demolition and replacement of the original south volume of the residence at 275 Lowell Avenue significantly impacts the historic integrity of Thomas’ original design, and 1680 Bryant Street on its own, is unable to convey the full impact of the original sprawling Prairie design. However, 1680 Bryant Street retains a high degree of local architectural significance. It continues to convey local significance through its stylistic rarity, integrity of design elements, and association with a notable architect. 1680 Bryant Street continues to meet local Criteria 2, 5, and 6, and continues to be a historic resource eligible for the Palo Alto Historic Inventory, independent of its former association with 275 Lowell Avenue.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
64 Packet Pg. 473 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 53 July 25, 2025

1680 Bryant was listed in 1979 on the Palo Alto Inventory as a Category 2 property in association with the original (non-extant) building at 275 Lowell Avenue. Due to the demolition of 275 Lowell Avenue, the subject property is not able to meet the criteria for Category 2 listing , which includes the stipulation that “A major building may have some exterior modifications, but the original character is retained.” As the demolition of half of the original building cannot be considered a minor alteration, 1680 Bryant Street appears to be more closely aligned with the definition of a Category 3 (Contributing) building “which is a good local example of an architectural style and relates to the character of a neighborhood grouping in scale, materials, proportion or other factors. A contributing building may have had extensive or permanent changes made to the original desig n, such as inappropriate additions, extensive removal of architectural details, or wooden façades resurfaced in asbestos or stucco.” Although 1680 Bryant Street is a superb example of Thomas’ work melding Prairie and Secessionist architecture, the loss of its other half is an extensive and permanent change. Page & Turnbull recommends that the property is relisted on the Palo Alto Historic Inventory as a Category 3 resource.

INTEGRITY
In order to qualify for listing in any local, state, or national historic register, a property or landscape must possess significance under at least one evaluative criterion as described above and retain integrity. Integrity is defined by the California Office of Historic Preservation as “the authenticity of an historical resource’s physical identity evidenced by the survival of characteristics that existed during the resource’s period of significance,” or more simply defined by the National Park Service as “the ability of a property to convey its significance.”

In order to evaluate whether the subject property retains sufficient integrity to convey its historic significance, Page & Turnbull used established integrity standards outlined by the National Register Bulletin 15: How to Apply the National Register Criteria for Evaluation. Seven variables, or aspects, that define integrity are used to evaluate a resource’s integrity—location, setting, design, materials, workmanship, feeling, and association. A property must possess most, or all, of these aspects in order to retain overall integrity. If a property does not retain integrity, it can no longer convey its significance and is therefore not eligible for listing in local, state, or national registers.

The seven aspects that define integrity are defined as follows:

Location is the place where the historic property was constructed or the place where the historic event occurred;

Setting addresses the physical environment of the historic property inclusive of the landscape and spatial relationships of the building(s); Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
65 Packet Pg. 474 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 54 July 25, 2025

Design is the combination of elements that create the form, plan, space, structure, and style of the property;

Materials refer to the physical elements that were combined or deposited during a particular period of time and in a particular pattern or configuration to form the historic property;

Workmanship is the physical evidence of the crafts of a particular culture or people during any given period in history or prehistory;

Feeling is the property’s expression of the aesthetic or historic sense of a particular period of time; and

Association is the direct link between an important historic event or person and the historic property.

The subject property at 1680 Bryant Street maintains integrity of location, remaining on its original site, and of setting, as the surrounding residential neighborhood and context has changed minimally. Its design and materials have been notably compromised due to the separation and later demolition of the building at 275 Lowell Avenue (which was formerly part of the original 1914 residence). Despite this loss of design and materials, 1680 Bryant Street remains highly expressive of Prairie and Secessionist stylings and of Thomas’ signature design idioms. Workmanship remains intact at the subject property, as many character-defining features of the Prairie style with Secessionist detailing remain intact, specifically its massing, original windows and doors, corner piers with vertical battens, and other simple geometric embellishments . The feeling of the property as a unified early-twentieth-century residential design is somewhat reduced, given the loss of approximately half the original structure; however, the building reads as a single-family residence, as originally intended. Similarly, the building retains a strong association with the work of Thomas and as a unique and rare example of Prairie design with Secessionist details. While cumulative changes have impacted the integrity of 1680 Bryant Street to a degree, it retains sufficient integrity of location, setting, workmanship, feeling, and association to express its local significance under Criteria 2, 5, and 6 as a Category 3 resource.

CHARACTER-DEFINING FEATURES
For a property to be eligible for national, state, and/or local historic designation, the essential physical features (or character-defining features) that enable the property to convey its historic identity and reason for significance must be evident. These distinctive character- defining features are the physical traits that commonly recur in property types and/or architectural styles, or that Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
66 Packet Pg. 475 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 55 July 25, 2025

convey an association with significant persons or patterns of events. Characteristics can be expressed in terms such as form, proportion, structure, plan, style, materials, and spatial relationships. To be eligible, a property must clearly contain enough of those characteristics, and these features must also retain a sufficient degree of integrity.

The residence at 1680 Bryant Street retains sufficient character-defining features of the Prairie style and as a design by noted architect John Hudson Thomas, to be eligible as a Category 3 resource.

These features include, but are not limited to:

• Two-story height
• Low, horizontal and asymmetrical massing
• Low-pitch hipped roof with broad eaves and exposed, carved rafter tails • Chimneys with simple geometric embellishments
• Stucco cladding with recessed and wood-trimmed openings • Multi-lite wood sash and paired casement windows
o Muntins with an inset four-square pattern at the outer rail are seen in both sash and casement units as well as at a rear French door and a second-floor sliding glass door. • Substantial front porch volume with a deeply recessed entrance o Shallow pointed-arch opening
o Supporting piers exhibit simple geometric embellishments and reliefs • Massive, rectangular corner piers with vertical wood battens atop stuccoed trapezoidal brackets
• Grouped pyramidal reliefs, usually centered over openings • Semicircular driveway
• Wood gate with cutout square design
• Garage constructed in a matching style with stucco cladding, projecting corner piers, original windows, and grouped pyramidal relief decoration.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
67 Packet Pg. 476 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 56 July 25, 2025

CONCLUSION
Based on historical evidence and field evaluation, while 1680 Bryant Street does not appear eligible for individual listing in the California Register of Historical Resources under any criteria , the property does appear to retain adequate integrity and significance to remain listed on the Palo Alto Historic Inventory. The residence continues to retain an adequate level of local significance as a rare and superb local example of Prairie-style design with Secessionist stylistic elements designed by noted regional architect John Hudson Thomas. While the building does not meet the criteria for a Category 2 building due to the demolition of the adjacent building at 275 Lowell Avenue , this evaluation supports the reclassification of 1680 Bryant Street as a Category 3 resource on the City of Palo Alto Historic Inventory. This would reflect its continued significance as an important architectural work, although at a lower level of overall historic integrity related to the loss of its original other half.

As a listed historic resource on a local historic inventory, 1680 Bryant Street would be considered a historical resource for the purposes of CEQA.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
68 Packet Pg. 477 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 57 July 25, 2025

REFERENCES
Published Works & Reports
Beach, John. “The Bay Area Tradition, 1890–1918.” In Bay Area Houses, edited by Sally B. Woodbridge, 23–98. New York: Oxford University Press, 1976.

California Office of Historic Preservation. Technical Assistance Bulletin No. 7: How to Nominate a Resource to the California Register of Historical Resources. Sacramento: California Office of State Publishing, September 4, 2001.

California Office of Historic Preservation. Technical Assistance Bulletin No. 8: User’s Guide to the California Historical Resource Status Codes & Historic Resources Inventory Directory. Sacramento:

California Office of State Publishing. November 2004.

City of Berkeley. “List of Designated City Landmarks, Structures of Merik & Historic Districts,” updated January 2023. Accessed online, https://berkeleyca.gov/sites/default/files/2022 - 04/List-of-Designated-Landmarks.pdf.

Dames & Moore, Michael Corbett, and Denise Bradley. “Final Survey Report – Palo Alto Historic Survey Update: August 1997-August 2000.” Prepared for the City of Palo Alto Planning Division, February 2001.

Gebhard, David. Bay Area Houses. Edited by Sally B. Woodbridge. New York: Oxford University Press, 1976.

Gebhard, David, David Bricker, and Lauren Bricker. A Catalogue of the Architectural Drawing Collection:

The University Art Museum, University of California, Santa Barbara. Vol. II. Santa Barbara:

University of California, 1983.

Gebhard, David, Roger Montgomery, Robert Winter, John Woodbridge, Sally Woodbridge, and Eric Sandweiss. The Guide to Architecture in San Francisco and Northern California. Salt Lake City:

Gibbs M. Smith Inc., Peregrine Smith, 1985.

Historic Environment Consultants. “Historical and Architectural Resources of the City of Palo Alto:

Inventory and Report,” February 1979.

Mallgrave, Harry Francis. Modern Architectural Theory: A Historical Survey, 1673– 1968. Cambridge:

Cambridge University Press, 2005.

McNamara, Andrew, and Ann Stephen. “Modernism in the Southern Hemisphere.” Fabrications 12, no. 1 (2002).

National Park Service. National Register Bulletin 15: How to Apply the National Register Criteria for Evaluation. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, 1995.

Olbrich, Joseph Maria. Die Architektur der Secession. Darmstadt: Alexander Koch, 1904.

Smith, Thomas Gordon. John Hudson Thomas and the Progressive Spirit in Architecture, 1910– 1920.

Master’s thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1975.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
69 Packet Pg. 478 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 58 July 25, 2025

Winslow, Ward and Palo Alto Historical Association. Palo Alto: A Centennial History (Palo Alto, CA: Palo Alto Historical Association, 1993).

Witt-Dörring, Christian. Josef Hoffmann: Interiors 1902–1913. New York: Neue Galerie, 2006.

Newspapers & Periodicals
Brooklyn Eagle. “Frank Jefferson Frost Weds Manhattan Girl In Berkeley, Ca,” February 2, 1927.

Daily Palo Alto Times. “Accident Fatal to Hilton Haehl,” January 24, 1917. ———. “Mrs. Frost divides large house and sells half,” July 18, 1946.

Harris Allen, “The Evolution of a College Town,” The Building Review, Volume XIX, Number 5, May 1921, 84-85. Accessed online, https://usmodernist.org/PCA/PCA-19-20.pdf.

Palo Alto Times. “Stanford University-Class of 1901,” May 31, 1901.

Peninsula Times Tribune. Personals, May 21, 1906.
———. “Building Permits,” December 18, 1936.
———. “Building Permits,” January 26, 1937.
———. “Death Takes Frank Frost, Generous Patron of Music,” April 15, 1939. ———. “Five building permits issued,” September 10, 1947.

The Building Review, “Carquinez Bridge Aid to Industrial Development of Northern California,” Volume XXIII, Number 1, January 1923, 11. Accessed online, https://usmodernist.org/PCA/PCA-23-

24.pdf.

The Fresno Bee. “Harry L. Haehl, Kings River Engineer, Dies in Palo Alto,” January 29, 1949.

Wright, Frank Lloyd. “A Fireproof House for $5000.” Ladies’ Home Journal, April 1907.

Public Records
Bay Area Census. “City of Palo Alto, Santa Clara County.” Accessed online, http://www.bayareacensus.ca.gov/cities/PaloAlto50.htm.

California State Office of Historic Preservation, Built Environment Resource Directory (BERD), Santa Clara County, updated September 2022.

City of Berkeley, “Laura Belle Marsh Kluegel House.” Accessed online, https://berkeleyheritage.com/berkeley_landmarks/kluegel/kluegel_application.html .

City of Palo Alto. Comprehensive Plan 2030 (adopted by City Council, November 13, 2017). Accessed online, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/civicax/filebank/documents/62915.

City of Palo Alto Property Information Map (PIM). Accessed online, https://opengis.cityofpaloalto.org/parcelreports/.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
70 Packet Pg. 479 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 59 July 25, 2025

City of Palo Alto, Development Services. Permit records for 1680 Bryant Street and 275 Lowell Avenue, multiple dates.

Historic Resource Board and Palo Alto Historical Association, DPR 523 Form: Haehl Residence/275 Lowell-1680 Bryant, 1978, revised 1981 and 1985.

National Register of Historic Places. Loring House (Berkeley, CA). Nomination prepared by Anne B.

Bloomfield. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, 1989. ———. Locke House (Oakland, CA). Nomination prepared by Margo M. Noble. Washington, D.C.: U.S.

Department of the Interior, National Park Service, 1988.

Internet Sources
City of Palo Alto, Planning & Development Department. “Historic Registers: Lagacies at All Levels.” Accessed online, https://www.paloalto.gov/Departments/Planning-Development- Services/Historic-Preservation/Historic-Registers.

Hewn and Hammered. “John Hudson Thomas.” Accessed online, https://web.archive.org/web/20160317092112/http://www.hewnandhammered.com/hewn_a nd_hammered/2007/08/john-hudson-tho.html#/.

Pacific Coast Architecture Database, “John Hudson Thomas (Architect).” Accessed online, https://pcad.lib.washington.edu/person/808/.

Palo Alto City Directory, multiple years. Accessed online, www.ancestry.com.

Palo Alto Stanford Heritage, “Palo Alto Historic Buildings Inventory: 1680 Bryant Street.” Accessed online, https://www.pastheritage.org/inv/invB/Bryant/Bryant1680.html.

Scribd. “John Hudson Thomas Self-Guided Tour,” 1979. Accessed online, https://www.scribd.com/doc/13654028/John-Hudson-Thomas-Self-Guided-Tour-1979-of-7- Berkeley-House.

United States Federal Census, multiple years. Accessed online, www.ancestry.com .

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
71 Packet Pg. 480 of 637

Historic Resources Evaluation (HRE) 1680 Bryant Street [24402.05] Palo Alto, CA

PAGE & TURNBULL 60 July 25, 2025

APPENDICES
Appendix A – Preparer Qualifications
This Historic Resource Evaluation was prepared by Page & Turnbull of San Francisco, California. Page & Turnbull staff responsible for this report include: Christina Dikas, Principal-in-charge; Barrett Reiter, Cultural Resources Planner, project manager; and Maggie Nicholson, Cultural Resources Planner, primary author, all of whom meet or exceed the Secretary of the Interior’s Professional Qualification Standards for Historic Architecture, Architectural History, or History.

Item 25
Attachment D - Historic
Evaluation by Page &
Turnbull

Item 25: Staff Report
Pg.
72 Packet Pg. 481 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
Report Type: ACTION ITEMS
Lead Department: Transportation
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2512-5637
TITLE
Review and Selection of the Locally Preferred Alternative (LPA) to proceed with 15% design and Prepare CEQA and NEPA Documentation for the Grade Separations at Churchill Avenue, Meadow Drive, and Charleston Road Crossings; CEQA status – CEQA and NEPA will be conducted on this project as part of the upcoming scope of work.

BACKGROUND
This item is a continuation of Agenda Item Number 1 on the City Council December 10, 2025 agenda.

The report for this item can be found here under Agenda Item Number 1 here:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Portal/Meeting?meetingTemplateId=18178 On December 10, 2025, Council will receive staff presentation(s) and Public Testimony; this item continued to the December 15, 2025 City Council meeting is for, as needed, Council discussion, deliberation and action – No Public Testimony will be heard on December 15, 2025.

APPROVED BY:

Ria Hutabarat Lo, Chief Transportation Official
Item 26
Item 26 Staff Report

Item 26: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 482 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: INFORMATION REPORTS
Lead Department: Planning and Development Services
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2510-5386
TITLE
Feasibility of Marketing Different Housing Typologies without On-Site Parking (2023-2031 Housing Element Program 3.9(B)). CEQA Status: Exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15378.

RECOMMENDATION
This is an informational report, and no Council action is required.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The City of Palo Alto’s 2023-2031 Housing Element (Housing Element) includes Program 3.9(B), requiring staff to conduct outreach concerning the “feasibility of marketing different housing typologies without on-site parking (paid through in-lieu fee) and implications to City parking resources,” and present findings to the City Council by December 31, 2025. This informational report summarizes the outreach and analysis for Program 3.9(B) (Attachment A). The program also requires that amendments to the Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) directed as a result of this Program be adopted by December 31, 2026.

Because State law (including AB 2097) eliminates minimum parking requirements within ½ mile of major transit stations, the City cannot impose or rely on residential parking in-lieu fees in areas where Program 3.9(B) was intended to apply. As a result, staff do not recommend any amendments to the PAMC related to Program 3.9B.

This reports fulfills the City’s obligations under Program 3.9(B), and related, though separate, parking policy work is expected to continue as part of broader mobility and parking management efforts beginning in 2026.

BACKGROUND
The City’s Housing Element contains a number of programs intended to increase housing supply, including Programs 3.1 through 3.9, intended to remove existing potential constraints to residential development. Program 3.9 considers the constraints impacting the conversion of Item A
Item A Staff Report

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 483 of 637

commercial uses to mixed-use residential development. The program is based on the tenets that:
Mixed-use projects are a more efficient use of land and can make housing development more profitable and therefore more likely to be constructed and are appropriate in certain areas.
Mixed-use development downtown or near high quality transit and rail service can enhance the local economy and support small businesses. The City’s jobs/housing balance can be improved by encouraging mixed-used residential development over commercial development.
Palo Alto will implement development standards that incentivize greater housing production and temper the strong market demand for commercial development.

One component, Program 3.9(B), requires that the City:

1. Conduct outreach with home builders and other stakeholders regarding the feasibility of marketing different housing typologies without on-site parking (paid through in-lieu fee) and implications to City parking resources; and

2. Present findings to the City Council with options on how to proceed, including extension of the University Ave In-Lieu Parking program to residential projects and creation of an in-lieu parking program for the California Avenue area.

The City currently owns and operates 20 parking garages and parking lots in the Downtown area, with time-restricted visitor spaces and permit only spaces set aside for employees participating in a City program. The City also manages a Residential Preferential Parking Program for on-street spaces in neighborhoods surrounding the Downtown. While these programs balance business versus resident parking uses, recent and proposed policy changes by the Office of Transportation (OOT) will continue to consider utilizing pricing to encourage short- term parking on street, long-term parking in parking garages and the use of alternative modes of transportation in the Downtown.

In addition, Housing Element Program 3.9(A) examines ways to shift the economic benefit away from commercial development towards residential or mixed-use residential development, and will be brought forward to City Council as a separate item in 2026.

ANALYSIS
Staff conducted a review of applicable State law and conducted stakeholder outreach to understand what might be possible in terms of both off-site parking and the in-lieu fees that would be needed to fund such a program. Below are the key findings, further described in Attachment A:
State Law (namely Assembly Bill [AB] 2097 adopted in 2022) precludes the City from enforcing minimum parking requirements near the Downtown and California Avenue Item A
Item A Staff Report

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 484 of 637

Caltrain stations for most uses, including residential development. Because in-lieu fees must be tied to a minimum parking requirement that is being waived, AB 2097 also eliminates the legal basis for imposing parking in-lieu fees in these transit-rich locations. If residential developers voluntarily elected to pay a fee to obtain off-site parking spaces or the City implemented a new parking impact fee, the existing commercial in-lieu fee of $130,823 per space for non-residential development would be cost-prohibitive and infeasible for residential projects.
On-site parking is still the norm for multi-family and mixed-use developments along the Peninsula. Generally, 1 to 1.2 spaces per unit is the minimum typically required by lenders, investors and developers. There is support among developers for eliminating or reducing parking requirements beyond what is prescribed in State law to allow the market to determine appropriate parking needs, however, because State law already eliminates most residential parking minimums near transit, any further reductions would apply only in areas where justifying such reductions is more challenging.

Furthermore, there are existing measures developers can take to request a site-by-site parking reduction if warranted (e.g., State Density Bonus Law concessions or objective parking reductions).
Some stakeholders believe that potential tenants will self-select, for example, residents who do not own cars will choose to live in units that do not have a parking space. Other stakeholders believe that, especially given high rents and amenities of units in Palo Alto, a parking space is required and expected as part of a unit. According to property managers, units that do not have any parking can be difficult to lease.

For these reasons, State law preempting local minimum parking requirements, the lack of a legal nexus for in-lieu fees, and the high costs needed to meaningfully expand parking resources, staff do not recommend expanding the in-lieu parking program to residential development at this time.

It may be possible in the future to create a voluntary off-site parking program, especially if subsidized by the City through funds or leveraging existing underutilized parking. Such arrangements may work for smaller projects or projects intended for workforce housing.

The following approaches could be considered as part of future efforts and conversations, including efforts currently planned by the OOT, to engage with residents and the City Council on potential changes to the City’s parking policies, including:
Consider a parking impact fee, or other fees or regulations to support alternative modes of transportation, such as walking, biking, and transit, instead of parking in-lieu fees in areas within ½ mile of the transit stations.

Item A
Item A Staff Report

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 485 of 637

Consider a lower parking fee for residential developments if underutilized space in City lots and garages can be identified for such a purpose. Once completed, staff could monitor the City’s California Avenue and Downtown Automated Parking Guidance Systems (APGS) to identify if there are excess parking spaces which could be set aside for permit parking.
Consider in which instances off-site parking may be in the interest of both the developers and residents (existing and future) in targeted locations. Off-site parking may be viable for some developers and some projects (e.g., smaller projects, missing middle projects), but would need to be provided within a block or two of a project site. Off-site parking facilities would need to be available at occupancy to address tenants’ needs and community concerns about spillover.
Consider when on-site parking may not be desirable for the community on smaller or mid-block projects in pedestrian oriented commercial areas; due to the addition of more curb cuts and traffic crossing pedestrian sidewalks and bike lanes. Consider funding of bicycle and pedestrian improvements (as identified in the City’s Comprehensive Plan and Bicycle Pedestrian Transportation Plan) and transportation demand management measures by either the City or private developers to encourage households to shift away from reliance on personal vehicles, reducing the long-term need for parking.

While some relatively minor changes could be made at this time to City policies or ordinances to further reduce parking requirements for residential development, the most appropriate locations to consider initially are transit rich areas where State Law already supersedes local zoning requirements. The downtown area would be appropriate to consider broader, holistic parking demand management solutions as part of a future policy review. OOT staff expects to begin discussions in 2026 concerning potential parking policy changes that may address current challenges. This work is expected to consider parking issues for businesses and visitors, and future resident parking options might also be included. These discussions will incorporate a more contemporary understanding of how parking demand works, including how excessive parking resources induce vehicle miles traveled (VMT), traffic congestion, and car dependency.

Potential topics include opening up City parking resources to wider paid use cases, including long-term residential tenant leases of public parking, which could support housing affordability, how parking cash out programs could fund transportation demand management (TDM) and active transportation priorities, and how trip generation fees could be assessed to support mobility programs rather than parking capital projects. Additionally, Planning and Development Services staff will monitor applications from developers who are either exempt from or request a waiver from PAMC parking minimums to determine if there are market trends where future code amendments may be warranted.

Item A
Item A Staff Report

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 486 of 637

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
This report has no fiscal or resource impacts. However, State laws which eliminate or reduce required parking largely eliminates the need for private property owners and developers from participating in the City’s in-lieu parking program, thus limiting future contributions.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The City conducted stakeholder interviews with residents, housing advocates, developers, property managers, and property owner’s representatives. This information is summarized in Attachment A.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
This informational report does not constitute a project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Section 15378 and therefore is exempt.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Housing Element Program 3.9B Parking Research and Analysis Memorandum APPROVED BY:

Jonathan Lait, Planning and Development Services Director Item A
Item A Staff Report

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 487 of 637

www.lexingtonplanning.com

MEMORANDUM

Date: November 26, 2025
From: Jean Eisberg
To: Planning and Development Services, City of Palo Alto Subject: Housing Element Implementation – Task 3.9B Parking Research

PURPOSE
This memo provides background research and summary of stakeholder interviews to support the following Housing Element program (3.9B):

B. Conduct outreach with home builders and other stakeholders regarding the feasibility of marketing different housing typologies without on-site parking (paid through in-lieu fee) and implications to City parking resources; present findings to the City Council with options on how to proceed, including extension of the University Ave In-Lieu Parking program to residential projects and creation of an in-lieu parking program for the California Avenue area.

SUMMARY
The project team conducted a review of applicable Palo Alto parking programs, requirements, and reports, as well as State Law, to understand the existing parking situation, with a focus on the transit- rich areas of Downtown and California Avenue. Additionally, the project team conducted stakeholder interviews to understand public perception of parking in Palo Alto. The below findings and analysis are based on current practices, which could change in the future. Palo Alto’s Office of Transportation (OOT) is tasked with beginning a public conversation in fiscal year 2025-2026 concerning potential parking policy changes available to the City, and how such changes might impact current parking concerns primarily for businesses and visitors, however future resident parking options might also be included.

Key findings are as follows:
• State Law (namely Assembly Bill [AB] 2097) precludes the City of Palo Alto (City) from enforcing minimum parking requirements in Downtown and California Avenue for most uses. As a result, it also prevents the City from assessing parking in-lieu fees within 1/2 mile Item A
Attachment A - Housing
Element Program 3.9B
Parking Research and
Analysis Memorandum

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 488 of 637

2 of major transit locations (i.e., Downtown and California Avenue Caltrain stations). The City could instead consider a parking impact fee, or other fees or regulations to support alternative modes of transportation, such as walking, biking, and transit. • Off-site parking may be viable for some developers and some projects (e.g., smaller projects, missing middle projects), but would need to be provided within a block or two of a project site. Sufficient off-site parking facilities would need to be available to address: (1) tenants’ needs; and (2) community concerns including both spillover parking and use of the City’s residential permit parking program by residents in new developments. • If residential developers voluntarily elected to pay an in-lieu fee to obtain off-site parking spaces, or the City implemented an impact fee, the existing fee of $130,823 per space for non-residential development would be too expensive to be feasible. • Some stakeholders believe that potential tenants will self-select—i.e., residents who do not own cars will choose to live in units that do not have a parking space. Other stakeholders believe that—especially given high rents and amenities of units in Palo Alto—a parking space is required and expected as part of a unit. According to property managers, units that do not have any parking can be difficult to lease in Palo Alto. • Stakeholders support eliminating or reducing parking requirements to allow the market to determine appropriate parking needs. Generally, 1 to 1.2 spaces per unit is the minimum required by developers and investors based on developer feedback. • From an urban design perspective and alternative transportation advocate’s perspective, on- site parking may not be desirable. Additional curb cuts degrade the pedestrian experience, can be especially challenging for small sites and mid-block locations where parking garage circulation is tight.

ANALYSIS
State Law Context
State law limits the City’s ability to enforce its minimum residential parking standards—and in turn in-lieu fees—for housing projects close to major transit stops and for affordable housing projects. A developer would have to specifically want and request off-site parking and/or voluntarily pay into a parking district to obtain off-site parking spaces.

AB 2097 (Gov. Code Section 65863.2) enables 100% reductions in required parking spaces for most residential and commercial uses within 1/2-mile of the three Caltrain stations, as shown in Figure 1 below. AB 2097 also applies in locations with intersecting bus lines with service at least every 20 minutes during peak commute hours.

Item A
Attachment A - Housing
Element Program 3.9B
Parking Research and
Analysis Memorandum

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 489 of 637

3 Figure 1: AB 2097 Applicability in Palo Alto

Source: City Council Staff Report Attachment B, August 12, 2024:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/api/compilemeetingattachmenthistory/historyattachment/?historyId=9c8478b3- 8641-4b68-b55d-adab62632f8e
Item A
Attachment A - Housing
Element Program 3.9B
Parking Research and
Analysis Memorandum

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 490 of 637

4 Figure 2: Downtown Parking District Boundaries

Source: City of Palo Alto.

Item A
Attachment A - Housing
Element Program 3.9B
Parking Research and
Analysis Memorandum

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 491 of 637

5 In Downtown Palo Alto, AB 2097 applies to nearly the entire Downtown Parking Assessment District, as shown in Figure 2 above. The exception is a few parcels between Tasso and Webster Streets at the far east end of the District. As a result, most multifamily housing projects would already be exempt from the City’s minimum parking requirements and can therefore choose the amount of parking to provide or whether to provide parking at all. In other words, such projects would not be required to pay an in-lieu fee, except in the small area outside of the ½-mile boundary.

Senate Bill (SB) 35 provides alternate parking requirements for housing projects with a certain amount of affordable housing (currently 50% in Palo Alto). It sets a maximum of one space per dwelling unit, but requires no parking if the project meets certain standards, including but not limited to:
• The development is located within 1/2 mile of public transit (including bus stops); • The development is located within an historic district, such as the Professorville and Ramona Street Historic Districts; or
• On-street parking permits are required but not offered to the occupants of the development.

Similar to AB 2097, these provisions of SB 35 would preclude the City from requiring an in-lieu fee payment for off-site spaces within 1/2 mile of major transit. A developer would need to choose to pay into a parking district to park off-site because it is too expensive or physically infeasible to locate parking on-site.

Stakeholder Feedback
Feedback from five stakeholders, including residential developers, property managers, and a housing and transportation advocate, is summarized below. In total, these developers/property managers manage hundreds of units in Palo Alto, and have thousands of units proposed within Palo Alto.

Stakeholders generally support reduced parking minimums. Eliminating or reducing residential parking requirements allows the market to determine the appropriate parking requirement for a given project. Generally, developer stakeholders indicated that a ratio of 1 to 1.2 spaces per unit is the rule of thumb to meet tenant demand and investors’ expectation. By comparison, for multi- family housing units, the City’s zoning ordinance requires a minimum of 1 space per studio/1- bedroom unit and 2 spaces per 2-bedroom unit or larger. According to developer stakeholders, in a suburban location like Palo Alto, investors will not finance a project with a parking ratio of less than one space per unit, especially for ownership units and even in locations near transit or other modes of travel.

Perspectives on alternative parking strategies are mixed. Parking stackers can be a good way to fit more parking, but decision-makers and community members have expressed concerns. Some developers are concerned about whether stackers actually get used by tenants, but others think they are a great option. Educating decision-makers and community Item A
Attachment A - Housing
Element Program 3.9B
Parking Research and
Analysis Memorandum

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 492 of 637

6 members through videos or site visits to completed projects in the region to see how stackers operate could be a way to improve understanding about these options.

Similarly, there was mixed support for residential permit parking programs. Stakeholders generally acknowledge the sensitivity among existing residents about street parking and the potential for “spillover” of parking into existing neighborhoods. Developer stakeholders see providing sufficient parking on-site as a way to address those concerns during entitlement.

Off-site parking within a block or two of a project site could work, but is less desirable according to developer stakeholders, especially given high rent levels in Palo Alto. Some developers indicated that for small lots and small projects (e.g., 4-10 units), off-site parking may be viable since it’s just a few cars. Others indicated that there may be a missing middle market of residents who are willing to park off-site in exchange for more modest rent levels for units that do not come with parking.

The market for housing without parking/tenants without cars is unclear. Stakeholders provided a range of feedback regarding whether or not the market would support housing without parking. Some stakeholders believe that potential tenants will self-select—i.e., residents who do not own cars will choose to live in units that do not have a parking space. Some stakeholders believe that the market for housing without parking will improve over time, as tenants have access to shared driverless vehicles among other advanced technologies. Some project proponents are trying to be more forward looking now to attract a more missing middle housing market of residents who are willing to forego a nearby parking space, and potentially vehicle ownership, in exchange for reduced rent.

Other stakeholders believe that—especially given high rents and amenities of units in Palo Alto—a parking space is required and expected as part of a unit. Units that do not have any parking can be difficult to lease. One stakeholder looked up the data on residents in Palo Alto who own cars and found that their database shows that over 98% of their tenants own at least one vehicle. According to the City’s Rental Registry database for FY24-25, of the 7,653 registered rental units in the City, over 90% of units offered parking on-site and included parking in the monthly rent amount. This finding does not necessarily correlate with car ownership, but one can conclude that parking is a typical amenity provided with rental housing.

Moreover, stakeholders did not believe that the types of housing affected these findings that parking is an expected amenity. There are parking demands for both ownership and rental units, market rate and affordable units, and units geared toward young professionals vs. families. Rental and affordable units tend to have larger household sizes and may have more vehicles per household. There was generally a sense among developers that even if residents only use their vehicles on the weekends, they still have vehicles that need to be parked somewhere. In Downtown, near Caltrain and close to Stanford campus, parking demand may be lower, but a minimum 1:1 ratio is still appropriate.

Item A
Attachment A - Housing
Element Program 3.9B
Parking Research and
Analysis Memorandum

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 493 of 637

7 Development typologies with no parking are common in highly urban areas and strong student housing markets. Developers are building multifamily without parking spaces in certain markets of the Bay Area. However, according to developer stakeholders, more suburban conditions in Palo Alto do not support these types of developments.

The images represent two recent housing developments on small lots (< 5,000 sq. ft.) that contain no parking spaces.

Located in Downtown Berkeley, these developments are walkable, near bus and rail lines, and target students (i.e., studios with built-in furniture).

The current in-lieu fee, assessed on commercial developers, may be too high for residential developers. The FY24-25 Parking In-Lieu Fee for Downtown Assessment District is $130,823.17 per space. This generally exceeds the cost of constructing a parking space, which is roughly $80,000 to $100,000 per space, for at-grade structured and underground, respectively, according to stakeholders. The City can impose an impact fee in an amount below the actual cost to construct new parking and fund the balance of the cost through operating revenues (permits or leases), but the fee amount still needs to be financially feasible. The fee assessed on non-residential projects is unlikely to be viable for residential projects, especially since it is less attractive than having access to a space on-site. There is a sense that fees are already high and that projects cannot take on more fees.

Mountain View and Redwood City allow residential projects to make fee payments in-lieu of providing parking in the Downtown Zones. However, these cities are also subject to AB 2097 given the proximity of their downtowns to transit and therefore may no longer require those fees. Still, Mountain View’s fee is substantially lower at $64,472 per space.

There was somewhat more support among stakeholders for off-site parking in existing garages as opposed to funding in-lieu fees for future parking supply.

Item A
Attachment A - Housing
Element Program 3.9B
Parking Research and
Analysis Memorandum

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 494 of 637

8 Fees to support alternative modes of transportation as an alternative. Additionally, some stakeholders suggested that in-lieu fees could instead be used to support transportation demand management (TDM) measures or other related transportation improvements within the vicinity of a project site. Such alternative transportation strategies could better support tenants who do not own cars to encourage alternative modes of travel. Some stakeholders believe there may be less need for parking in the future as alternative modes increase and technologies improve. Stakeholders agree that on-site parking is expensive and drives site planning and reduces the number of units achievable on a site. Finding ways to reduce on-site parking supplies can make room for more housing units.

CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
In conclusion, based on feedback from developer stakeholders, at present the market is unlikely to bear housing development projects without parking, even in locations near transit. In the future, with mode share shifts, availability of shared and autonomous vehicles, and expansion of transportation alternatives, this trend could change and projects with reduced or no parking could be viable as way to lower construction costs and in turn rental rates. To monitor these trends over time the City could:
• Monitor parking levels for projects approved within ½ mile of major transit. Identify parking ratios for housing projects approved within and outside areas where AB 2097 applies. Determine whether projects are choosing to use AB2 097 parking exemptions or whether they are building on-site parking consistent with anticipated tenant demand.

Compare parking ratios approved for individual projects to the City’s minimum parking requirements to identify potential changes to City standards. • Monitor parking garage usage. Once completed, monitor the City’s California Avenue and Downtown Automated Parking Guidance Systems (APGS) to identify if there are excess parking spaces which could be set aside for permit parking.

This memo concludes that expanding parking districts to residential uses is not viable in Downtown and California Avenue given AB 2097 exemptions which prevent the City from collecting residential parking fees in-lieu of on-site parking. Instead, the City could consider other impact fees and/or transportation demand management (TDM) measures as part of holistic parking policies considered by the OOT, which continue to make alternative modes easier to choose and use, and in turn may reduce on-site parking demand.
• Consider assessing transportation impact fees and expanding TDM: The more that the City is able to fund and construct bicycle and pedestrian facilities identified in the Comprehensive Plan and Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan, the more one can expect community members to shift at least some trips to alternative transportation modes.

Likewise, as TDM measures fund free transit passes and public transit reliability and speeds improve, transit ridership may expand as well. However, any new fee or requirements will need to balance these potential benefits against effects on financial feasibility. At present, Item A
Attachment A - Housing
Element Program 3.9B
Parking Research and
Analysis Memorandum

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 495 of 637

9 commercial development is likely to be able to bear additional development costs, but housing development—especially rental housing—may not.

Over time, these mode shifts may reduce the need for car ownership and therefore reduce demand for on-site parking spaces.

Item A
Attachment A - Housing
Element Program 3.9B
Parking Research and
Analysis Memorandum

Item A: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 496 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: INFORMATION REPORTS
Lead Department: Utilities
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2509-5161
TITLE
Informational Report on the Annual Review of the City’s Renewable Procurement Plan, Renewable Portfolio Standard Compliance, and Carbon Neutral Electric Supplies for 2024

RECOMMENDATION
This is an informational report and no action is requested.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Like all electric utilities in California, Palo Alto is subject to the state’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS) mandate of 60% by 2030. The City has also adopted a Carbon Neutral Plan, which led to the achievement of a carbon neutral electric supply portfolio starting in 2013 (and which was updated by Council in August 2020). In 2011, in compliance with state RPS regulations, the Council also formally adopted an RPS Procurement Plan and an RPS Enforcement Program that recognize certain elements of the state’s RPS law applicable to publicly-owned utilities. The RPS Enforcement Program requires the City Manager, or their designee, the Utilities Director, to conduct an annual review of the Electric Utility’s compliance with the procurement targets set forth in the City’s RPS Procurement Plan.

This staff report satisfies the reporting requirements of the City’s RPS Enforcement Program, while also providing an update on the City’s compliance with the Carbon Neutral Plan. The City continues to meet both its RPS and Carbon Neutral Plan objectives—even after selling about 162,000 MWh of renewable energy in 2024.

BACKGROUND
The City currently has two independent procurement targets related to renewable and carbon neutral electricity:
RPS Procurement Plan (60% by 2030): The City’s official renewable electricity goal is contained in the RPS Procurement Plan that the City adopted pursuant to Section Item B
Item B Staff Report

Item B: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 497 of 637

399.30(a) of California’s Public Utilities Code. This was adopted in December 2011 (Staff Report 22251, Resolutions 9214 2 and 9215 3) and updated in November 2013 (Staff Report 4168 4, Resolution 93815), December 2018 (Staff Report 9761 6, Resolution 9802 7), and December 2020 (Staff Report 116508, Resolution 99299). The last update to the RPS Procurement Plan brought it into alignment with the state’s 60% RPS requirement (SB 100), which was signed into law in 2018.

The RPS Procurement Plan and RPS Enforcement Program complement each other: the Procurement Plan establishes official procurement targets, while the Enforcement Program specifies the reporting and monitoring that is required of the Utilities Director while working to achieve those targets.

The procurement requirement in the current version of the City’s RPS Procurement Plan is that the City acquire renewable electricity supplies equal to 60% of retail sales by 2030, which is in line with the state’s current RPS mandate. The RPS Procurement Plan also contains an escalating set of targets for six interim Compliance Periods (2011-2013, 2014- 2016, 2017-2020, 2021-2024, 2025-2027, and 2028-2030), as well as subsequent 3-year compliance periods beginning in 2031.
1 City Council, Staff Report 2225, December 12, 2011, Adoption of Two Resolutions Adopting a Program for Enforcement of the City’s Renewable Portfolio Standards Program and a Renewable Energy Resources Procurement Plan: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/from-archive/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city- manager-reports-cmrs/2011/final-staff-report-id-2225-renewable-energy-procurement-enforcement-prog-12-12-

11.pdf
2 City Council, Resolution 9214, December 12, 2011: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/city- clerk/resolutions/reso-9214.pdf
3 City Council, Resolution 9215, December 12, 2011: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/city- clerk/resolutions/reso-9215.pdf
4 City Council, Staff Report 4168, November 12, 2013, Recommendation that the City Council Adopt a Resolution Amending the City’s Renewable Energy Resources Procurement Plan in Compliance with the California Energy Commission's Enforcement Procedures for the Renewables Portfolio Standard for Local Publicly Owned Electric Utilities: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager- reports-cmrs/year-archive/2013/final-staff-report-id-4168_rps-procurement-plan-update.pdf 5 City Council, Resolution 9381, November 12, 2013: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/city- clerk/resolutions/reso-9381.pdf
6 City Council, Staff Report 9761, December 3, 2018, Finance Committee Recommendation that the City Council 1) Adopt a Resolution Approving the 2018 Electric Integrated Resource Plan (EIRP), Updated Renewable Portfolio Standard Procurement Plan and Enforcement Program, and 2) Approve Two EIRP Planning Documents:
https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2018/final-staff-report-id9761_approval-of-the-2018-electric-integrated-resource-plan-and- related-documents.pdf
7 City Council, Resolution 9802, Dec 3, 2018: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/city- clerk/resolutions/reso-9802.pdf?t=40498.07
8 City Council, Staff Report 11650, December 7, 2020, Adoption of a Resolution Approving the Updated Renewable Portfolio Standard Procurement Plan and Enforcement Program:
https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2020-2/id-11650.pdf?t=41063.12
9 City Council, Resolution 9929, December 7, 2020: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/city- clerk/resolutions/resolutions-1909-to-present/2020/reso-9929.pdf Item B
Item B Staff Report

Item B: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 498 of 637

Carbon Neutral Plan (100% Carbon Neutral Electricity): The Carbon Neutral Plan was adopted in March 2013 (Staff Report 3550 19, Resolution 9322 20) and updated in August 2020 (Staff Report 1155621, Resolution 991322) and requires that the City procure a carbon neutral electric supply portfolio starting in calendar year (CY) 2013. In general, this goal has been achieved primarily through purchases made under the City’s long-term renewable power purchase agreements (PPAs) and output from its hydroelectric resources. However, when the City Council approved an update to the Carbon Neutral Plan in August 2020, they also approved a new procurement strategy (the REC Exchange Program) whereby the City does not keep all of the output of its long-term, in-state PPAs, but instead exchanges that output for less expensive out-of-state renewable generation.

The Council also directed that a portion of the proceeds from the electric utility’s cap- and-trade allowance revenues (equivalent to one-third of the net revenue from the REC Exchange Program) be used for funding local decarbonization programs and the remainder going toward rate reduction. In December 2022 (Staff Report 1473523), Council reauthorized the REC Exchange Program, and directed that an amount equal to all the net proceeds from the exchanges be utilized from electric cap-and-trade revenues to fund local decarbonization programs.

ANALYSIS
The City continues to meet its objectives under the RPS Procurement Plan and the Carbon Neutral Plan, and achieved an RPS level of 45.6% in 2024. This value is slightly above of the state’s 44% RPS procurement “soft target” for the year. Additionally, the City was compliant with the state RPS procurement mandate, which is evaluated over a multi-year horizon (2021-2024 in this case).

The City continues to hold more than enough RPS supplies under contract to satisfy the state’s target levels in the coming years. Below is a summary of CPAU’s progress toward satisfying its renewable energy and carbon neutral procurement targets. 19 City Council, Staff Report 3550, March 4, 2013, Finance Committee Recommendation that the City Council Adopt a Resolution Approving a Carbon Neutral Plan for the Electric Supply Portfolio to Achieve Carbon Neutrality by 2013: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager- reports-cmrs/year-archive/2013/final-staff-report-id-3550_electric-supply-portfolio-carbon-neutral-plan.pdf 20 City Council, Resolution 9322, March 4, 2013: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/city- clerk/resolutions/reso-9322-33835.pdf
21 City Council, Staff Report 11556, August 24, 2020, Staff and Utilities Advisory Commission Recommend the City Council Adopt a Resolution Amending the City's Electric Supply Portfolio Carbon Neutral Plan and Electric Utility Reserves Management Practices: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/agendas-minutes- reports/reports/city-manager-reports-cmrs/year-archive/2020-2/id-11566.pdf 22 City Council, Resolution 9913, August 24, 2020: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/city- clerk/resolutions/reso-9913.pdf?t=40151.26
23 City Council, Staff Report 14735, December 12, 2022, Utilities Advisory Commission Recommend the City Council Affirm the Continuation of the REC Exchange Program:
https://portal.laserfiche.com/Portal/DocView.aspx?id=59126&repo=r-704298fc Item B
Item B Staff Report

Item B: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 499 of 637

RPS Procurement Plan Compliance
In CY 2024, the City initially received 479,457 MWh of renewable energy through its long-term contracts for wind, solar, landfill gas, and small hydro resources (which represents 53.7% of the City’s total retail sales for that period). Additionally, the City received 520,149 MWh of large hydroelectric generation (representing 58.3% of the City’s total retail sales), which is not classified as eligible renewable generation by the state. Based on the Council’s decision in August 2020 to pursue the “REC Exchange Program” (Staff Report 11556 29, Resolution 9913 30) the City sold 161,900 MWh of in-state renewable energy supplies, yielding $11.609 million in sales revenue, while purchasing 160,000 MWh of out-of-state renewable energy 31, at a cost of $750,000. Figure 1 below depicts the City’s load and supply resources for CY 2024, before and after the REC Exchanges described above. Accounting for these transactions, the City’s net renewable energy supplies totaled 477,557 MWh, which represents 53.5% of the City’s total retail sales for 2024. However, under the state’s RPS regulations the majority of the out-of-state renewable energy purchases were not able to be applied to the City’s RPS requirement, hence the City’s RPS level under the state’s accounting method was only 45.6%.

Figure 1: CY 2024 Electric Load and Supply Resources, With and Without REC Exchange Transactions
29 City Council, Staff Report 11556, August 24, 2020, Staff and Utilities Advisory Commission Recommend the City Council Adopt a Resolution Amending the City's Electric Supply Portfolio Carbon Neutral Plan and Electric Utility Reserves Management Practices: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/agendas-minutes- reports/reports/city-manager-reports-cmrs/year-archive/2020-2/id-11566.pdf 30 City Council, Resolution 9913, August 24, 2020: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/city- clerk/resolutions/reso-9913.pdf?t=40151.26
31 Not including 30,000 MWh of RECs purchased on behalf of PaloAltoGreen customers.

Item B
Item B Staff Report

Item B: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 500 of 637

For CY 2025 to date, the City has contracted to sell 115,000 MWh of in-state renewable generation and has purchased 180,000 MWh of out-of-state renewable generation. Figure 2 below depicts the City’s projected load and supply resources for CY 2025, before and after the REC Exchanges described above. Once these transactions are accounted for, they are projected to yield a total of about $3.2 million in net revenue, and a 46% RPS level under the state’s accounting method (equal to the state’s RPS soft target for 2025).

Figure 2: Projected CY 2025 Electric Load and Supply Resources, With and Without REC Exchange Transactions
In accordance with the state’s RPS Program requirements, CPAU’s Procurement Plan is intended to yield a renewable electric supply portfolio that balances environmental goals with system reliability while maintaining low and stable retail electric rates. The state RPS program requires retail electricity suppliers like CPAU to procure progressively larger renewable electricity supplies across a series of separate multi-year Compliance Periods. CPAU’s procurement targets, as well as its actual/projected procurement volumes and RPS levels, for the first three Compliance Periods are summarized in Table 1 below.

Table 1: RPS Compliance Period Procurement Targets and Actual Procurement RPS
Compliance
Period Years
Retail Sales
(MWh)
Procurement
Target
(MWh)
Actual/Projected
Procurement
(MWh)
% of Retail
Sales
1 2011-2013 2,837,773 567,555 607,740 21.4%
2 2014-2016 2,801,056 605,949 826,855 29.5%
3 2017-2020 3,487,686 1,043,426 1,619,303 46.4%
4 2021-2024 3,302,501 1,318,639 1,318,639 39.9%
TOTALS 12,429,016 3,535,570 4,372,537 35.2%
Item B
Item B Staff Report

Item B: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 501 of 637

Carbon Neutral Plan
In CY 2024, CPAU achieved its goal, set forth in the Carbon Neutral Plan, of an electric supply portfolio with zero net greenhouse (GHG) emissions for the 12 th consecutive year. Carbon neutrality was achieved in CY 2024 through existing hydro and renewable generation (wind, solar, and landfill gas). As discussed above, due to the Council’s adoption of the REC Exchange Program in August 2020, the City sold 161,900 MWh of in-state renewable energy supplies, yielding $11,609,000 in sales revenue, while purchasing 160,000 MWh of out-of-state renewable energy, at a cost of $750,000. Accounting for these transactions, the City’s net renewable energy supplies totaled 477,557 MWh, which represents 53.5% of the City’s total retail sales for 2024. The remainder of the City’s needs were supplied by large hydroelectric resources.

When the City Council approved an update to the Carbon Neutral Plan in August 2020, the primary change was to adopt an hourly carbon accounting methodology as the basis for determining whether the City has met its carbon neutrality objective. Using an annual accounting approach, the City had an overall surplus of 72,452 MWh of carbon neutral generation compared to its load (equal to 7.8% total load) in 2024, and thus substantially exceeded the carbon neutrality standard. Meanwhile, under the hourly carbon accounting approach, 35 the City’s electric supply portfolio also exceeded the carbon neutrality standard, being responsible for a net negative amount of GHG emissions: -21,393 metric tons of CO2 equivalent. See Figure 3 below for a depiction of the City’s monthly total net CO2 emissions for 2024, as well as the monthly average emissions intensity for the California electric grid. 35 The City’s hourly carbon accounting methodology entails calculating the City’s net surplus or deficit carbon neutral supply position relative to its load in every hour of the year. The grid average electricity emissions intensity for each hour is then applied to each of these hourly surpluses or deficits to yield a net emissions contribution (or reduction) that the City’s electric supply portfolio is responsible for in that hour. These hourly emissions totals are then summed across the entire year to yield the City’s annual emissions total for the year.

Item B
Item B Staff Report

Item B: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 502 of 637

Figure 3: CY 2024 Monthly Net Electric Supply Emissions and CAISO Emissions Intensity For CY 2025, average hydro conditions are expected to result in about 46% of the City’s electric supply needs being supplied by hydroelectric resources (compared to a long-term annual average of about 45%), with the remainder coming from non-hydro renewable energy resources.

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
This is an informational report that has no fiscal or resource impact to the Utilities Department or the City. As noted above, the City’s REC transactions resulted in net revenue of $10.86 million for CY 2024, of which $2.83 million was attributable to the REC Exchange Program, and that amount will therefore be allocated to decarbonization programs (from CY 2024 electric Cap & Trade auction revenue). In early 2026, staff will bring the REC Exchange Program to City Council for updates on the treatment of these funds.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
This is an informational report only and no stakeholder engagement is necessary.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The Council’s review of this report does not meet the definition of a “project” pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21065, thus California Environmental Quality Act review is not required.

ATTACHMENTS: None
APPROVED BY: Alan Kurotori, Director of Utilities
Item B
Item B Staff Report

Item B: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 503 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: INFORMATION REPORTS
Lead Department: City Manager
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2509-5261
TITLE
Surveillance Technology Report for Fiscal Year 2025; CEQA Status – Not a Project

RECOMMENDATION
This is an informational report about the City’s use of surveillance technology in Palo Alto during the Fiscal Year 2025, and no City Council action is required.

BACKGROUND
In September 2019, the City Council adopted the Surveillance and Privacy Protection Ordinance, establishing criteria and procedures for the protection of personal privacy when considering the acquisition and use of surveillance technologies by the City. 1 Codified in the municipal code at Chapter 2.30, Part 6A, the ordinance also outlines ongoing monitoring and annual reporting of such technologies. Annual reporting must include the following information pursuant to PAMC section 2.30.680(a):

1. A description of how each Council-approved surveillance technology was used, including whether it captures images, sound, or information regarding members of the public who are not suspected of engaging in unlawful conduct;

2. Whether and how often data acquired through the use of surveillance technology was shared with outside entities, the names of any recipient entity, the types of data disclosed, and the reason for the disclosure;

3. A summary of any community complaints or concerns about surveillance technology;

4. Non-privileged and non-confidential information regarding the results of any internal audits, information about violations of the surveillance use policy, and any actions taken in response;

5. Whether the surveillance technology has been effective at achieving its identified purpose;
1 City Council 9/10/2018, Item #8 https://portal.laserfiche.com/Portal/DocView.aspx?id=31129&repo=r- 704298fc&searchid=32375c76-1583-463b-ad42-8e5dce472815
Item C
Item C Staff Report

Item C: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 504 of 637

6. The number and nature of Public Records Act requests relating to the surveillance technology;

7. Annual costs for the surveillance technology and for compliance with this surveillance; and

8. Other relevant information as determined by the City Manager.

This report covers the activity in Fiscal Year 2025.

ANALYSIS
Pursuant to the Surveillance and Privacy Protection Ordinance, the following departmental activities are summarized in this report.

IT DEPARTMENT
Council Chambers Security Cameras. In April 2025, Council approved the purchase of security cameras to enhance the safety and security of the Council Chambers. 3 Equipment necessary for facilitating public meetings, including computers, monitors, and microphones, is kept in Council chambers and the general area. Access to Council Chambers is accessible to the general public for public meetings or authorized special events. Outside of these instances, use is limited to staff to minimize the risk of damage to city property, tampering with equipment. There have been repeated incidents of vandalism, theft, and interference with A/V equipment, imperative in supporting public meetings in Council Chambers. Installation of these cameras is intended to deter such incidents and increase the security and safety of Council Chambers. Surveillance from security cameras will also assist staff should an incident occur.

Installation of the security cameras in Council Chambers was completed in November. The total contract cost is $4,886, which includes acquisition of surveillance cameras, monitoring systems, storage, maintenance, and personnel for oversight. To date, there have been no formal complaints, no reported violations of use, and no Public Records Act requests related to this system. No data was shared externally during the reporting period, and no technology-use violations occurred. This project includes a one-time cost of $5,400 and an annual licensing fee of $605, both funded by the IT department.

POLICE
Body Worn, Vehicle, and Interview Cameras. On June 18, 2024, Council approved the contract with Lenslock, a technology system used to document public contacts. 4 This Digital Evidence Management system is fully integrated with in-car, interview, and body-worn cameras that is 3 City Council Meeting 4/21/2025, Agenda Item #10,
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Portal/Meeting?meetingTemplateId=16054 4 City Council Meeting 06/18/2024, Agenda Item #AA1,
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Portal/Meeting?meetingTemplateId=14317 Item C
Item C Staff Report

Item C: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 505 of 637

used to capture video and audio. This includes but is not limited to: traffic stops, parking enforcement, suspect interviews, witness interviews, victim interviews, and other citizen contact in response to a call for service or when investigating criminal activity through user-activated audio and video recordings. The system’s metadata will automatically flow into the evidence management system application, where video assets are verified as original or exact duplicates (non-edited data) and managed as evidence. This technology has been successful in achieving its intended purpose. The Police Department has also worked with the vendor to make improvements to their DEMS system. These updates delayed the body-worn and in-car systems implementation. Vehicle installation began in August 2025 and the fleet will be fully upgraded to LensLock by December 2025.

The ongoing cost of the service is $214,800 annually. The funding of the contract is from the Capital Budget Project PD-20000-Police Video Recording System Replacement. During this reporting period, there have been no formal complaints, no reported violations of use, and no Public Records Act requests related to this system. No data was shared externally during the reporting period, and no technology-use violations occurred.

GPS Vehicle Tracking. On April 15, 2025, Council approved the contract with Starchase LLC for GPS Vehicle tracking implementation to track vehicles that may have been used in the commission of crime. 7 This technology can be launched from a patrol vehicle onto a fleeing suspect vehicle to capture the GPS location of the vehicle. Tracking implementation has been successful and many suspect vehicles have yielded after realizing a vehicle tracking device has been deployed. The total cost of a three-year term is not to exceed $224,657.

In FY2024, this contract came to a total (grant-funded) cost of $165,308, including the launchers and GPS devices, initial installation, setup, 2-year warranty, user training, data storage, and tracking platform access. Annual costs in FY2025 are $26,400. In this reporting period, there have been no formal complaints, no reported violations of use, and no Public Records Act requests related to this system. No data was shared externally during the reporting period, and no technology-use violations occurred.
eCitation Devices. On March 14, 2022, Council approved the acquisition of handheld electronic citation devices with Optical Character Recognition (OCR) technology for the purposes of traffic violation enforcement by police officers. 8 When used by staff, the device’s camera captures license plate images, which are processed through OCR to extract vehicle make and model 7 City Council Meeting 04/15/2024, Agenda Item #11,
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Portal/Meeting?meetingTemplateId=13591 8 City Council Meeting 3/14/2022, Agenda Item #9, PDF Page 113, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/8/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2022/20220314/20220314pccsm-amended-final-revised-ppt.pdf Item C
Item C Staff Report

Item C: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 506 of 637

information, eliminating the need for manual entry into the records management system (RMS).

In FY 2025, the total contract and maintenance costs to the General Fund was $23,714.

The Police Department issued over 1,468 electronic citations in FY 2025. By implementing electronic citations, citations are automatically uploaded to the Police Records Management System (RMS), reducing staff time required to manually enter citations thereby effective at achieving its intended purpose. Additionally, citations are electronically uploaded to the Santa Clara Traffic Court system. To date, there have been no formal complaints, no reported violations of use, and no Public Records Act requests related to this system.

Fixed Automatic License Plate Recognition (ALPR). On April 3, 2023, Council approved the contract with Flock Safety to implement fixed ALPR surveillance technology as well as approved a use policy for the new camera equipment 11. In December 2024, Council approved the deployment of 10 additional ALPR cameras. ALPR technology uses a combination of cameras and computer software to scan the license plates of passing vehicles and other vehicle characteristics such as make, model, type, and color. The technology provides real-time alerts when stolen or wanted cars enter an area and provides enhanced investigative capabilities when a crime has already occurred. The contract cost in FY 2025 was $90,808. This was paid using a combination of COPS grant funding ($52,500), State BSCC grant funding ($35,000), and the General Fund ($3,308).

ALPR data sharing among local law enforcement partners allows agencies to investigate collaboratively, identify and apprehend multi-jurisdictional offenders, or those who commit crimes in one jurisdiction but reside in another. The City currently has a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with local agencies listed in Attachment A, where data is shared for law enforcement investigative purposes related to a specific criminal investigation. The Department has taken steps to minimize any potential misuse by limiting data sharing strictly with local law enforcement agencies per the MOU, and requiring them to abide by California law, which prohibits sharing data with Federal or out-of-state agencies.

To date, there have been no formal complaints, no reported violations of use. There have recently been some concerns raised regarding Flock data sharing among agencies, but this is not applicable to Palo Alto. The department received one Public Records Act Request during the report period.12 The information included:
11 City Council Meeting 4/3/2023, Item#11 https://portal.laserfiche.com/Portal/DocView.aspx?id=66523&repo=r- 704298fc&searchid=15b10e8f-5b90-406d-84b1-703a4bee0062
12 Public Records Request for ALPR Data 08/14/2025 https://www.paloalto.gov/files/assets/public/v/1/city- manager/surveillance-technology/pra-flock-technology.pdf Item C
Item C Staff Report

Item C: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 507 of 637

- Policy 462: Automated License Plate Reader
- Contract between Flock and City of Palo Alto
- List of agencies with whom PAPD shares data pursuant to MOU The use of real-time alerts has aided in the recovery of stolen and wanted vehicles, while investigative searches have supported the identification and apprehension of criminal suspects and the safe recovery of missing persons. The technology has been effective at achieving its intended purpose. There were no complaints during the reporting period.

TRANSPORTATION
Automatic License Plate Recognition (ALPR) for Parking Enforcement. In February 2021, Council approved the use of license plate recognition technology to be used for parking enforcement and permit management. 15 ALPR technology captures images of license plates to identify vehicle information and track parking time.

During the reporting period, there have been no formal complaints filed, violations of its use, or PRA requests. In assessing its effectiveness, ALPR has been successful in supporting City Residential Preferential Parking (RPP) programs provide both enforcement and permit management efficiencies. Images of license plates are only utilized as supporting documentation when parking time limits are exceeded. All other images are routinely purged in compliance with the City surveillance policy adopted for this program. To date, there have been no formal complaints, no reported violations of use, and no Public Records Act requests related to this system. No data was shared externally during the reporting period, and no technology-use violations occurred. Ongoing costs are included in combined Duncan & LAZ costs. The total annual contract cost is $7,500, funded by the General Fund and Parking Program Funds.

Traffic Signal Detection Hardware. On February 6, 2023, Council approved the contract with Iteris for traffic signal operations. 16 The devices are only able to detect when a vehicle is approaching an intersection to serve the vehicle a green light phase. Data collected is used to inform appropriate traffic control measures or roadway improvements, signal timings, pedestrian, and bicycle roadway improvements. These collectively optimize traffic signal operations. This technology as used in Palo Alto does not capture images, sound, or any identifying information. In some instances, live or sample video feeds may be used in the configuration and testing to make sure detection capabilities are set up and operating correctly.

Upon completion of configuration, the live video feed is turned off. This technology has been effective in detecting vehicle presence and allowing for optimal signal operations. In the past, 15 City Council Meeting 2/22/2021, https://www.paloalto.gov/files/assets/public/v/2/agendas-minutes- reports/reports/city-manager-reports-cmrs/year-archive/2021/id-11492.pdf 16 City Council Meeting 2/06/2023, https://portal.laserfiche.com/Portal/DocView.aspx?id=61651&repo=r- 704298fc&searchid=cdf20580-4988-4264-adbb-96e9cf87224b
Item C
Item C Staff Report

Item C: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 508 of 637

staff have used live video feeds to observe real-time traffic conditions to improve traffic signal operations.

During this reporting period, a PRA was requested on 04/24/25 for video or camera footage on the intersection of E. Charleston and Middlefield Road. No information was provided other than a notification that video footage is not collected. Additionally, there have also been multiple requests annually, typically though email and not an official PRA. The contract cost is $80,000, which is funded by CIP PL-05030. Annual ongoing maintenance cost is less than $50,000, funded by the Electric Utilities maintenance fund.

Traffic Data Collection Cameras. In April 2021, Council approved the use of video technology for traffic data collection19. The low-resolution is used solely to capture bicycle, pedestrian, parking occupancy, and vehicle turning-movement counts. This data helps inform appropriate traffic control measures, roadway enhancements, signal timing adjustments, and pedestrian and bicycle safety improvements. The system does not collect or retain audio, high-resolution images, location data, or any other personally identifiable information of individuals.

During this reporting period, no complaints or concerns were submitted. Cameras are installed only for the duration of the data-collection period and are accompanied by visible hang-tags labeled “Traffic Data Camera,” along with the service provider’s name and contact phone number. This technology supplies Office of Transportation with data that is expensive to collect manually, while minimizing the potential for error. The total cost was for a 4-year term is not to exceed $200,000 funded by the Capital Improvement Program and the General Fund.

TENANTS ON CITY PROPERTY
ADA’s café Security Cameras. On June 16, 2025, Council approved the Surveillance Use Policy for Security Cameras at Ada’s Café at Mitchell Park Community Center and Library. 20 Incidents of vandalism to Ada’s property have increased in the past year, and the owners have an interest in installing cameras to deter such incidents. According to the owners, some of the vandalized items include the cafe’s outdoors furniture and equipment. The goal of this technology is to enhance safety and security both inside and outside Ada’s café. The surveillance system captures real- time video and audio of the interior and exterior areas. Cameras are positioned to monitor key entry points to monitor key entry points and café seating areas.

Staff at Ada have indicated feeling safe. Surveillance footage will be accessible only to designated café management and City police personnel for law enforcement purposes. To date, there have 19 City Council Meeting 4/5/2021, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/2/agendas-minutes- reports/reports/city-manager-reports-cmrs/year-archive/2021/id-11985.pdf 20 City Council Meeting 06/16/2025, Item #9
https://portal.laserfiche.com/Portal/DocView.aspx?id=188934&repo=r-704298fc&searchid=02b387e4-a670-44f6- 9b47-cdbcc21f9f5d
Item C
Item C Staff Report

Item C: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 509 of 637

been no formal complaints, no reported violations of use, and no Public Records Act requests related to this system. No data was shared externally during the reporting period, and no technology-use violations occurred. There is no cost to the City for this project.

EXEMPT SURVEILLANCE EQUIPMENT INCLUDED FOR INFORMATION ONLY The surveillance ordinance excludes the following surveillance technology, among others, from reporting:
Any technology that collects information exclusively on or regarding City employees or contractors;
Any technology used as part of the Foothill Fire Early Warning System to detect fires within the following area:
oWest Side: Skyline Blvd (Hwy 35) from Route 84 (Woodside Rd/La Honda Rd.) to Hwy 9 oNorth Side: Route 84 from Skyline to Alameda de las Pulgas oEast Side: Alameda de las Pulgas to Santa Cruz Ave to Junipero Serra Rd. To Foothill Expwy
oSouthside Side: Draw a line from the intersection of Hwy 9 and Hwy 35 to the intersection of Foothill Expwy at Magdalena.

The following surveillance system falls under these exemptions but is included in this report for Council awareness.

Foothill Fire Safety Cameras. As part of the improvement to the Foothills Management Plan and the Office of Emergency Services deployed several AlertWildfire cameras in the Foothills for early detection of wildfires as part of an interagency and countywide effort.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Presenting this information to the public, parallel to its transmittal to the City Council, ensures that stakeholders throughout the community remain apprised of the City’s ongoing acquisition and work in surveillance technologies and privacy protections.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
This item is an informational report with no action required by Council, and therefore it is not a project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A - List of agencies sharing Police ALPR data within MOU terms APPROVED BY:

Ed Shikada, City Manager
Item C
Item C Staff Report

Item C: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 510 of 637

ATTACHMENT A
Data is shared with the below entities, pursuant to MOU, on an on-going basis. Data is shared for legitimate law enforcement investigative purposes if responsive to a specific query made by an entity relating to a specific criminal investigation.

Alameda County SO
Albany PD
Belmont PD
Benicia PD
Burlingame PD
California Department of Corrections
California Highway Patrol
Campbell PD
Capitola PD
Carmel PD
Central Marin PD
Citrus Heights PD
Clayton PD
Colma PD
Concord PD
Danville PD
Dixon PD
Dublin PD (ACSO)
East Palo Alto PD
El Cerrito PD
Elk Grove PD
Fairfield PD
Folsom PD
Foster City PD
Fremont PD
Gilroy PD
Hayward PD
Hillsborough PD
Lincoln PD
Livermore PD
Los Altos PD
Marin County SO
Menlo Park PD
Mill Valley PD
Milpitas PD
Monterey County SO
Monterey County District Attorney's Office
Mountain View PD
Napa County SO
Newark PD
Oakland PD
Oakley PD
Pleasant Hill PD
Pleasanton PD
Redwood City PD
Rohnert Park DPS
Roseville PD
Sacramento District Attorney’s Office
Salinas PD
San Bruno PD
San Francisco PD
San Joaquin County SO
San Jose PD
San Leandro PD
San Mateo PD
San Mateo County SO
Santa Clara PD
Santa Rosa PD
Seaside PD
Solano County SO
Stanford University DPS
Stockton PD
Suisun City PD
Sunnyvale DPS
Town of Los Gatos PD
Tracy PD
Turlock PD
Union City PD
Vacaville PD
Vallejo PD
Walnut Creek PD
Watsonville PD
West Valley Mission College Dist. Campus
Item C
Attachment A - Attachment
A - List of agencies sharing
Police ALPR data within
MOU terms

Item C: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 511 of 637

Item C
Attachment A - Attachment
A - List of agencies sharing
Police ALPR data within
MOU terms

Item C: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 512 of 637

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: INFORMATION REPORTS
Lead Department: Public Works
Meeting Date: December 15, 2025
Report #:2507-4978
TITLE
Semiannual Update on the Status of Capital Improvement Program Projects; CEQA Status – Not a Project

RECOMMENDATION
This report is provided for information only and requires no Council action.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The City Council and Palo Alto community can be proud of the City’s capital improvement program (CIP). The CIP represents major investments in infrastructure functionality and sustainability, funded largely through the transfer of funding from the General Fund, including dedicated Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT) funding, as well as utility rates and various other sources. The 2025-2029 five-year CIP totaled $1.7 billion for 206 projects as reviewed by the Council in its adoption of the FY 2025 Capital Budget. Since July 2016, the City of Palo Alto has completed 112 individual community-serving projects totaling $446,969,862 in improvements.

Given the volume of projects included and to provide accurate financial accounting, this report presents information current as of July 2025.

A summary of all completed CIP projects is provided at the end of Attachment A. The CIP also represents a major effort for much of the City workforce. The following table summarizes the status of all projects for the six-month period of January to June 2025.

One Time Projects
CIP Workgroup
Recurring
Projects
Pre-Design Design Construction Completed
Airport 0 0 5 1 0
Buildings and Facilities 13 5 10 9 0
Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 513 of 637

One Time Projects
CIP Workgroup
Recurring
Projects
Pre-Design Design Construction Completed
Electric 9 2 3 6 0
Fiber Optic 2 0 2 0 0
Gas 4 0 2 0 1
Parks and Open Space 8 2 5 8 1
Stormwater Management 2 0 1 3 0
Streets and Sidewalks 8 0 3 0 0
Traffic and Transportation 5 1 8 3 0
Wastewater Collection 4 0 0 1 0
Wastewater Treatment 2 1 2 4 0
Water 7 1 1 1 0
Subtotals 64 12 42 36 2
Totals 156

BACKGROUND
This report provides Council with an update on the status of CIP projects, with detailed and useful information for the Council and public regarding general fund and enterprise fund projects that appear on Council agendas and will be visible throughout the community. The report does not include Internal Service Funds projects (Information Technology and Vehicle).

ANALYSIS
Project Update Organization
The City of Palo Alto has a robust capital improvement program, and many individual projects are in progress at any given time. The 2025-2029 five-year CIP totaled $1.7 billion for 206 projects as reviewed by the Council in the adoption of the FY 2025 Capital Budget. The attached CIP project tables are intended to provide a quick overview of each project, including budgetary information, the anticipated completion date, a brief description of the project scope, the status of the project, and upcoming activities including Council actions. Also included in the report is a list of all completed projects since the introduction of the Infrastructure Management System.

Major/Significant Projects Summary
The 2014 Council Infrastructure Plan is a major focus of staff’s capital improvement program Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 514 of 637

efforts and ties to several 2024 City Council Priorities and related objectives. The following table details the Total Project Budget and Total Actual Expenses through September 09, 2025, for the Infrastructure Plan projects.

Council
Infrastructure
Plan Projects
CIP
Number Project Update Total Project
Budget
Total Actual
Expenses Completion
Date
Fire Station 3
Replacement
PE-15003 Completed $10,600,734 $10,600,734 Spring
2020
New California
Avenue Area
Parking Garage
PE-18000 Completed (Day 2 items are in
progress)
$50,207,727 $49,481,033 Winter
2020
Highway 101
Pedestrian/Bicycle
Overpass Project
PE-11011 Completed $23,734,218 $23,734,218 Fall 2021
Charleston
Arastradero
Corridor Project
PE-13011 Completed $21,600,000 $20,810,587 Summer
2024
Downtown
Automated
Parking Guidance
Systems
PL-15002 Council approved a design-build
contract in May 2023.

Construction is underway and
expected to be completed in
spring 2025.
$5,197,827 $4,415,679 Winter 2025
New Public Safety
Building
PE-15001 Phased staff move-in is expected
in summer 2025, following May
2025 issuance of a Temporary
Certificate of Occupancy.
$123,529,764 $123,914,461 Fall 2025
Fire Station 4
Replacement
PE-18004 Project is going through building
permit review. Staff completed a
pre-qualification process, with
construction bidding anticipated
in summer 2025.
$18,225,946 $3,602,142 Spring 2027
Byxbee Park
Completion
PE-18006 On hold pending completion of
the Baylands Comprehensive
Conservation Plan.
$3,699,189 $368,192 Spring 2028
Bicycle and
Pedestrian
Transportation
Implementation
Plan
PL-04010 This project funds the Bicycle and
Pedestrian Transportation Plan
Update, which has kicked off
recently and is slated to take
approximately 18 months to
complete. This project also funds
the implementation of various
bicycle and pedestrian projects.
$14,400,000 $10,233,139 On-Going
Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 515 of 637

Council
Infrastructure
Plan Projects
CIP
Number Project Update Total Project
Budget
Total Actual
Expenses Completion
Date
New Downtown
Parking Garage
PE-15007 Council gave direction to staff in
December 2023 to advance the
project in conjunction with
advancement of affordable
housing in the Downtown area. A
design contract for the garage was
approved by Council in December
2024. Design is ongoing.
$17,300,000 $1,745,648 Spring 2028
The last phase of the Public Safety Building project is expected to be completed in fall 2025.

Current Infrastructure Plan project schedules can be found at https://www.infrastructure.cityofpaloalto.org
Key considerations for the information presented in the project update tables include:
Project status information is current as of June 30, 2025. The individual project tables align with the Capital Improvement Fund categories in the Fiscal Year 2025-2029 capital budget: Buildings and Facilities, Parks and Open Space, Streets and Sidewalks, and Traffic and Transportation.
Enterprise Fund projects follow the order of their respective Fund in the capital budget. Department Technology Upgrades and Improvements projects and Cubberley Property Infrastructure Fund projects are included in the Buildings and Facilities table. Additional project information is available in the Fiscal Year 2025-2029 capital budget. Each project table is divided into a section for one-time projects and a section for recurring projects that have ongoing annual funding.
Budgetary figures include staff oversight costs for projects to which staff costs have been allocated.
The table of completed projects, located at the end of Attachment A provides a summary of all CIP projects completed since the Biannual CIP updates to council began in 2016. The data is sorted from most recent to oldest.

Completed Projects
There were two completed one-time projects in the second half of Fiscal Year 2025 (January through June 2025).
Cubberley Field Restroom (CB-17002)
Gas Main Replacement Project 24 (GS-14003)
Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 516 of 637

One-time projects do not include the significant amount of annual work completed under ongoing recurring projects, such as streets and sidewalks repairs, parking lot maintenance, roofing replacements, and regular maintenance of Utilities assets.

Below are some photos of completed projects:

Cubberley Field Restroom (CB-17002)
Gas Main Replacement Project 24 (GS-14003)

Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 517 of 637

One-Time Projects Under Construction
The 36 projects underway as of June 30, 2025 include the following:

Capital Improvement Fund (general fund):
Baylands Interpretive Signage Program (OS-24001)
Boulware Park Improvements (PE-17005)
Churchill Avenue/Alma Street Railroad Crossing Safety Improvements (PL-20000) Churchill Avenue Enhanced Bikeway (PL-14000)
Civic Center Fire Life Safety Upgrades (PE-18016)
Downtown Automated Parking Guidance Systems, Access Controls & Revenue Collection Equipment (PL-15002)
Eucalyptus Tree Removal (PG-25002)
Foothills Nature Preserve Dam Seepage Investigation and Repairs (PE-20000) Heritage Park Site Amenities Replacement (PG-21000)
Homekey Facilities (PE-24005)
JMZ Renovation (AC-18001)
Library Automated Material Handling (LB-21000)
Lucie Stern Community Theatre Stage Rigging System Refurbishment (AC-24000) New Public Safety Building (PE-15001)
Palo Alto Art Center Ceramics Equipment (AC-28003)
Ramos Park Improvements (PG-14000)
Roth Building Rehabilitation Phase 1 (PF-23001)
Performing Arts Venues Seat Replacement (AC-18000)
Roth Building Rehabilitation Phase 1 (PF-23001)
Stanford Palo Alto Community Playing Fields Turf Replacement (PG-26000) Airport Fund:
Airport Layout Plan (AP-21000)
Electric Fund:
Colorado Distribution Feeder Outlet Replacement (EL-22002) Grid Modernization for Electrification (EL-24000)
Inter Substation Line Protection Relay (EL-17005)
Foothills Rebuild Fire Mitigation (EL-21001)
Smart Grid Technology Installation (EL-11014)
Substation Physical Security (EL-16003)
Stormwater Management Fund:
Corporation Way System Upgrades and Pump Station (SD-21000) West Bayshore Road Trunk Line Improvements (SD-23000)
West Bayshore Road Pump Station (SD-20000)
Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 518 of 637

Wastewater Collection Fund:
Wastewater Collection System Rehabilitation Augmentation Project 32(WC-20000) Wastewater Treatment Fund:
Joint Intercepting Sewer Rehabilitation (Phase 1) (WQ-24000) Secondary Treatment Upgrades (WQ-19001)
Horizontal Levee Pilot (WQ-22001)
Local Advanced Water Purification System (WQ-19003)
Water Fund:
Water Tank Seismic System Upgrades (WS-09000)
As described above for completed projects, the list of projects under construction does not include work currently being conducted under recurring CIP projects.

Below are some photos of one-time projects under construction:

Boulware Park Improvements (PE-17005)

Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 519 of 637

Joint Intercepting Sewer Rehabilitation (Phase 1) (WQ-24000) New Public Safety Building (PE-15001)
Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 520 of 637

Secondary Treatment Upgrades (WQ-19001)
Homekey Facilities (PE-24005)
Projects Implemented by other agencies:

Caltrans Improvements to El Camino Real
The Caltrans paving project along El Camino Real was progressing well with several key milestones already completed. The pavement rehabilitation, including AC paving and concrete Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 521 of 637

pavement repairs, has been finished. Electrical work is approximately 45% complete, including loop installations, modifications to lighting systems, and traffic signal work. Roadway striping is about 80% complete, with bike lane striping underway in Mountain View. The bike lane striping in Palo Alto began in May. The bike lane implementation was scheduled for completion in fall 2025, pending weather and the progress of other related tasks.

Palo Alto Flood Basin Tide Gate Project
Valley Water will design and construct a seismic retrofit and rehabilitation of the existing Palo Alto Flood Basin (PAFB) Tide Gate structure to extend its service life. Phase 2 of this project includes working with the United States Army Corps of Engineers to establish a long-term replacement tide gate structure, under the South San Francisco Bay Shoreline Phase II Project.

That structure will be located where the PAFB connects to the San Francisco Bay, half a mile northeast of the Byxbee Park parking lot on the Adobe Creek Loop Trail.

Caltrain San Francisquito Creek Bridge Project
The Peninsula Corridor Joint Powers Board (Caltrain), City of Palo Alto and Menlo Park are working under a joint agreement to stabilize the San Francisquito Creek bank at Caltrain’s railroad bridge and City of Palo Alto’s El Palo Alto Bike/Ped bridge due to the significant damage caused by the storms in December 2022. The project design has been completed. Caltrain is currently updating the cost estimates. Construction is anticipated in 2026 within the creek work window of June 15, 2026 through October 15,2026.

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
Funding for the projects discussed in this report was appropriated in the Fiscal Year 2025 Adopted Capital Budget and reviewed for the 2025-2029 Five-Year CIP. Funding for projects in future years of the CIP is subject to Council approval as part of the annual budget process.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
This report was coordinated with staff in the Administrative Services, Community Services, Office of Transportation, Public Works, and Utilities Departments. Stakeholder engagement is conducted separately for each project.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
This report is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) as it is an informational report to Council. CEQA compliance is reviewed separately for each capital project.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Semiannual Update on the Status of Capital Improvement Program Projects APPROVED BY:

Brad Eggleston, Director Public Works/City Engineer
Item D
Item D Staff Report

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 522 of 637

ATTACHMENT A
Semiannual Update on the Status of Capital Improvement Program Projects

Capital Improvement Fund CIP Projects
• Buildings and Facili�es Projects
• Parks and Open Space Projects
• Streets and Sidewalks Projects
• Traﬃc and Transporta�on Projects
Enterprise Fund CIP Projects
• Airport Projects
• Electric Projects
• Fiber Op�cs Projects
• Gas Projects
• Stormwater Management Projects
• Wastewater Collec�on Projects
• Wastewater Treatment Projects
• Water Projects
List of Completed Project
Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual Update on
the Status of Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 523 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 1 of 11
One‐Time Projects
Animal Shelter
Renovation
(PE‐19002)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $2,950,078 $6,181,882 Public Works Design Winter 2028 Project Status: A new five‐year agreement with Pets in Need (PIN) was approved by Council in March 2024. Discussions with PIN and City staff regarding capital projects started in late 2024, with a scope of work finalized with PIN in May 2025. Staff is working on the RFP package to bring a consultant on board. The tentative schedule shows that the design should be complete by fall 2026.

Children’s
Theater Facility
Upgrade/Repair
(AC‐28002)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $ 3,874 $137,628 Community Services Pre‐Design Summer 2026 Project Status: This project will upgrade and repair the Children’s Theatre Facility, including backstage work and storage areas, classrooms, performance stages, restrooms and public spaces. Phase 1 will focus on procuring a consultant to conduct a facility needs assessment and provide cost estimates.

City Hall Space
Planning
(PE‐19000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $85,525 $700,343 Public Works Design Fall 2026
Project Status: This project involves space planning to determine future workgroup space needs and programming for the City Hall office building focused on the Police Department areas that will be vacated once the new Public Safety Building is complete. The City has contracted with an architectural firm to perform a space needs assessment for the two City facilities.

Phase 1, Data collection and analysis is currently underway.

City Radio
Replacement
Program
(PD‐25000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $2,710,140 Police Department Design Summer 2029
Project Status: Two‐way commercial radios are used by many Departments in the City of Palo Alto. The City operates approximately 772 radios across 9 workgroups, including Police, Fire, Office of Emergency Services (OES), Community Services Park Rangers, Public Works, Utilities, Development Center, and Information Technology. This project will be used to replace the original digital radios.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 524 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 2 of 11
Civic Center
Electrical
Upgrade & EV
Charger
Installation
(PE‐17010)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $759,159 $2,176,935 Public Works Design Winter 2027 Project Status: This project has installed EV chargers in existing downtown garages and will replace the aging Civic Center electrical switchgear and motor control centers. EV charger construction at the Civic Center, Bryant Street garage and Webster Street garage was completed in December 2021. A contract was awarded in June 2021 for the design of the Civic Center switchgear replacement and is currently at the 90 percent design stage. Lead times on switch gear are now taking 18 months, so the project completion date has been extended. The structural analysis design of the switchgear area and its permit set is complete. Recent plan check comments required a redesign to accommodate fire code updates and provided some cost savings benefit.

Civic Center Fire
Life Safety
Upgrades
(PE‐18016)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,046,227 $1,117,335 Public Works Construction Winter 2026 Project Status: This project will assess, update, and replace the Civic Center fire alarm system and the emergency responder radio communication system (ERRCS). The fire life safety system is approaching the end of its useful life. The fire alarm panel and associated equipment need an upgrade to meet current code requirements. The award of a design‐build contract was approved by Council in June 2021. Construction is complete. The fire permit will be finalized as soon as the City receives as‐ built drawings from the contractor. The ERRCS study will be conducted upon the completion of the planning and design for 275 Forest Avenue. Modifications to the Fire Alarm system and fire suppression systems will also need re‐evaluation.

Civic Center
Waterproofing
Study and
Repairs
(PE‐15020)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $798,592 $1,830,089 Public Works Design Fall 2027 Project Status: This project includes a condition assessment of the Plaza deck structural system to the Civic Center. In 2016, RDH Building Science, Inc. determined that the expansion joint on the plaza could be repaired and that replacing the waterproof coatings on the inside of the plaza perimeter planter boxes was needed. Repair of the waterproofing joint in front of City Hall was completed in winter 2023. Further study of the water intrusion into the garage was performed by a consultant in summer 2024; a design contract for repair of the planter boxes and garage water damage is expected in fall 2025.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 525 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 3 of 11
Cubberley Gym
HVAC
Replacement
(CB‐24000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $826,113 Public Works Pre‐Design Spring 2026
Project Status: The existing heating system in Cubberley Gyms A & B is original to the building, which was constructed in the mid‐1950s. The system is currently not functioning because multiple leaks have developed in the steel hot water piping, which is in the walls and under the floor. These leaks contributed (in addition to a domestic water main supply leak) to significant water damage in the walls, floors, and crawl spaces of the gyms. Asbestos and mold were remediated from the under‐floor crawl space. All the old heating units and piping were removed from the ceilings in both gyms. The next step is to hire a consultant to create design drawings for a new heating system. This project has been put on hold due to the City’s pending purchase of the remaining Cubberley buildings and then ultimately rebuilding a new Cubberley Community Center.

Fire Station 4
Replacement
(PE‐18004)

Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $3,284,233 $ 18,255,946 Public Works Design Winter 2026 Project Status: This project will replace Fire Station #4 at the corner of Middlefield Road and East Meadow Drive. The design consultant completed design development and received Planning approval for the project in November 2023. A construction management contract was awarded in December 2023. Pre‐qualification of bidders was completed in November 2024, and solicitation for construction is anticipated for summer 2025 with construction to follow in fall 2025. Construction of the temporary fire station at Cubberley Community Center was completed in June 2025.

Fire Training
Facility
Replacement
(FD‐24000)

Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $487 $55,293 Public Works Pre‐Design Summer 2026
Project Status: This project will identify an appropriate site and construct a new fire training facility in Palo Alto. This will be the first City‐owned and City‐maintained permanent fire training facility, and it will allow training to be conducted within City limits and therefore reduce the downtime associated with the need for staff to travel for training and when responding to calls.

Homekey
Facilities
(PE‐24005)

Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $2,256,042 $4,944,710 Public Works Construction Spring 2026 Project Status: This project involves relocating the City of Palo Alto (City) GreenWaste facility from its current site on one portion of 1237 San Antonio Road to the rear portion of the same site as a result of adding the Homekey Palo Alto interim Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 526 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 4 of 11
housing shelter. Homekey Palo Alto will be operated by LifeMoves who will provide intensive, customized case management for clients including counseling, employment and housing search services with the goal of paving a dignified path to self‐ sufficiency. The relocation of the GreenWaste facility has been completed. Site preparation for the modular units is finished, and work is currently underway to set the units in place, connect utilities, and complete interior finishes. Simultaneously, interior work continues in the community building, along with overall site landscaping. Construction is expected to be completed by spring 2026.

JMZ Renovation
(AC‐18001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $4,366,001 $5,020,310 Community Services Construction Summer 2026 Project Status: This project funds remediations and equipment purchases for the Junior Museum. In FY 2025 purchases of new equipment included washing machines and dryers for the education hub and zoo, a gate for guest services to protect delivered packages and lunches for school field trips, and new housing for reptiles. A portion of the project was extended through FY 2026 to com
plete the list of remediations and equipment not purchased in FY 2025 due to staffing shortages. The projects for FY 2026 include shade structures for the Fossil Dig exhibit, net replacement in the treehouse, and ventilation improvements. Completion is expected in summer 2026.

Library
Automated
Material
Handling
(LB‐21000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $480,829 $1,898,292 Public Works Construction Fall 2028 Project Status: This project will provide the design and construction of three new Automated Material Handling (AMH) Systems for the Children’s, Mitchell Park and Rinconada Libraries. AMH systems efficiently sort returned library materials based on the Radio Frequency Identification Devices (RFID) on the materials. Construction for the Children’s Library will be completed in July 2025.

Lucie Stern
Community
Theatre
Mechanical
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $60,772 $2,443,408 Public Works Pre‐Design Winter 2027 Project Status: This project will upgrade and replace the Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) system at the Lucie Stern Community Theatre. As a first step, the project will include a detailed feasibility study to determine if natural gas‐ Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 527 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 5 of 11
Equipment
Replacement
(PE‐24002)
powered equipment in the facility can be electrified per the recommended results of the City‐wide electrification assessment.

An RFP for design services is currently being compiled.

Lucie Stern
Community
Theatre Fire
Curtain
(AC‐24001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $241,374 Community Services Pre‐Design Winter 2027 Project Status: This project will replace the fire curtain and its associated rigging at the Lucie Stern Community Theatre. The fire curtain work will be coordinated with the Theatrical and House Lighting System Replacement Project (PE‐24003).

Lucie Stern
Community
Theatre Stage
Rigging System
Refurbishment
(AC‐24000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $116,113 Community Services Construction Fall 2025 Project Status: This project will refurbish the most heavily used components of the stage rigging system at the Lucie Stern Community Theatre. The construction contract was approved by Council on June 3, 2024. Work was scheduled to start in July 2024, but parts needed for the installation were delayed. Work was completed in July 2025 with additional follow up work in October 2025 to complete the project.

Lucie Stern
Community
Theatre
Theatrical
and House
Lighting System
Replacement
(PE‐24003)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $41,347 $333,210 Public Works Design Winter 2027
Project Status: This project will upgrade and replace lighting systems at the Lucie Stern Community Theatre for stage work areas, the performance stage, and audience areas. The building documents for the new system are complete, and an RFP for a Design Build Entity will be submitted for bidding. The timing of this project will coincide with the Community Theatre Mechanical Equipment Replacement (PE‐24002). A design build method of project delivery has been approved.

Mitchell Park
Library Repair
(PE‐24006)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $61,386 $266,540 Public Works Design Spring 2026
Project Status: This project will repair the damage caused by a vehicular accident in January 2023. A vehicle ran into the north wall of the Mitchell Park Library near the center of the building. The car impacted an area of the stone cladding on cold‐formed steel studs, causing the cladding to fall from the wall and the wall to bulge into the building’s interior. Architectural and Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
16 Packet Pg. 528 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 6 of 11
structural surveys and reports were completed. The stone cladding wall will require replacement, but the structural steel frame was not damaged. The project will be submitted to the Building Department for plan check review in July 2025.

Municipal
Service Center
Lighting,
Mechanical,
and Electrical
Improvements
(PF‐16006)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,223,795 $8,850,720 Public Works Design Winter 2027 Project Status: This project replaces original mechanical, electrical, and lighting systems installed in 1966. It also includes design and construction for office renovations for the Zero Waste group. The electrical design is complete, and the planning permit was approved in spring 2024. However, additional stakeholder review is needed to ensure the scope aligns with anticipated future capacity requirements.

New Downtown
Parking Garage
(PE‐15007)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,669,257 $7,188,904 Public Works Design Fall 2027 Project Status: In December 2021, Council directed staff to look at the feasibility of partnering with a private entity to develop new parking using downtown in‐lieu parking fees in conjunction with housing or other uses, including the use of City surface lots or privately held parcels. A Request for Information was issued in December 2022 and staff reviewed proposals and held interviews in May 2023. Council gave directions to staff in December 2023 to advance the project in conjunction with advancement of affordable housing in the Downtown area. In December 2024, the City executed a contract with Watry Design, Inc. to provide for design, environmental review, and construction administration services for the New Downtown Parking Garage. Concept designs were presented to Council in April 2025. Design is ongoing.

New Public
Safety Building
(PE‐15001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $122,812,614 $ 127,329,764 Public Works Construction Summer 2025 Project Status: This project will provide a new, modern Public Safety Building (PSB) that will meet essential services standards and the current and future needs of the public safety departments. The PSB and new garage in the California Avenue business district are now an integrated project and both are part of the 2014 Council Infrastructure Plan. Construction on the PSB started in March 2021 and will continue into spring 2025. The project obtained temporary certificate of occupancy at the end of May 2025. The first phase of staff move‐in is expected in early September 2025.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
17 Packet Pg. 529 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facili
ties Projects – Page 7 of 11
Palo Alto Art
Center
Ceramics
Equipment
(AC‐28003)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $74,039 $181,367 Community Services Construction Fall 2026 Project Status: This project renews and replaces ceramics program equipment, upgrades electrical infrastructure, and waterproofs outdoor kiln sheds. The majority of the Art Center’s existing ceramics equipment was obtained during the renovation of the Art Center in 2011 and 2012. These pieces of equipment show signs of aging, necessitating facility updates.

The entir
e project has been completed, apart from the purchase of the gas kiln, which is currently in the bid process and anticipated arrival and installation is fall 2026.

Performing Arts
Venues Seat
Replacement
(AC‐18000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,215,428 $1,281,909 Public Works Construction Winter 2025 Project Status: This project will replace all the seats in the Community and Children’s Theatres. Staff hired a consultant to design the seat replacements and ADA upgrades for the Children’s Theatre portion of the project. The Children’s Theatre seats replacement was completed in November 2022. A contract for the design of the Community Theatre was issued in June 2023.

Council approved the construction contract on April 22, 2024, and the ADA upgrades along with the installation of auditorium seating were completed in spring 2025. Painting of the auditorium is anticipated in fall 2025, with additional conduit work and ramp modifications expected in winter 2026.

Rinconada Pool
Family
Changing Room
(PE‐24004)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $88,395 $1,397,698 Public Works Design Winter 2026 Project Status: The project will construct a gender‐neutral restroom and family changing facility that is compliant with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) at the Rinconada Pool. The facility will include two separate rooms, each consisting of a toilet, sink, shower, and child/adult changing station. The facility will provide community members who have special need s, and individuals who require privacy, an accessible space for changing and personal hygiene. Design of the family changing rooms started in December 2024.

Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $11,032,176 $11,367,366 Public Works Construction Summer 2025 Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
18 Packet Pg. 530 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 8 of 11
Roth Building
Rehabilitation
Phase 1
(PF‐23001)
Project Status: This project implements Phase 1 of the rehabilitation and build‐out of the Roth Building facility. Phase I will make the building suitable for occupancy, also known as a “warm shell. Phase II of the rehabilitation includes the interior build‐ out of the museum and exhibits, readying the facility to welcome visitors, and will be funded by the Palo Alto History Museum (PAHM). A Tenant Work Letter was approved by Council in April 2023, and construction is underway including underground utilities, roof, demolition, and abatement. Phase I of this project will be substantially completed in February 2025. The project was accepted as fully complete effective June 12, 2025. Further meetings are being held for completion of construction for the City archives’ location and activation of community spaces, i.e. consisting of a community room, boardroom, archives room, education resource room, and the park restroom. Access to these rooms as well as janitorial services, maintenance and technology support are among the areas being planned and will be coordinated with the museum over the coming months.

Recurring Projects
Americans With
Disabilities Act
Compliance
(PF‐93009)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $880,820 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project provides accessibility upgrades to City facilities and equipment. It includes continued funding for improvements such as path of travel, restrooms, drinking fountains, and counters. An updated ADA Transition Plan was adopted by Council in June 2021. Staff is waiting to solicit new software that will allow staff to identify and log new barriers, track grievances from the public, and update the ADA Transition Plan Report.

Building
Systems
Improvements
(PF‐01003)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $77,759 $1,366,177 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project provides electrical, mechanical, plumbing, structural, and security upgrades for City facilities. The permit process for Building and Fire has been completed for the UCC Emergency Generator Replacement project. An IFB for this project was put out for public bid, and a contractor has been selected. The next step is to prepare the Staff Report for City Council. The City Hall Cooling Tower Overhaul project was completed in March 2025.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
19 Packet Pg. 531 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 9 of 11
California
Avenue Parking
District Parking
Improvements
(PF‐25000)
Prior Year Actual Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $110,102 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project will implement parking improvements in the California Avenue parking district such as parking lot resurfacing, striping and signing; parking structure painting or staining; electrical system upgrades needed to support improved lighting security, parking, fountains and/or other systems; and replacement or rehabilitation of parking lot signs.

City Facility
Parking Lot
Maintenance
(PE‐09003)

Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $567,564 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project repairs, resurfaces, or reconstructs parking lots and walkways at various City facilities, including restriping and signage. The Cubberley Community Center restriping and base‐failure repair work was completed in fall 2024.

The Golf Course Lot, Golf Course Service Parking Lot and Terman Center Parking will be resurfaced as part of the FY 2025 Street Resurfacing Project. This project is expected to start in summer 2025.

Cubberley
Repairs
(CB‐17001)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $309,506 $746,556 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project is for general maintenance needs of the Cubberley campus.

Cubberley Roof
Replacements
(CB‐16002)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $27,039 $1,224,164 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project replaces existing roofs at Cubberley Community Center. The Pavilion Roofing project was canceled due to the City’s pending purchase of the remaining Cubberley buildings and then ultimately rebuilding a new Cubberley Community Center.

Electric Charger
Infrastructure
Installation
(PF‐23000)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $63,243 $ 122,453 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project designs and installs electric vehicle chargers at various City facilities. The primary use of the electric vehicle chargers will be for City fleet vehicles. The City Hall Level C EV Charger project to install six new chargers on Level C for the parking garage was completed in summer 2024.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
20 Packet Pg. 532 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 10 of 11
Electrification
of City Facilities
(PE‐24001)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $ 204,162 $1,358,531 Public Works Pre‐Design Fall 2030 Project Status: This project will evaluate feasibility, prepare designs, and implement construction for the electrification of fossil fuel consuming building systems in coordination with the Building Systems Improvements project (PF‐01003). The City Facility Electrification assessment report will act as a workplan to implement the electrification of City facilities. An RFP for an on‐call task order consultant for all City facilities requiring electrification will be issued in fall 2025. Facilities will be electrified in order by priorities set by the Electrification Assessment to facilitate reaching the S/CAP goals. Funding is also included for the HVAC electrification upgrade at the 445 Bryant Street property. Mechanical design is complete, and a contractor was selected for installation of the mechanical systems, which will occur in July 2025.

Facility Interior
Finishes
Replacement
(PF‐02022)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $83,323 $615,564 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project improves the interior finishes of City facilities, including flooring, walls, cabinets, paint, lighting, ceiling tiles, soundproofing, and fixed office furniture, doors, windows, and associated fire/life safety, mechanical, electrical and plumbing code compliance requirements. New carpet for the Children’s Library has been installed, and the interior has been repainted.

Fire Equipment
Replacement
(FD‐25000)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $113,405 Fire Department N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project funds ongoing replacement of Fire and Emergency Medical Services (EMS) equipment used for training, medical response, and technical rescue in all emergency situations. In FY 2025, forcible entry equipment was purchased.

Police Video
Recording
Systems
Replacement
(PD‐20000)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $ 10,751 $ 214,900 Police Department N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project maintains the Palo Alto Police Department video recording systems used to record events in the field with up to five in‐car cameras as well as body‐worn cameras (BWC). In FY 2024, the City solicited for a new vendor to include the in‐car and BWC systems and newly added fixed interrogation systems in the PSB. A vendor was selected, and City Council approved a Purchase Order. Materials have been shipped, and the transition is in process. Full implementation is Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
21 Packet Pg. 533 of 637

Buildings and Facilities Projects Status as of June 2025 Buildings and Facilities Projects – Page 11 of 11
expected to be completed on or around the end of FY 2025. The CIP will remain open to coordinate with the vehicle replacement cycle.

Roofing
Replacement
(PF‐00006)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $447,681 $1,316,825 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project replaces existing roofs at City facilities that have outlived their useful lifespans. The Animal Shelter roof recoat has been delayed due to roof modifications required for the proposed kennel remodel. Permits for the Phase 2 of the Lucie Stern Community Center roof replacement project have been completed. An IFB for construction was issued in spring 2025 with construction expected to begin in summer 2025.

University
Avenue Parking
Improvements
(PF‐14003)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $171,116 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project maintains parking lots and parking structures within the University Avenue Downtown Business Parking District. There is no work planned for parking improvements in the second half of FY 2025.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
22 Packet Pg. 534 of 637

Parks and Open Space Projects Status as of June 2025

Parks and Open Space Projects – Page 1 of 8
One‐Time Projects
Baylands
Comprehensive
Conservation
Plan
(PG‐17000)

Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $386,401 $438,413 Community Services Design Summer 2026 Project Status: This project will implement a conservation plan that will examine native vegetation, wildlife habitat resources, and wildlife‐appropriate public access for the entire Baylands, including Byxbee Park. This plan will provide information to successfully manage wildlife habitat and provide trails or other recreation amenities; provide a design overlay for appropriate types and locations of public art in the Baylands; and design interpretive messaging throughout the Baylands. The plan seeks to optimize opportunities for low‐impact recreation ensuring that these are compatible with the Baylands Master Plan direction for passive use of the nature preserve. The Conservation Plan will also provide input for the Byxbee Park Completion project.

The Parks and Recreation Commission has created an Ad Hoc Committee to work with staff on this project. Staff and the Ad Hoc Committee have been reviewing the draft plan and identifying gaps and highlighting where updates are required.

Baylands
Interpretive
Signage
Program
(OS‐24001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $ 117,962 $178,366 Community Services Construction Fall 2025 Project Status: The grant‐funded project will install interpretive signage and exhibits on two miles of trails and on the boardwalk at the Palo Alto Baylands. The graphics and stanchions have been fabricated and are in storage. All interpretive signage will be installed in September 2025, after the Ridgeway’s Rail’s breeding season has ended.

Boulware Park
Improvements
(PE‐17005)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $5,793,204.00 $5,782,383 Public Works Construction Summer 2025 Project Status: This park renovation project was initially planned in FY 2018 but was postponed due to an increase in scope to incorporate the adjacent AT&T lot purchased by the City in 2019. A Park Improvement Ordinance for the improvements was adopted by the City Council in October 2021. A construction contract was awarded in June 2023, and the project construction began in August 2023. The bulk of project construction was completed and opened to the public in spring 2025, but the final completion date is anticipated for fall 2025.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
23 Packet Pg. 535 of 637

Parks and Open Space Projects Status as of June 2025

Parks and Open Space Projects – Page 2 of 8
Byxbee Park
Completion
(PE‐18006)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $368,192 $3,699,189 Public Works Pre‐Design Summer 2028 Project Status: This project allows for the remaining improvements to Byxbee Park that follow the completion of the landfill capping work. The Baylands Comprehensive Conservation Plan (BCCP), which is currently undergoing CEQA analysis, will include recommendations on the scope of the Byxbee Park project. The BCCP and the conceptual plan for Byxbee Park need additional outreach and review which is anticipated to continue through FY 2026. The project has been moved to FY 2028 pending completion of the BCCP.

Cubberley Field
Restroom
(CB‐17002)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,369,323 $1,452,876 Public Works Completed Spring 2025 Project Status: This project will install a new restroom in the sports field area of the Cubberley Community Center. In June 2023, Council approved a purchase order with the Public Restroom Company for a four‐stall prefabricated restroom building.

The City Council awarded a construction contract for site work in September 2024. The prefabricated restroom building was installed in December 2024. Project construction was completed in spring 2025.

El Camino Park
Turf
Replacement
(PG‐24000)

Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $ 41,620 $931,121 Community Services Design Summer 2026 Project Status: This project has been paused and Council has provided direction to use a portion of this project’s funding to complete a comprehensive study comparing synthetic turf to natural grass with a case study focused on El Camino Park. The study is underway and anticipated to be presented to Council in October 2025. The study will assess environmental and health impacts, field utilization capacity, and capital and operating costs required for both types of fields. Once complete, the study will provide recommendations to Council for replacement of turf at El Camino Park.

Eucalyptus Tree
Removal
(PG‐25002)

Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $ 105,860 $110,102 Community Services Construction Fall 2027 Project Status: This Hazardous Fuel Abatement project identified Eucalyptus trees from the City of Palo Alto’s open space preserves for removal. During Phase 1 of this CIP, 36 Eucalyptus trees were removed within Esther Clark Park to reduce Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
24 Packet Pg. 536 of 637

Parks and Open Space Projects Status as of June 2025

Parks and Open Space Projects – Page 3 of 8
hazardous fuels adjacent to homes in the Palo Alto Wildland Urban Interface. Foothills Nature Preserve and Arastradero Preserve are to be evaluated for further Eucalyptus tree removals. This project is being expanded through Fiscal Year 2027.

Staff is working cross‐departmentally to prioritize Arastradero Preserve and Foothills Nature Preserve for phases 2 and 3.

Foothills Nature
Preserve
Boronda Lake
Dock
Replacement
(OS‐18000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,675 $278,470 Public Works Design Summer 2026
Project Status: This project is a refurbishment of the existing dock. The dock was originally built in 1965 and was last refurbished in 2010 with repairs to the wood decking. The current condition of the dock has declined and now requires complete replacement with new decking, ramp, floats, and pilings. Design for the Foothills Nature Preserve Boronda Lake Dock renovation is currently in review. Currently, staff is sourcing materials and tools for this work to be done in‐house.

Foothills Nature
Preserve Dam
Seepage
Investigation
and Repairs
(PE‐20000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $118,549 $112,716 Public Works Construction Spring 2026 Project Status: This project will study the location of historic seepage from the Foothills Nature Preserve Dam at the sharp bend in the road on the face of the dam and will locate and investigate the pipe and trench backfill material. The source of the seepage is suspected to be the trench backfill around the pipe that returns shallow groundwater to Boronda Lake. Staff continue to monitor and investigate the seepage per the Department of Water Resources Division of Safety of Dams (DSOD) inspections and recommendations. Staff completed camera inspections of the underdrain pipes to identify potential obstructions and leakage issues. Per the DSOD recommendations, the City’s consultant completed a field assessment in fall 2024 identifying location of a seepage weir on the downstream side of the Foothill Nature Preserve Dam. The weir was installed in spring 2025 which will allow the City to collect quantitative measurements of the seepage flow and inform the seepage trends and needs for a long‐term solution as necessary.

Foothills Nature
Preserve
Improvements
(PE‐21000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $363,899 $3,710,577 Public Works Design Summer 2030 Project Status: This project has repaired the bridge to Sunfish Island, and will complete the design and permitting to replace the footbridge in Los Trancos Valley, replace the grade control structures along Buckeye Creek, provide new split rail fencing to protect sensitive areas, new pedestrian pathways to keep park visitors safe while walking along the park road, and Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
25 Packet Pg. 537 of 637

Parks and Open Space Projects Status as of June 2025

Parks and Open Space Projects – Page 4 of 8
improvements to some of the existing parking areas to make them safer and more efficient. Council awarded a professional services contract for additional outreach, detailed design, and bid package preparation for pathways, fencing, and parking improvements in spring 2024. Preliminary renderings for the project improvements are being refined, and staff plans to obtain input from the Parks and Recreation Commission and seek recommendations on a Park Improvement Ordinance in fall 2025.

The replacement of the footbridge in Los Trancos Valley and the grade control structures along Buckeye Creek have been moved to FY 2029 and FY 2030 due to staffing constraints.

Golf Course Net
and Artificial
Turf
Replacement
(PG‐18000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $925,056 Community Services Pre‐Design Summer 2027 Project Status: This project will remove and replace the golf course driving range netting and synthetic turf. This project has been delayed due to the assessment of additional ball retention needs throughout the golf course. Staff has partnered with First Tee Silicon Valley on a short‐term agreement and is currently developing a long‐term agreement for driving range and practice facility improvements. Concurrently, staff is finalizing a Second Deck Study that could impact the timing and extent of replacement.

Heritage Park
Site Amenities
Replacement
(PG‐21000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $37,275 $143,134 Community Services Construction Summer 2025 Project Status: The project will replace select walkways and all of the site amenities in Heritage Park including benches, picnic tables, trash receptacles, playground arbor, bicycle racks and drinking fountain. Improvements completed include replacement of retaining walls in the playground area and repairs to decomposed granite pathways throughout the park. Further work throughout summer 2025 includes repairs to asphalt pathways, benches, and landscape improvements.

Ramos Park
Improvements
(PG‐14000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $646,631 $682,057 Community Services Construction Summer 2026 Project Status: This project replaces the playground equipment at Ramos Park. Council awarded a cooperative agreement with Ross Recreation in June 2024 to replace and install the playground equipment for Ramos Park. Playground equipment was Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
26 Packet Pg. 538 of 637

Parks and Open Space Projects Status as of June 2025

Parks and Open Space Projects – Page 5 of 8
replaced in spring 2025. Funding has been added to this project for replacement of site amenities and basketball court resurfacing repairs to occur in FY 2026.

Rinconada Park
Improvements
(PE‐08001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $5,761,775 $10,176,310 Public Works Construction Fall 2030 Project Status: This project provides upgrades to safety, site amenities, playground facilities, a new restroom, irrigation, drainage, and ADA accessibility improvements at Rinconada Park. These improvements were identified in the Rinconada Long Range Plan (LRP). Phase 1 park improvements to the western half of the park were completed in spring 2022. A new restroom was installed and opened to the public in summer 2024. Funding was approved by Council in FY 2025 to complete structural and electric design for replacement of a storage unit (purchased by Palo Alto Tennis Club (PATC) at Rinconada Park. The design has been completed and a Memorandum of Understanding between the City and PATC is in progress. Per PATC request, further work on the project has been paused. According to the LRP, future improvement phases will include improvements to the eastern half of the park by FY 2030, including pathway improvements, ADA upgrades, planting, irrigation, lighting, and site furnishings.

Robles Park
Improvements
(PE‐18015)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $210,874 $742,055 Public Works Design Fall 2026
Project Status: This project will replace playground equipment. Community meetings were held in September 2023 and March 2024 to obtain community input. An online community survey regarding the play equipment was completed in January 2025.

The project completion has been extended to fall 2026 due to staffing constraints.

Stanford Palo
Alto Community
Playing
Fields Turf
Replacement
(PG‐26000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $36,504 $2,707,547 Community Services Construction Fall 2025 Project Status: The project will replace the synthetic turf at the Stanford Palo Alto Community Playing Fields. The Stanford Palo Alto Community Playing Fields accommodate year‐round play, including additional evening play with some temporary lighting.

Since the turf was installed in 2016, it has been in high demand and is used by youth and adult leagues as well as walk‐on play.

Synthetic turf has a typical lifespan of approximately eight to ten years with each year of use contributing to gradual wear and Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
27 Packet Pg. 539 of 637

Parks and Open Space Projects Status as of June 2025

Parks and Open Space Projects – Page 6 of 8
tear resulting in loss of pile height, turf fiber, and infill. The design was completed in fall 2024, and construction is scheduled to begin in summer 2025 through an approved sole source contract.

Recurring Projects
Art in Public
Spaces
(AC‐86017)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $189,175 $1,823,508 Community Services N/A Recurring Project Status: This project provides the ongoing temporary and permanent artworks throughout the City of Palo Alto. Artist‐ in‐Residence Aleo Landeta completed their residency and installed a temporary sculpture on King Plaza. One more artwork is fabricated and ready to install at the Public Safety Building, and artwork is under development for Fire Stations 4 and 5, and for three murals downtown. Preparations for the 2025 Code: ART festival are underway, with five interactive installations throughout downtown and three 3‐D projection mapping artworks on the front façade of City Hall on view nightly October 16‐25.

Athletic Courts
Resurfacing
(PG‐06001)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $22,294 $194,499 Community Services N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project repairs and resurfaces athletic courts in various Palo Alto parks. The reconfiguration and resurfacing of the Greer Park basketball courts is to be completed in July 2025. Design for the Bike Safety Park (formerly referred to as the Traffic Garden located at Ventura Community Center) was completed in May 2025 and the project is scheduled for implementation and completion in summer 2025.

Benches, Signage,
Walkways,
Perimeter
Landscaping
(PG‐06003)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $513,204 $325,544 Community Services N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project restores and replaces existing benches, signage, fencing, walkways, and landscaping at various City facilities. In June 2025, 13 replacement picnic benches were installed at Rinconada Pool. Design for 26 Park signs has been completed and new signage has been installed at Boulware and Fred Eyerly Tower Well Park. Additionally, trailhead Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
28 Packet Pg. 540 of 637

Parks and Open Space Projects Status as of June 2025

Parks and Open Space Projects – Page 7 of 8
signage was installed at Pearson‐Arastradero Preserve. Other Park amenities replaced include tennis court windscreens at Weisshaar Park and drinking fountains at Mitchell Park. Lastly, Lytton Plaza fountain grate design was completed in May 2025, with installation planned for fall 2025.

Dog Park
Installation and
Renovation
(PG‐18001)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $30,278 $0 Community Services N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project enables the construction of dog parks at various City parks and facilities for constructing new or renovating existing dog parks. A renovated Mitchell Park Dog Park was opened to the public in April 2025 which improved the dog park with separate areas for large and small dogs. A new dog park was built as part of the Boulware Park expansion project and opened to the public in May 2025.

Off‐Road Pathway
Resurfacing and
Repair
(OS‐09001)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $22,075 $269,457 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project repairs, resurfaces, or replaces pathways as needed within the City of Palo Alto. Pathways are chosen based on safety inspections, condition, and usage. Open Space pathways are currently under review for repair.

Open Space Lakes
and Pond
Maintenance
(OS‐00002)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $27,900 $78,037 Community Services N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project rehabilitates lakes and ponds in open space nature preserves to protect wildlife habitat and recreational safety and to meet State Division of Safety of Dams requirements. A new three‐year contract was awarded in July 2024 for the removal of aquatic vegetation in Boronda Lake and conducted twice annually in the spring and fall.

Open Space Trails
and Amenities
(OS‐00001)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $360,820 $296,701 Community Services N/A Recurring Project Status: This project restores unpaved trails, fences, picnic areas, and campgrounds at Foothills, Baylands, and Pearson‐Arastradero Nature Preserves. A new five‐year maintenance contract was awarded in November 2024. Work to be performed in summer 2025 includes approximately 60 acres of firebreak maintenance and fire road mowing.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
29 Packet Pg. 541 of 637

Parks and Open Space Projects Status as of June 2025

Parks and Open Space Projects – Page 8 of 8
Parks and Open
Space Emergency
Repairs
(PG‐09002)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $ 192,024 $335,109 Community Services N/A Recurring Project Status: This project replaces or repairs playgrounds, play yard surfaces, wooden structures, park amenities, and play equipment in the event of storms, fire, vandalism, or structural failure. In spring 2025, slide replacements were installed at Johnson and Juana Briones Parks. Repairs were made at the Magical Bridge playground including two saucer swings, wooden play elements, and rubber surfacing. The Mitchell Park splash pad also had rubber surfacing repairs performed.

Park Restroom
Installation
(PG‐19000)
Prior Years Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $485,995 $693,359 Community Services N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project installs new restrooms at City parks that currently do not have restroom facilities. In summer 2024, the Ramos Park restroom construction was completed and opened to the public. Staff began preliminary work on the Magical Bridge restroom in spring 2025 for installation of a new prefabricated restroom building.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
30 Packet Pg. 542 of 637

Streets and Sidewalks Projects Status as of June 2025

Streets and Sidewalks Projects – Page 1 of 5

One‐Time Projects
California Avenue
District Gateway
Signs
(PE‐17004)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $26,943 $162,783 Public Works Design Spring 2026
Project Status: This project includes the design and replacement of two existing gateway signs for the California Avenue business district. Initial public outreach was completed in winter 2021. The California Avenue District Gateway Signs project is in the next phase of improvements following the California Avenue Streetscape update and near‐term improvements. The signage plan, including district gateway signs, will be discussed with the Architectural Review Board in fall 2025 and presented to City Council for approval later in 2025.

Newell Road
San
Francisquito
Creek Bridge
Replacement
(PE‐12011)

Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $ 4,416,929 $23,456,670 Public Works Design Spring 2027 Project Status: This project removes and replaces the Newell Road bridge over San Francisquito Creek with a clear span to allow the channel to convey up to the natural capacity of the San Francisquito Creek, approximately 7,500 cubic feet per second, and to improve safety for vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic. The project is being closely coordinated with the City of East Palo Alto, Valley Water, and San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (SFCJPA). On April 10, 2025, Caltrans issued the Authorization to Proceed with the construction phase with Advance Construction. The project was advertised for construction, bids were received, and a construction contract was awarded in June 2025.

Streetlights
Condition
Assessment
(PE‐13014)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $8,799 $274,309 Public Works Design Fall 2026
Project Status: This project will assess the condition of the City’s streetlight system. The assessment will include an inventory of the entire lighting system, including age and condition of conduit, wiring, streetlight poles, foundations, luminaires, and lighting coverage. The project will also determine the inspection, maintenance, repair, and rehabilitation necessary to prolong the life of the City’s streetlight system. This project has not started due to staffing constraints.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
31 Packet Pg. 543 of 637

Streets and Sidewalks Projects Status as of June 2025

Streets and Sidewalks Projects – Page 2 of 5

Recurring Projects
City Bridge
Improvements
(PE‐20001)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $200,258 $1,704,161 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project includes bridge inspections, maintenance, repair, and an improvement program over the next five years. This program will include on‐going inspections to report physical changes to the structures, recommendations for work to be done, and additional information to meet functional and structural standards in accordance with industry standards.

Staff hired an on‐call structural engineering firm to assist with the bridge inspection and repair program. Staff completed design and bidding for repairs of seven bridges identified for repairs in winter 2023. A construction contract was awarded by the Council in March 2024. Bridge construction repair work began in September 2024 and was completed in December 2024.

A new on‐call structural contract was awarded by Council in spring 2025. Staff will continue recurring inspections and repairs of City bridge structures as needed. This CIP also provides funding for San Francisquito Creek bank stabilization project under a memorandum of understanding between Caltrain and Cities of Palo Alto and Menlo Park. Design for the project is underway, and construction is anticipated in summer 2026.

Curb and Gutter
Repairs
(PO‐12001)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,519 $114,506 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project repairs curbs and gutters uplifted by tree roots. Funding for FY 2023 was carried over into FY 2024 for a larger curb and gutter repairs project focusing on the City’s Sidewalk Districts 1 & 2 that includes Downtown North and University South neighborhoods (Palo Alto Avenue to Embarcadero Road and Alma Street to Middlefield Road) in addition to addressing hot spot locations from 311 requests. Approximately 2,136 linear feet of curbs and gutters are included in the FY 2024 Sidewalk Repair ADA Improvement Project. Council approved the construction contract on June 10, 2024. Construction of curb and gutter repairs began in September 2024, prioritizing locations with CDBG funding, construction work was completed in February 2025.

Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $108,514 $220,205 Public Works N/A Recurring
Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
32 Packet Pg. 544 of 637

Streets and Sidewalks Projects Status as of June 2025

Streets and Sidewalks Projects – Page 3 of 5

San Francisquito
Creek Joint
Powers
Authority
Ongoing Creek
Projects
(PE‐22000)
Project Status: This project will implement creek studies and the completion of the design for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (JPA) upstream projects including channel widening and Continuing Authority Program Section 205 (CAP 205) study. In FY 2024, the JPA awarded a contract with WRA Environmental Consultants to analyze the creek hydraulics and the improvement alternatives that could reduce flooding. The Master Service Agreement includes the design and implementation of Reach 2 project elements. WRA completed their initial field survey, developed a preliminary list of improvement alternatives and provided the initial presentation to the public in November. Their efforts will be driven based on public feedback and direction from the SFCJPA Board. A preferred alternative will be determined in 2025.

Sidewalk Repairs
(PO‐89003)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,265,080 $ 1,445,415 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project repairs and replaces broken and uplifted sidewalks. The program completed all twenty‐three sidewalk districts in 2017, a 30‐year (1986–2017) sidewalk repair district cycle. Council approved a sidewalk assessment contract in November 2017 to evaluate the sidewalk program and assess potential improvements to the current district‐based program. Funding for FY 2023 has been carried over into FY 2024 for a larger sidewalk project. The FY 2024 Sidewalk Repair ADA Improvement Project will focus on sidewalk repairs (PO‐89003) and curb and gutter repairs (PO‐12001) in the Downtown Professorville neighborhoods (Palo Alto Avenue to Embarcadero Road and Alma Street to Middlefield Road). Council approved the construction contract on June 10, 2024. The project aims to replace approximately 23,199 square feet of concrete sidewalk, 4,309 square feet of driveways, install 86 new curb ramps, and retrofit 33 existing curb ramps with truncated domes to conform to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). All sidewalk repairs included in this project were completed in February 2025.

Sign Reflectivity
Upgrade
(PO‐11000)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $6,692 $ 55,052 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project includes the annual inventorying, upgrading and maintaining of all traffic signs. A list of signs not meeting the minimum requirement is derived from MUTCD approved Nighttime Visual Inspection surveys.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
33 Packet Pg. 545 of 637

Streets and Sidewalks Projects Status as of June 2025

Streets and Sidewalks Projects – Page 4 of 5

Staff will continue to work on replacing the 405 signs identified for replacement from the FY 2024 survey. Due to continuing staffing constraints, nighttime reflectivity surveys were not performed during FY 2025 and are not planned for FY 2026.

Streetlight
Improvements
(PO‐05054)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $210,264 $399,481 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project replaces streetlights, including poles, pole foundations, luminaires and wiring as needed to restore or improve street lighting. In the second half of FY 2025, there were six knockdown locations with nine completed repairs and seven are still in progress to be completed in FY 2026.

Street
Maintenance
(PE‐86070)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $3,892,921 $5,531,353 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: Street Maintenance Projects include the annual resurfacing, micro‐seal, crack seal, and reconstruction of various city streets in support of the Council’s goal of achieving a citywide average pavement condition index (PCI) score of 85, representing very good or excellent conditions. The FY 2024 Street Resurfacing Project is completed except for the California Avenue Street Improvements Project. The Project is in permitting process with Caltrans. The FY 2025 Street Resurfacing Project construction contract was approved by council on June 2, 2025. This project will repave 5.61 lane‐miles of arterial and residential streets and replace approximately 4,900 linear feet of curbs and gutters, 3,058 square feet of driveways, and 7,128 square feet of sidewalks. Additionally, 30 new curb ramps will be installed, and 1 existing curb ramps will be retrofitted with truncated domes to conform to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). . The FY 2025 Street Preventive Maintenance Project construction contract was approved by council on June 9, 2025. The FY 2025 Preventive Maintenance Project will micro‐surface 11.2 lane‐miles of streets, replace 13,940 LF of thermoplastic striping, install 38 thermoplastic legends, and update 36 blue markers Together, both the Street Resurfacing and Preventive Maintenance Projects will maintain and improve the City’s Pavement Condition Index (PCI) beyond its average of 84 and will address many streets whose PCI scores fall below the City’s minimum goal of 60. Work is estimated to start in August 2025.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
34 Packet Pg. 546 of 637

Streets and Sidewalks Projects Status as of June 2025

Streets and Sidewalks Projects – Page 5 of 5

Thermoplastic
Lane Marking
and Striping
(PO‐11001)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 137,628 Public Works N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project maintains thermoplastic markings on roadways. Thermoplastic lane marking and striping are incorporated into annual Pavement Preventive Maintenance Projects. The FY 2025 Streets Preventive Maintenance Project (PE‐86070, PO‐11001) is estimated to start in August 2025 and will install 8,700 LF of thermoplastic striping and 62 thermoplastic legends.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
35 Packet Pg. 547 of 637

Traffic and Transportation Projects Status as of June 2025 Traffic and Transportation Projects – Page 1 of 8
One‐Time Projects
California Avenue
Streetscape
Update
(PL‐23000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $278,523 $560,583 City Manager’s Office Design Spring 2026 Project Status: The project implements interim changes to the California Avenue Streetscape and for necessary CEQA analysis for the future configuration of the street. Interim improvements were completed in summer 2025 with the exception of paving the California Avenue/El Camino Real intersection, which is anticipated to happen in spring 2026. CEQA analysis was approved by Council in March 2025.

Charleston
Road/Alma Street
Railroad Crossing
Safety
Improvements
(PL‐25002)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $85,948.00 $1,298,512 Office of Transportation Design Fall 2027 Project Status: The California Department of Transportation, in cooperation with the Peninsula Corridor Joint Power Board (JPB) and the City of Palo Alto, proposed a railroad crossing improvement project at Charleston Road and Alma Street to enhance traffic safety. This crossing was identified for possible funding of hazard elimination and safety improvements through Section 130 funds. The Section 130 program is a federal‐funded program, administered at the state level, for the elimination of hazards at at‐grade highway‐rail crossings. Section 130 funding will reimburse the actual and direct costs of the design and construction of the improvements. This project is separate and independent from the on‐going rail grade separation projects and addresses more immediate safety concerns at this crossing. The railroad crossing at Alma Street and Charleston Road experiences a large volume of pedestrian and bicycle traffic during the morning and afternoon school commute hours. JPB and the City will be responsible for the construction of the improvements within each respective agency’s right of way.

Churchill Avenue
Enhanced
Bikeway
(PL‐14000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $564,143 $4,914,801 Public Works Construction Spring 2026 Project Status: This project includes planning, design and construction of a shared‐use path along the north side of Churchill Avenue between the existing shared‐use path at Castilleja Avenue and the Stanford Perimeter Trail. It also includes intersection improvements at Churchill Avenue and El Camino Real, which will include a new dedicated westbound right‐turn lane. PAUSD approved the easements required for the project in August 2023. Staff has worked with Caltrans for re‐issuance Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
36 Packet Pg. 548 of 637

Traffic and Transportation Projects Status as of June 2025 Traffic and Transportation Projects – Page 2 of 8
of the encroachment permit and received approval in June 2024. The construction contract was approved by Council on December 9, 2024. Construction for this project started in June 2025 and is anticipated to be complete by spring 2026.

Churchill Avenue
Rail Grade
Separation and
Safety
Improvements
Main
(PL‐24001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $118,034 $198,542,138 Office of Transportation Design Spring 2028 Project Status: This project provides for the planning, design, and construction of the grade separation at the existing at‐ grade crossing on Churchill Avenue in the Caltrain Rail Corridor. The project will provide improvements to accommodate bicycles, pedestrians, and vehicular movement at the crossing. After reviewing various studies and refinements to the alternatives, the Rail Committee recommended proceeding with a Partial Underpass Alternative with Bicycle and Pedestrian crossing at Seale Avenue. On June 10, 2024, the City Council selected the Churchill Underpass with Ped/bike crossing at Seale Avenue. The funding agreement with the Federal Railroad Administration was approved by City Council on June 17, 2024.

Staff collaborated with Caltrain and the Valley Transportation Agency to develop a cooperative agreement for the Preliminary Engineering and Environmental Documentation phase and funding from Measure B Grade Separation funds. This cooperative agreement between the City, Caltrain, and VTA was approved by the City Council on December 9, 2024. Staff is working closely with Caltrain, VTA, and the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) to refine the grade separation alternatives. As part of this process, staff will hold community meetings to present updated concepts and gather public input before bringing the project to the Rail Committee and City Council for review in fall 2025.

Churchill Avenue
Alma Street
Railroad Crossing
Safety
Improvements
(PL‐20000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $2,575,381 $9,243,271 Public Works Construction Summer 2025 Project Status: This project is a railroad crossing improvement project to enhance safety at the intersection of Churchill Avenue and Alma Street. The design includes traffic signal modifications, street lighting improvements, roadway resurfacing, sidewalk realignment, drainage improvements, utility relocations, signage, and striping. Staff is coordinating with Caltrain, Caltrans, and California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC). CPUC approved General Order 88‐B for the project in November 2022 and authorized the City to move forward with construction. The construction contract was awarded and started in summer 2023 but was delayed due to prolonged procurement of the traffic controller cabinet, received in May 2025.

Coordination with Caltrain required a short and strict installation window due to their electrification and restrictions on train shutdowns. After obtaining approval from Caltrain, the traffic system was switched over to the new signals in June 2025. The Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
37 Packet Pg. 549 of 637

Traffic and Transportation Projects Status as of June 2025 Traffic and Transportation Projects – Page 3 of 8
remaining work includes finalization of the concrete pedestrian areas, repaving, and installation of new striping. Construction is anticipated to be complete in July 2025.

Downtown
Automated
Parking
Guidance
Systems, Access
Controls &
Revenue
(PL‐15002)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $4,375,179 $5,197,827 Public Works Construction Fall 2025 Project Status: This project includes design and installation of new downtown parking guidance systems, access controls, and revenue collection equipment that will be coordinated with both the Downtown Parking Wayfinding, PL‐15004 project and the 2016 Downtown Parking Management. Staff contracted with Dixon Resources for additional management support in design and procurement for the system installation in the Downtown garages on University Avenue. Building permits for the garage interior work were approved in June 2024 for all four garages. The High Street Parking Garage (Lot R) and Bryant Street Parking Garage (Lot S/L) passed final inspections in early December 2024. The Webster/Cowper Parking Garage (Lot J) passed final inspection in March 2025. The City Hall Garage interior infrastructure is complete. The contractor is working on mounting the remaining cameras throughout the garage and programming the server in the coming weeks. Staff presented the exterior digital matrix signs to ARB on May 1, 2025, and received comments for revisions. Staff is working with the consultant on sending the revised plans for Planning approval.

Meadow
Drive/Charleston
Road Rail Grade
Separation and
Safety
Improvements
(PL‐24000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $224,204 $401,639,254 Office of Transportation Design Spring 2028 Project Status: This project provides for the planning, design, and construction of the grade separations at the existing at grade crossings on Meadow Drive and Charleston Road in the Caltrain Rail Corridor. The project will provide improvements to accommodate bicycles, pedestrians, and vehicular movement at the crossings. After reviewing various studies and refinements to the alternatives, the Rail Committee recommended proceeding to advance two alternatives, the Hybrid and Underpass Alternatives, into the early phase of Preliminary Engineering and Environmental Documentation. The committee also recommended refining these alternatives to reduce right‐of‐way impacts and improve bicycle and pedestrian facilities.

The City Council after reviewing directed staff to advance these alternatives into Preliminary Engineering and Environmental phase at Council Meetings in June 2024. The funding agreement with the Federal Railroad Administration was approved by City Council on June 17, 2024. Staff collaborated with Caltrain and the Valley Transportation Agency to develop a cooperative agreement for the Preliminary Engineering and Environmental Documentation phase and funding from Measure B Grade Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
38 Packet Pg. 550 of 637

Traffic and Transportation Projects Status as of June 2025 Traffic and Transportation Projects – Page 4 of 8
Separation funds. This cooperative agreement between the City, Caltrain, and VTA was approved by the City Council on December 9, 2024. City staff is working closely with Caltrain, VTA, and the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) to refine the grade separation alternatives. As part of this process, staff will hold community meetings to present updated concepts and gather public input before bringing the project to the Rail Committee and City Council for review.

Parking
Management and
System
Implementation
(PL‐16002)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $433,182 $627,247 Office of Transportation Design Summer 2026 Project Status: This project provides for the design and installation of the Comprehensive Parking Permit and Citation Management System. The all‐inclusive system is a tool staff will utilize in the management of parking permits for eight parking permit programs and associated on and off‐street parking citations. A vendor has been selected and will be awarded by Council in fall 2025.

Quarry Road
Improvements
and Transit
Center Access
(PL‐16000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,282,050 $1,682,068 Office of Transportation Design Fall 2026 Project Status: This project implements the planning, design, and construction of bicycle and pedestrian improvements along Quarry Road between El Camino Real and Welch Road, including, but not limited to, upgraded bicycle lanes and crosswalks, innovative intersection treatments for bicyclists, and improved access to transit stops. The required parkland un‐dedication for this project was approved by the voters in November 2024. To begin design work, a cost‐sharing agreement between Stanford and City was developed. Pending Council approval of the agreement and budget amendment tentatively scheduled for August 2025, the design phase could begin in September 2025.

Railroad Grade
Separation and
Safety
Improvements
(PL‐17001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $4,501,430 $11,735,179 Office of Transportation Pre‐Design Fall 2028 Project Status: This project involves development of conceptual alternatives and review through a community‐based process to advance the railroad grade crossing for the Palo Alto Avenue crossing. It will also fund the preparation of a Project Study Report and environmental analysis that will be required for the City to realize its goals of advancing grade separations. The project will perform preliminary engineering design, conduct project related studies, and prepare environmental documents Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
39 Packet Pg. 551 of 637

Traffic and Transportation Projects Status as of June 2025 Traffic and Transportation Projects – Page 5 of 8
for the improvements. This project is currently on hold while the City is considering quiet zone implementation for interim conditions, and staff will initiate the conceptual plan development for grade separation at this crossing in 2026.

Traffic
Intersection
Accessibility
Improvement
Project
(PL‐25001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $550,512 Office of Transportation Design Summer 2027 Project Status: This project will provide traffic intersection accessibility improvements at four identified locations across the City to enhance traffic congestion relief efforts. These modifications may include the addition of new crosswalks and curb ramps; accessible pedestrian system (APS) push buttons; updating existing 8” traffic signal indication heads to 12”; video detection for improved operations; and implementation of Automated Traffic Signal Performance Measures (ATSPM) for ongoing data collection and operational/safety analysis. Funding for this project will be provided by 2016 Measure B Local Streets and Roads (LSR) grant funds. Since the City’s pavement condition index (PCI) is above 70, the City is eligible to use this funding for traffic congestion relief projects. This project is currently upgrading traffic signal indication heads at three intersections and APS buttons at five intersections. Design for improvements is currently in progress at two additional intersections with anticipated implementation in late FY 2026 and FY 2027.

University Ave
Streetscape
Update
(PE‐21004)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $631,408 $1,625,909 Public Works Design Summer 2027 Project Status: This project includes a study to reconfigure University Avenue between Alma Street and Middlefield Road to adapt the public realm to maximize pedestrian and bicycle use, reduce congestion, and enhance the retail environment/economic activity, while maintaining two‐way vehicular access, parking opportunities, delivery and loading zones, ride share spaces, and other amenities including performance space. Council awarded a professional services contract for CSW/Stuber‐Stroeh Engineering in February 2022. The project uses a phased approach with Phase 1 consisting of public outreach, conceptual design, preliminary environmental studies, and financial assessment. Staff presented an alternatives analysis and a preferred streetscape concept plan to Council on December 18, 2023. Council did not approve the plan and directed staff to identify additional concept alternatives for Council discussion. Staff conducted additional outreach to the Retail Committee, Stakeholder Working Group, and received input from Council on June 3, 2024. On December 9, 2024, Council approved staff’s recommended preferred concept plan. Staff is continuing coordination with the stakeholders and is Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
40 Packet Pg. 552 of 637

Traffic and Transportation Projects Status as of June 2025 Traffic and Transportation Projects – Page 6 of 8
identifying cost reduction options. Staff will seek Council approval for a consultant contract amendment for Phase 2 services, including preliminary design, environmental review, and Engineer’s Report for an Assessment District.

Recurring Projects
Bicycle and
Pedestrian
Transportation
Plan
Implementation
(PL‐04010)

Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $211,611 $2,900,000 Office of Transportation N/A Recurring Project Status: This project implements the Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan Update effort, which kicked off in fall 2023 and is scheduled to share a draft plan by the end of 2025. This project also includes the implementation of various individual bicycle and pedestrian projects, such as the design and construction of bicycle boulevards, enhanced bikeways, shared‐paths, bicycle parking, pedestrian improvements, and quick‐build implementation of the City’s existing 2012 Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan. This project also funds the Embarcadero Road Improvements between Alma and Emerson.

Parking District
Implementation
(PL‐15003)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $180,457 Office of Transportation N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project introduces additional parking permit programs throughout the City. One aspect of this project is to update City Council‐approved Residential Preferential Parking (RPP) ordinance language to establish uniform and streamlined procedures and processes to implement RPP districts through the process outlined in Municipal Code 10.50.

Safe Routes
to School
(PL‐00026)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $77,526 $610,103 Office of Transportation N/A Recurring Project Status: This project enables the City’s Safe Routes to School program, including school commute planning, encouragement activities, and capital improvements along local and collector streets that may be impacted by school commute activities. The capital improvements include traffic calming devices, enhanced crosswalks, and improved signage along suggested safe routes to school. This project will also support the local match and pre‐grant activities of the federal “Safe Streets for All”‐funded South Palo Alto Bikeways Demonstration Project in FY 2026 once staff resources are available Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
41 Packet Pg. 553 of 637

Traffic and Transportation Projects Status as of June 2025 Traffic and Transportation Projects – Page 7 of 8
for project management. The quick‐build project will implement buffered or protected bike lanes on East Meadow Drive from Alma Street to Fabian Way and on Fabian Way from East Meadow Drive to East Charleston Road.

Traffic Signal
and Intelligent
Transportation
Systems
(PL‐05030)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $223,813 $994,336 Office of Transportation N/A Recurring Project Status: This project includes design and construction of traffic signals, traffic signal communications networks, detection, and data projects for transportation use, and maintenance of the City’s traffic signal central management system. The project includes the replacement of traffic signal controllers and cabinets, video detection systems, accessible pedestrian buttons, and related field equipment. Design for traffic signal safety and operational improvements at the intersection of San Antonio Road and Charleston Road is nearing 100% completion. Staff is finalizing the plans and will be preparing bid documents for construction to be released in fall 2024, with construction anticipated to begin in spring 2025. Staff is in the process of updating the Centralized Traffic Management system servers to improve operational functions and system security. An IFB for the Quarry Road Traffic Signal and Intelligent Transportation System upgrade project was completed in FY 2025, and the project is currently in progress in the materials procurement phase. Staff continually provide traffic signal modifications, installations, and operational upgrades throughout the City.

Transportation
and Parking
Improvements
(PL‐12000)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $309,115 $442,611 Office of Transportation N/A Recurring Project Status: This project implements miscellaneous parking and transportation related improvements including neighborhood traffic calming, neighborhood traffic studies, minor striping and signs installation, and parking improvements.

This project also funds the development of grant proposals used to procure funding for future projects. For the traffic calming project in the Crescent Park neighborhood, City Council approved proceeding with the design of permanent improvements in November 2023. Staff has procured the services of the consultant to design improvements and conduct community outreach.

In addition, staff initiated an Engineering and Traffic Survey to select roadway segments to study prevailing speeds and review traffic conditions in order to establish and/or certify posted speed limits. Staff is also working on the quiet zone project for all railroad crossings along the Caltrain corridor. A quiet zone study was performed for the Palo Alto Avenue and Alma Street crossing in collaboration with City of Menlo Park in 2022. The design of the required improvements for Quiet Zone at Palo Alto Avenue was completed. The project is currently in construction. After the completion of the project, staff will send the Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
42 Packet Pg. 554 of 637

Traffic and Transportation Projects Status as of June 2025 Traffic and Transportation Projects – Page 8 of 8
Notice of Intent to implement Quiet Zone to FRA. In addition, staff procured the services of the consultant to conduct a study for evaluation of quiet zones at the other three crossings of Churchill Avenue, Meadow Drive, and Charleston Road.

Preparation of the Final Draft of this report is currently in progress. Staff will seek Rail Committee review and direction in Fall 2025. The $200K Safe Streets for All (SS4A) Safety Action Plan is funded via this project but will be reimbursed up to $160K by a federal grant. The plan will target eliminating traffic deaths and life‐changing injuries on local streets.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
43 Packet Pg. 555 of 637

Airport Projects Status as of June 2025

Airport Projects – Page 1 of 2

One‐Time Projects
Airfield
Electrical
Improvements
(AP‐19001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $ 5,789,450 Public Works Design Summer 2030
Project Status: This project is for the design and construction of electrical improvements and installation of LED lighting at the airport runway and taxiway. This project has not received FAA funding and is currently on hold.

Airport Access
Road
Reconstruction
(AP‐24000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $ 3,700,002 Public Works Design Summer 2027
Project Status: This project is for the design and reconstruction of the pavement on Embarcadero Way, which is the main access road for airport businesses and the Air Traffic Control Tower at the Airport. The Airport did not receive FAA funding for this project, and the project is currently on hold.

Airport Layout
Plan
(AP‐21000)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,306,851 $ 967,100 Public Works Construction Summer 2027 Project Status: This project provides updates to the Airport Layout Plan, also known as the Long‐Range Facilities and Sustainability Plan, including a narrative report and environmental study. The Airport received funding for a Phase I portion of this project in fall 2020. The airport conducted five public meetings for the project, and additional meetings are currently being planned for this project. Phase I is approximately 100% complete and grant has been closed out, and Phase II is approximately 75% complete. This project is currently on hold for CY 2025 to allow airport staff to focus on noise and leaded fuel issues. The project will be recommenced in CY 2026 with an expected completion date in summer 2027. The FAA granted an extension on this project to accommodate the additional timeline.

Airport Parking
Lot Electric
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $0 $28,993 Public Works Design Summer 2026
Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
44 Packet Pg. 556 of 637

Airport Projects Status as of June 2025

Airport Projects – Page 2 of 2
Vehicle
Charger
Installation
(AP‐24001)
Project Status: This project will install electric vehicle charging stations in the Airport customer parking lot. The Airport is currently unable to offer electric vehicle charging to its customers, but there is increasing demand for vehicle charging capability from Airport tenants. This project has been delayed as the Airport explores further funding options.

Airport
Temporary
Office Buildings
(AP‐22001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $947 $431,005 Public Works Design Winter 2026
Project Status: This project provides funding for the installation and Furniture, Fixtures, & Equipment (FF&E) of existing temporary modular buildings at the airport to provide adequate office space for airport staff as well as terminal space for the public. This project has been delayed while the Airport explores further funding options.

Automated
Weather
Observation
System
(AWOS)
AP‐19000
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $87,309 $1,588,533 Public Works Design Summer 2026 Project Status: This project provides a new weather information system to be installed at the Palo Alto Airport. The Airport has applied for FAA funding and is waiting for the grant agreement to start design. The Airport received a bid for the project and is submitting a grant application to the FAA. The Airport has received funding from the FAA and it is anticipated the project will start in winter 2026.

Recurring Projects

2024‐2028 – Airport Capital Improvements Program Projects: There are no recurring projects scheduled at this time.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
45 Packet Pg. 557 of 637

Electric Fund Project Status as of June 2025

Electric Fund Projects – Page 1 of 7
One‐Time Projects
115 kV Electric
Intertie
(EL‐06001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $864,219 $1,364,625 Utilities Pre‐Design Summer 2027 Project Status: This project will perform a technical feasibility study to determine the general project requirements to establish a 115 kV electric intertie line and construct a 115/60 kV substation to connect the City's electric system directly to the 115 kV transmission line at an additional location. Staff did not receive California Independent System Operator’s (CAISO) commitment to support this interconnection. Staff have retained the services of a consultant to evaluate the options available to the City. Staff submitted CPAU electric load forecast and proposal for an additional 115 kV transmission line in October 2024 to CAISO for review and acceptance. In May 2025, CAISO approved CPAU’s application for a second transmission line. A new 4‐mile transmission line extension between Palo Alto and Ames in Mountain View will leverage existing right‐of‐way and vacant tower positions which will be replaced with 60KV insulators with 115kV insulators. The estimated cost of the transmission line project ranges between $42M‐$84M and has an expected in‐service date of May 2034. The total product budget will be updated once the actual figures have been determined, but in the meantime, staff will continue to engage the designated consultant for support with PG&E requests. The next steps involve working with PG&E to schedule the work.

Colorado
Distribution
Feeder Outlet
Replacement
(EL‐22002)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $10,576 $400,000 Utilities Construction Fall 2025
Project Status: This project is for the installation of a new underground duct bank and cable at Colorado Substation. The installation will improve reliability for all Colorado circuits. The design was completed in spring 2024 and construction will begin by summer 2025. Council approved the contract in April 2024 and an order for the material has been issued. The construction is delayed due to the procurement of the 12 kV pad‐mount switches which are expected to arrive in July 2025.

The fiber hut installation is delayed due to the permitting process. December 2025 is still the expected construction completion date.

Colorado Power
Station
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $4,468,548 $11,293,873 Utilities Design Fall 2027
Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
46 Packet Pg. 558 of 637

Electric Fund Project Status as of June 2025

Electric Fund Projects – Page 2 of 7
Equipment
Upgrades
(EL‐19001)
Project Status: This project is for the upgrades to equipment at the Colorado Power substation. In FY 2022 staff completed the evaluation of existing equipment and will proceed with replacing the COP‐3 115 kV/60 kV transformer bank and the 115 kV breaker. Engineering is continuing to work on the design for the RFP and construction IFB for contract services to complete the substation projects. The station’s service voltage transformers (SSVT1) were purchased and installed. The 60 kV Bus 1 & 2 Potential Transformers (PT) have been purchased for their eventual replacement.

Colorado
Substation Site
Improvements
(EL‐19002)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $286,233 $1,416,912 Utilities Design Fall 2025
Project Status: This project will make modifications to the substation driveways and fence to provide adequate ingress and egress for utility vehicles used for maintenance and repair. Staff has prepared an overall master plan for Colorado Substation to include all proposed improvements. Detailed designs for lighting, driveway, fences, walls, and an improvement of oil containment have been prepared. The Planning Department approved the Utility engineering’s design in May 2024.

Engineering staff are currently preparing the IFB for construction. The solicitation for a construction IFB has been paused for staff to develop a master plan for the Colorado substation.

Foothills Rebuild
(Fire Mitigation)
(EL‐21001)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $11,432,250 $14,999,581 Utilities Construction Fall 2025 Project Status: This project will rebuild the approximately 11 miles of overhead line in Foothills Park, as necessary to mitigate the possibility of wildfire due to overhead electric lines. This could include the utilization of more robust equipment or construction practices, rerouting to avoid vegetation and improve access for inspection and maintenance, or converting the overhead lines to underground where feasible. Two proposals were received for this project and both proposals were rejected because they did not provide an option to underground existing overhead electric lines. Substructure for Phases 1, 2, 3, and 5 are completed. Phase 4 construction has been approved and is scheduled to begin construction in July 2025 and is expected to be completed by September 2025.

Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $14,047,521 $300,000,000 Utilities Construction Winter 2030 Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
47 Packet Pg. 559 of 637

Electric Fund Project Status as of June 2025

Electric Fund Projects – Page 3 of 7
Grid
Modernization
for Electrification
(EL‐24000)
Project Status: This project will provide the City with an electric infrastructure adequate to support the City’s goal of 100% electrification and 80% carbon emissions reduction by the year 2030. To attain the 100% electrification scenario, the City must maximize use of electric energy and phase out carbon‐based end uses such as natural gas appliances and internal combustion vehicles. The electric system must be updated to meet the needs of electrification, and older components in the distribution infrastructure must be replaced to mitigate chances of overloading the system. Examples of assets to be replaced are distribution and substation transformers, primary/secondary distribution circuits. A Pilot area was designated and engineering staff in conjunction with a consultant have completed the distribution system design for the Pilot area, with a handful of power poles replaced and installed as initial construction efforts start to take shape. Starting in FY 2025, this project will incorporate and consolidate the scope of work from the following projects into one CIP: Coleridge Cowper Tennyson 4/12kV Conversion (EL‐14000), Hopkins Substation 4/12 kV Conversion (EL‐20000), Rebuild Underground District 15 (EL‐11003) and Rebuild Underground District 16 (EL‐13003). Engineering design and construction is complete in the Pilot area. The engineering design for the remainder of Phase 1 is in progress and is expected to be completed by January 2026.

Inter‐Substation
Line Protection
Relay
(EL‐17005)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $371,146 $1,805,866 Utilities Construction Summer 2027 Project Status: This project replaces the existing HCB pilot wire relays with a new microprocessor line differential protective relay to protect the city’s 60 kV sub‐transmission line sections and equipment from damage due to faults (i.e. short circuits) on the 60 kV line sections. This project is being done in phases, with design and construction happening concurrently on the different phases. Construction of these improvements relies on work completed by other projects to install fiber optic connections. Engineering design for segments Colorado substation to Adobe Creek substation, Park Boulevard substation to Quarry substation, and Maybell substation to Park Boulevard substation is in progress. A test plan is being implemented to prove the equipment will work as designed. The Quarry to Park substation segment is delayed due to resources and is expected to be completed by fall 2025. Park to Maybell segment is still in progress, fiber installation is complete, and completion is expected in winter 2026. Staff have completed the testing and verification of a fiber optic transfer switch proof of concept project required to proceed with replacement of HCB relays at COP.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
48 Packet Pg. 560 of 637

Electric Fund Project Status as of June 2025

Electric Fund Projects – Page 4 of 7
Rebuild
Underground
District 24
(EL‐10006)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,949,767 $2,240,451 Utilities Design Summer 2026 Project Status: This project rebuilds and replaces the underground electric system in Underground District 24, the area bounded by Lytton Avenue; Bryant Street; Forest Avenue; and Alma Street. The engineering design work has been delayed due to the limited number of resources focused on other critical projects. Completion of the engineering work has been pushed out to December 2025, with the expectation that construction will be completed by summer 2026.

Smart Grid
Technology
Installation
(EL‐11014)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $ 17,420,618 $19,430,985 Utilities Construction Spring 2025 Project Status: Council approved the Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) with Sensus on October 18, 2021. The project includes replacement of 30,000 electric meters and retrofitting of 20,800 water and 24,200 gas meters with radio endpoints to transmit meter data to the AMI network. The proof‐of‐concept phase including AMI network installation, meter testing, and system integration will occur between January 2022 and August 2023. Full deployment is anticipated to run from September 2023 through April 2025.

Substation
Breaker
Replacement
(EL‐17002)
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,581,171 7,312,009 Utilities Pre‐Design Summer 2028 Project Status: This project replaces high voltage circuit breakers that interconnect the nine electric substations and two power switching stations that are reaching the end of their useful life and are now underrated for their use. This project is being done in phases, with design and construction happening concurrently on the different phases. Staff completed the construction in the first phase and are working to procure a multi‐year contract with a contractor to complete the design and replacement of the remaining breakers. Staff are working on the design RFP and the construction IFB for contract services to complete substation projects. Lead times for circuit breakers are currently at around 18 months.

Substation
Physical Security
Prior Years Actuals Total Project Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $3,308,562 $7,394,072 Utilities Construction Spring 2026 Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
49 Packet Pg. 561 of 637

Electric Fund Project Status as of June 2025

Electric Fund Projects – Page 5 of 7
(EL‐16003) Project Status: This project installs facilities providing physical protection for nine electric substations from vandalism and intrusion. The installation for the first phase was completed for seven of the nine substations in December 2024. The bid package for the 2nd phase and final two substations are being prepared for solicitation. Construction is to be completed by summer 2026. The IFB preparation/solicitation is being paused to develop a master plan for Colorado substation.

Recurring Projects
Communications
System
Improvements
(EL‐89031)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $45,733 $100,000 Utilities N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project installs high frequency coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, and related equipment to provide communications services for traffic signal coordination, telephone links, computer data transmission, and the Electric Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system. This project is funding a portion of the design phase of an expanded Utilities fiber optic network. The contract for design of this network was approved by Council in June 2020. Staff installed 48F FO Cable between Maybell MB and PBS Park Boulevard substations in Existing Aerial Innerduct for pilot wire relay protection.

Electric Customer
Connections
(EL‐89028)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $2,202,541 $2,700,000 Utilities N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project installs services, transformers, and meters for new customers; upgrading of existing services; temporary service connections; and overhead and underground extensions for new or existing customers. Projects are in many stages of design and construction to provide temporary and permanent power to residential and commercial customers in Palo Alto.

Electric System
Improvements
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $1,567,547 $2,980,070 Utilities N/A Recurring
Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
50 Packet Pg. 562 of 637

Electric Fund Project Status as of June 2025

Electric Fund Projects – Page 6 of 7
(EL‐98003) Project Status: This project consists of various projects that replace deteriorated facilities or install protective devices that improve the Electric Distribution System. Projects are in many stages of development to replace transformers, replace poles, replace overhead wires, and install protective devices to improve service reliability.

Electric Utility
Geographic
Information
System
(EL‐02011)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $68,397 $165,000 Utilities N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project enhances the citywide Geographical Information System (GIS). The project scope includes on‐ going maintenance/technical support of the existing GIS system and implementation of the new GIS platform, ESRI.

SCADA System
Upgrades
(EL‐02010)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $136,591 $225,000 Utilities N/A Recurring
Project Status: This is an annual recurring project that focuses on upgrades to the Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system hardware. Staff is working on a replacement project for the Quarry Lane Substation Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) which is at end‐of‐life. The new RTU is expected to be in service by December 30, 2025. Additionally, Staff is working on a Disaster Recovery (DR) solution with a new mirror Master Station to be installed at the UCC by December 31, 2025.

Substation
Facility
Improvements
(EL‐89044)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $29,240 $400,000 Utilities N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project makes improvements to facilities at the electric substations in Palo Alto. Staff is working on the replacement of Remote Terminal Units (RTU) at various substations, upgrading gravel and grounding, 60 kV air switches, and reconfiguring steel trusses and associated devices. Engineering is working on design and construction for contract services to complete substation projects. Staff has completed the refurbishment of capacitor cans and fuses at Adobe Creek, the procurement and replacement of 12kV Alllis‐Chalmers circuit breakers at Hansen Way (7ea) and Hanover (9ea) as well as completed the installation of new Nexus meters at Hansen Way (22/23) and Colorado (20/21). The design of new Nexus meters at Hansen Way (20/21) is in progress.

Item D
Attachment A - Semiannual
Update on the Status of
Capital Improvement
Program Projects

Item D: Staff Report
Pg.
51 Packet Pg. 563 of 637

Electric Fund Project Status as of June 2025

Electric Fund Projects – Page 7 of 7
Substation
Protection
Improvements
(EL‐89038)
Prior Year Actuals Current Year Budget Implementing Department Project Phase Project Completion $262,000 $300,000 Utilities N/A Recurring
Project Status: This project makes improvements to equipment used at electric substations to protect the substation equipment and circuits emanating from the substation from damage due to faults (i.e. short circuits) on the electric system.

Palo Alto City CouncilDecember 15, 2025

Palo Alto City Council
December 15, 2025